NCR-2012.12.31-10K
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________________
FORM 10-K
________________________
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
Commission File Number 001-00395
 ________________________
NCR CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________
 
Maryland
 
31-0387920
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
3097 Satellite Boulevard
Duluth, GA 30096
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (937) 445-5000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o    No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
x
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o    No  x
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2012, was approximately $3.6 billion. As of February 12, 2013, there were approximately 163.7 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
 


Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III:
Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item
Description
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I
 
1.
1A.
1B.
2.
3.
4.
 
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
 
5.
6.
7.
7A.
8.
9.
9A.
9B.
 
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
 
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
 
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
 
15.

This Report contains trademarks, service marks, and registered marks of NCR Corporation and its subsidiaries, and other companies, as indicated.


2

Table of Contents

FOWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements use words such as “seek,” “potential,” “expect,” “strive,” “continue,” “continuously,” “accelerate,” “anticipate,” “outlook,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “believe,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “pursue,” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could”. They include statements as to our anticipated or expected results; future financial performance; projections of revenue, profit growth and other financial items; discussion of strategic initiatives and related actions; comments about our future economic performance; comments about future market or industry performance; and beliefs, expectations, intentions, and strategies, among other things. Forward-looking statements are based on management's current beliefs, expectations and assumptions and involve a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and there are a number of factors, risks and uncertainties including those listed in Item 1A "Risk Factors," and Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, that could cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


3

Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.        BUSINESS
General
NCR Corporation and its subsidiaries (NCR or the Company, also referred to as “we”, “us” or “our”) provide technology and services that help businesses connect, interact and transact with their customers.

Businesses
NCR Corporation is a leading global technology company that provides innovative products and services that enable businesses to connect, interact and transact with their customers and enhance their customer relationships by addressing consumer demand for convenience, value and individual service. Our portfolio of self-service and assisted-service solutions serve customers in the financial services, retail, hospitality, travel, telecommunications and technology industries and include automated teller machines (ATMs), self-service kiosks and point of sale devices (POS), as well as software applications that can be used by consumers to enable them to interact with businesses from their computer or mobile device. We complement these product solutions by offering a complete portfolio of services to support both NCR and third party solutions. We also resell third-party networking products and provide related service offerings in the telecommunications and technology sectors.

Industries Served
NCR provides specific solutions for customers in a range of industries such as financial services, retail, hospitality, travel, telecommunications and technology. NCR’s solutions are built on a foundation of long-established industry knowledge and consulting expertise, value-added software and hardware technology, global customer support services, and a complete line of business consumables and specialty media products.

Company History
NCR was originally incorporated in 1884 and was a publicly traded company on the New York Stock Exchange prior to its merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary of AT&T Corp. (AT&T) on September 19, 1991. Subsequently, on December 31, 1996, AT&T distributed all of its interest in NCR to its stockholders. NCR common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the symbol “NCR”.

On September 30, 2007, NCR completed the spin-off of its Teradata Data Warehousing business through the distribution of a tax-free stock dividend to its stockholders. NCR distributed one share of common stock of Teradata Corporation (Teradata) for each share of NCR common stock to NCR stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 14, 2007.

Significant Transactions
On June 22, 2012, we completed the disposition of our Entertainment business to Redbox Automated Retail, LLC (“Redbox”) for cash consideration of $100 million pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 3, 2012 and amended as of June 22, 1012 between NCR and Redbox.

On September 17, 2012, we completed the offering of $600 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior unsecured notes due in 2022. The net proceeds of $592 million from this offering were used for a $500 million discretionary contribution to the U.S. qualified pension plan during the third quarter of 2012 and a subsequent $100 million discretionary contribution to the U.S. qualified pension plan made during the fourth quarter of 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, we also offered a voluntary lump sum payment option to certain former employees who were deferred vested participants of the U.S. qualified pension plan who had not yet started monthly payments of their pension benefit. We completed the voluntary lump sum payment offer during the fourth quarter of 2012, and recorded a $119 million settlement charge in connection with the offer.

On November 28, 2012, we entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger to acquire Retalix, Ltd. (Retalix), a leading global provider of innovative retail software and services for a cash purchase price of $30.00 per Retalix share, representing an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $800 million or approximately $650 million, net of cash acquired. In December 2012, following the announcement of the Retalix acquisition, we completed the offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 4.625% senior unsecured notes due in 2021 to help finance the acquisition. On February 6, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Retalix.

Operating Segments
We categorize our operations into four reportable segments: Financial Services, Retail Solutions, Hospitality (formerly Hospitality and Specialty Retail), and Emerging Industries. As of January 1, 2012, the specialty retail customer accounts that were formerly part of the Hospitality and Specialty Retail segment were included in the Retail Solutions segment, and the hospitality customer accounts that were formerly part of the Retail Solutions segment were included in the Hospitality segment. As a result, the former Hospitality and Specialty Retail segment was renamed Hospitality. Prior period information has not been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation, as the change was not considered material.

The information required by Item 1 with respect to our reportable segments and financial information regarding our geographic areas and those reportable segments can be found in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under “Revenue and Operating Income by Segment” as well as in Item 8 of Part II of this Report as part of Note 12, "Segment Information and Concentrations," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Products and Services

We sell products and services that help businesses connect, interact and transact with their customers. Our product and service offerings fall into the following categories:

ATMs and Other Financial Products
We provide financial institutions, retailers and independent deployers with financial-oriented self-service technologies, such as ATMs, cash dispensers, and software solutions, including the APTRA™ self-service ATM software application suite (providing ATM management systems) and cash management and video banking software, as well as consulting services related to ATM security, software and bank branch optimization. ATM and other financial product solutions are designed to quickly and reliably process consumer transactions and incorporate advanced features such as automated check cashing/deposit, automated cash deposit, web-enablement and bill payment (including mobile bill payment). These solutions help enable businesses to reduce costs and generate new revenue streams while enhancing customer loyalty.

Point of Sale
We provide retail and hospitality oriented technologies such as point of sale terminals, bar-code scanners, software and services to companies and venues worldwide. Combining our retail and hospitality industry expertise, software and hardware technologies, and consulting services, our solutions are designed to enable cost reductions and improve operational efficiency while increasing customer satisfaction.

Self-Service Kiosks
We provide self-service kiosks to the retail, hospitality and travel and gaming industries. Our versatile kiosk solutions can support numerous retail self-service functions, including self-checkout, wayfinding (our self-service retail software application that helps customers easily locate products or navigate through large, complex buildings and campuses), bill payment and gift registries. We provide self-check in/out kiosk solutions to airlines, hotels and casinos that allow guests to check-in/out without assistance. These solutions create pleasant and convenient experiences for consumers and enable our customers to reduce costs. Our kiosks for the hospitality industry provide consumers the ability to order and pay at restaurants while enabling our customers to streamline order processing and reduce operating costs.

Check and Document Imaging
Our check and document imaging offerings provide end-to-end solutions for both traditional paper-based and image-based check and item processing. These solutions utilize advanced image recognition and workflow technologies to automate item processing, helping financial institutions increase efficiency and reduce operating costs. Consisting of hardware, software, consulting and support services, our comprehensive check and document imaging solutions enable check and item-based transactions to be digitally captured, processed and retained within a flexible, scalable environment.

Consumables
We develop, produce and market a complete line of printer consumables for various print technologies. These products include two-sided thermal paper (2ST®), paper rolls for receipts in ATMs and POS solutions, inkjet and laser printer supplies, thermal transfer and ink ribbons, labels, laser documents, business forms, and specialty media items such as photo and presentation papers. Consumables are designed to optimize operations and improve transaction accuracy, while reducing overall costs.

Services
Services are an essential and integrated component of NCR’s complete solution offerings. We provide maintenance and support services for our product offerings and also provide other services including site assessment and preparation, staging, installation and implementation, systems management and complete managed services. We provide Predictive Services, a managed services offering, which is designed to predict and address information technology issues quickly before they happen.

We also offer a range of software and services such as Software as a Service, hosted services, and online, mobile and transactional services and applications such as bill pay and digital signage. In addition, we are also focused on expanding the resale of third party networking products and related service offerings to a broader base of customers in the telecommunications and technology sectors and servicing third-party computer hardware from select manufacturers who value and leverage our global service capability.

Target Markets and Distribution Channels
Our ATMs and other financial product solutions primarily serve the financial services industry with particular focus on retail banking, which includes traditional providers of consumer banking and financial services. These solutions also serve the retail markets through convenience banking products for retailers designed to complement their core businesses. Customers are located throughout the world in both developed and emerging markets. We have historically sold most of our ATMs and financial products and services through a direct sales channel, although a portion of revenues is derived through distributors and value-added resellers.

We provide self-service kiosk and POS solutions to the retail, hospitality and travel and gaming industries. Retail customers include department stores, specialty retailers, mass merchandisers, catalog stores, supermarkets, hypermarkets, grocery stores, drug stores, wholesalers, convenience stores and petroleum outlets. Hospitality customers include restaurants and food service providers, and sports and entertainment venues (including stadiums, arenas and cinemas). Travel and gaming customers include airlines, airports, car rental companies, hotel/lodging operators and casinos. Self-service kiosk and POS solutions are sold through a direct sales force and through relationships with value-added resellers, distributors, dealers and other indirect sales channels. We have focused our investments and resources on self-service technologies with expanded offerings to include self-ticketing and mobile check-in for the travel industry.

Our imaging solutions primarily serve the financial services industry worldwide, with the primary focus on banks. We have historically distributed most of our imaging products and services through a direct sales channel, although certain revenues are derived through sales by value-added resellers and distributors.

Our consumables products are sold to the financial services, retail and hospitality industries as well as to customers involved in transportation and manufacturing. These products are also sold through a direct sales force as well as through various channel partners including office product retailers, contract stationers, value-added resellers, original equipment manufacturers as well as through telemarketing and the Internet.     

We provide service and support for our products and solutions through service contracts with our customers. We have also established managed service contracts with key customers and continue to pursue additional managed service relationships. Longer term managed service arrangements can help improve the efficiency and performance of the customer’s business, and also increase the strategic and financial importance of its relationship with NCR. We also service competing technologies—for example, ToshibaTec retail technologies and Diebold ATMs. The primary sales channel for our services is our direct sales teams, which exist across all geographies. Our services professionals provide these services directly to end customers.

Competition
In the financial services industry, we face a variety of competitors, including Diebold, Wincor Nixdorf GmbH & Co. (Wincor) and Hyosung, as well as many other regional firms, across all geographies. The primary factors of competition can vary, but typically include: value and quality of the solutions or products; total cost of ownership; industry knowledge of the vendor; the vendor’s ability to provide and support a total end-to-end solution; the vendor’s ability to integrate new and existing systems; fit of the vendor’s strategic vision with the customer’s strategic direction; and quality of the vendor’s support and consulting services.

We face a variety of competitors in the retail and hospitality industries across all geographies. We believe that key competitive factors can vary by geographic area but typically include: value and quality of the solutions or products; total cost of ownership; industry knowledge of the vendor; and knowledge, experience and quality of the vendor’s consulting, deployment and support services. Our competitors vary by market segment, product, service offering and geographic area, and include ToshibaTec, Wincor, Fujitsu, Hewlett-Packard, Dell, Honeywell, Micros Systems, Verifone and Datalogic, among others.

We face a diverse group of competitors in the travel and gaming industries. Competition in the travel industry includes IBM, SITA and IER. In the gaming industry, our key competitors are IBM, Wincor and Cummins.

We face competition for services from other technology and service providers, as well as from independent service operators, in all geographies where we operate around the world. The primary services competitors are the companies identified in the descriptions of our other solutions. Global technology providers are becoming more focused on services as a core business strategy. We also compete with a range of smaller regional and local service companies across our various geographies.

Competition for printer consumables is significant and varies by geographic area and product group. The primary areas of competitive differentiation typically include: quality; logistics and supply chain management; and total cost of ownership. While price is always a factor, we focus on the customer’s total cost of ownership for our consumables products. Total cost of ownership takes into account not only the per-unit cost, but also service, usage, reporting and support costs. Our competitors include, among others, RiteMade Paper and Schades.

We face competition in the financial services industry for imaging solutions across all geographies. The primary areas of competition can vary, but typically include: quality of the solutions or products; total cost of ownership; industry knowledge; the vendor’s ability to provide and support a total end-to-end solution; the vendor’s ability to integrate new and existing systems; fit of the vendor’s strategic vision with the customer’s strategic direction; and quality of the vendor’s support and consulting services. Our competitors vary by product, service offering and geographic area, and include FIS and Unisys Corporation, among others.

Research and Development
We remain focused on designing and developing products, services and solutions that anticipate our customers’ changing technological needs and consumer preferences. Our expenses for research and development were $219 million in 2012, $176 million in 2011, and $156 million in 2010. We anticipate that we will continue to have significant research and development expenditures in the future in order to provide a continuing flow of innovative, high-quality products and services and help maintain and enhance our competitive position. Information regarding the accounting and costs included in research and development activities is included in Note 1, "Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Patents and Trademarks
NCR seeks patent protection for its innovations and improvements associated with its products, services, and developments, where such protection is likely to provide value to NCR. NCR owns approximately 1,425 patents in the U.S. and numerous others in foreign countries. The foreign patents are generally counterparts of NCR’s U.S. patents. Many of the patents owned by NCR are licensed to others, and NCR is licensed under certain patents owned by others. NCR has active patent licensing programs. NCR also has numerous patent applications pending in the U.S. and in foreign countries. NCR’s portfolio of patents and patent applications, in the aggregate, is of significant value to NCR.

NCR has registered certain trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and in a number of foreign countries. NCR considers the “NCR” and NCR logo marks and many of its other trademarks and service marks to be valuable assets.

Seasonality
Our sales are historically seasonal, with lower revenue in the first quarter and higher revenue in the fourth quarter of each year. Such seasonality also causes our working capital cash flow requirements to vary from quarter to quarter depending on variability in the volume, timing and mix of product sales. In addition, revenue in the third month of each quarter is typically higher than in the first and second months. Information regarding seasonality and its potential impact on our business is included in Item 1A of this Report under the caption, “Operating Results Fluctuations,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Manufacturing and Raw Materials
In most cases, there are a number of vendors providing the services and producing the parts and components that we utilize. However, there are some services and components that are purchased from single sources due to price, quality, technology or other reasons. For example, we depend on computer chips and microprocessors from Intel and operating systems from Microsoft. Certain parts and components used in the manufacturing of our ATMs and the delivery of many of our retail solutions are also supplied by single sources. In addition, there are a number of key suppliers for our businesses who provide us with critical products for our solutions.

We manufacture our ATMs in facilities located in Columbus, Georgia, USA; Manaus, Brazil; Budapest, Hungary; Beijing, China; and Puducherry, India. Our self-checkout solutions are manufactured in facilities located in Columbus, Georgia, USA and Budapest, Hungary. Our financial kiosk solutions are manufactured in facilities located in Beijing, China. Our POS/Display terminals are manufactured in facilities located in Columbus, Georgia, USA; Beijing, China; and Adelaide, Australia, and certain hand-held solutions are manufactured in Salzburg, Austria. NCR outsources the manufacturing in all geographic regions of its payment solutions, some POS/Display terminals, printers, bar code scanners and various other kiosks.

Further information regarding the potential impact of these relationships on our business operations, and regarding sources and availability of raw materials, is also included in Item 1A of this Report under the caption “Reliance on Third Parties,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Product Backlog

Our backlog at December 31, 2012, was approximately $1.1 billion, compared with backlog of approximately $1.0 billion at December 31, 2011. The backlog includes orders confirmed for products scheduled to be shipped as well as certain professional and transaction services to be provided. Although we believe that the orders included in the backlog are firm, some orders may be cancelled by the customer without penalty, and we may elect to permit cancellation of orders without penalty where management believes it is in our best interests to do so. Further, we have a significant portion of revenues derived from our growing service-based business as well as the hospitality line of business, for which backlog information is not measured. Therefore, we do not believe that our backlog, as of any particular date, is necessarily indicative of revenues for any future period.

Employees
On December 31, 2012, NCR had approximately 25,700 employees and contractors.

Environmental Matters
Compliance with Federal, state, and local environmental regulations relating to the protection of the environment could have a material adverse impact on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. While NCR does not currently expect to incur material capital expenditures related to compliance with such laws and regulations, and while we believe the amounts provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimable liabilities in this area, there can be no assurances that environmental matters will not lead to a material adverse impact on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. A detailed discussion of the current estimated impacts of compliance issues relating to environmental regulations, particularly the Fox River and Kalamazoo River matters, is reported in Item 8 of Part II of this Report as part of Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and is incorporated herein by reference. Further information regarding the potential impact of compliance with federal, state, and local environmental regulations is also included in Item 1A of this Report under the caption “Environmental,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Officers of the Registrant
The Executive Officers of NCR (as of March 1, 2013) are as follows:
Name
 
Age
 
Position and Offices Held
William R. Nuti
 
49
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
John G. Bruno
 
48
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Jennifer M. Daniels
 
49
 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Peter A. Dorsman
 
57
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Quality Officer
Robert P. Fishman
 
49
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Peter A. Leav
 
42
 
Executive Vice President and President, Industry and Field Operations
Andrea L. Ledford
 
47
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
Set forth below is a description of the background of each of the Executive Officers.

William R. Nuti, is NCR's Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Nuti became Chairman of the Board on October 1, 2007. Before joining NCR in August 2005, Mr. Nuti served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Symbol Technologies, Inc., an information technology company. Prior to that, he was Chief Operating Officer of Symbol Technologies. Mr. Nuti joined Symbol Technologies in 2002 following a 10 plus year career at Cisco Systems, Inc. where he advanced to the dual role of Senior Vice President of the company's Worldwide Service Provider Operations and U.S. Theater Operations. Prior to his Cisco experience, Mr. Nuti held sales and management positions at International Business Machines Corporation, Netrix Corporation and Network Equipment Technologies. Mr. Nuti is also a director of Sprint Nextel Corporation, and is a member of its Compensation and Finance Committees. He is also a member of the Georgia Institute of Technology advisory board and a trustee of Long Island University. Mr. Nuti became a director of NCR on August 7, 2005.

John G. Bruno became Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer on November 1, 2011. Before assuming this position, he was Executive Vice President, Industry Solutions Group, from November 29, 2008 to October 31, 2011. Prior to joining NCR, Mr. Bruno was a Managing Director at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., a global investment banking, securities and investment management firm, from August 2007 to November 2008. Prior to this position, he was Senior Vice President - General Manager, RFID Division, at Symbol Technologies, Inc., an information technology company, from June 2005 through February 22, 2006. Mr. Bruno was Symbol Technologies' Senior Vice President, Corporate Development from May 2004 to June 2005, and was Symbol Technologies' Senior Vice President, Business Development, and Chief Information Officer, from November 2002 to May 2004.

Jennifer M. Daniels became Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in April 2010. Prior to joining NCR, Ms. Daniels was Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Barnes & Noble, Inc., from August 2007 to April 2010. Prior to that, she served as an attorney for more than 16 years at IBM, a worldwide provider of computer hardware, software and services, where she held, among other positions, the positions of Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Chief Trust and Compliance Officer; Vice President and Assistant General Counsel for Litigation; and Vice President and General Counsel of IBM Americas.

Peter A. Dorsman became Executive Vice President and Chief Quality Officer in June 2012. Before assuming this position, he was Executive Vice President, Industry Solutions Group and Global Operations. Mr. Dorsman leads NCR Services, which is ranked by Gartner as a Top Ten Global Support Services Provider. Mr. Dorsman is also responsible for NCR's Customer Experience/Continuous Improvement and Quality. Previously, he was Senior Vice President, Global Operations from January 1, 2008 to October 31, 2011 and was Vice President and General Manager of NCR's Systemedia Division, now named NCR Interactive Printer Solutions, from April 17, 2006 to December 31, 2007. Prior to joining NCR, Mr. Dorsman served in several roles with The Standard Register Company, a provider of information solutions, including as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer responsible for the day-to-day operations of the company. Before his role at Standard Register, Mr. Dorsman served for nearly 20 years at NCR in various marketing and sales leadership roles, including vice president of worldwide industry marketing. Mr. Dorsman is a director of Applied Industrial Technologies Inc.

Robert P. Fishman became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in March 2010. Prior to assuming this position, he was Interim Chief Financial Officer from October 2009 to March 2010. Prior to that position, he was Vice President and Corporate Controller from January 2007 to October 2009. From September 2005 to January 2007, Mr. Fishman was Assistant Controller and from January 2005 to September 2005, he was Director, Corporate Planning. Mr. Fishman joined NCR in 1993.

Peter A. Leav became Executive Vice President and President, Industry and Field Operations in June 2012. Before assuming this position, he was Executive Vice President, Global Sales, Professional Services and Consumables from November 1, 2011 to June 2012. Previously, he was Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales, from January 29, 2009 to October 31, 2011. Prior to joining NCR, he was Corporate Vice President and General Manager of Motorola, Inc., a provider of mobility products and solutions across broadband and wireless networks, from November 2008 to January 2009, and Vice President and General Manager for Motorola from December 2007 to November 2008. Prior to this position, Mr. Leav was Vice President of Sales for Motorola from December 2006 to December 2007. From November 2004 to December 2006, Mr. Leav was Director of Sales for Symbol Technologies, Inc., an information technology company. Prior to this position, Mr. Leav was Regional Sales Manager at Cisco Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of communications and information technology networking products, from July 2000 to November 2004.

Andrea L. Ledford became Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, in June 2012. Prior to assuming this title, Ms. Ledford was Senior Vice President, Human Resources. She served as Interim Senior Vice President, Human Resources from February 2007 to June 2007. Prior to assuming this position, she was Vice President, Human Resources, Asia/Pacific, and Europe, Middle East and Africa, from February 2006 to February 2007. Before joining NCR in February 2006, Ms. Ledford was EMEA Leader, Human Resources, at Symbol Technologies, Inc., an information technology company, from 2002 to February 2006 and held a variety of leadership roles at Cisco Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of communications and information technology networking products, in EMEA, Asia/Pacific and Latin America.

Available Information
NCR makes available through its website at http://investor.ncr.com, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to such reports and schedules, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The SEC website (www.sec.gov) contains the reports, proxy statements and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Also, the public may read and copy any materials that NCR files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. NCR will furnish, without charge to a security holder upon written request, the Notice of Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the 2013 Proxy Statement), portions of which are incorporated herein by reference. NCR also will furnish its Code of Conduct at no cost and any other exhibit at cost. Document requests are available by calling or writing to:

NCR—Investor Relations
3097 Satellite Boulevard
Duluth, GA 30096
Phone: 800-255-5627
E-Mail: investor.relations@ncr.com
Website: http://investor.ncr.com


NCR's website, www.ncr.com, contains a significant amount of information about NCR, including financial and other information for investors. NCR encourages investors to visit its website regularly, as information may be updated and new information may be posted at any time. The contents of NCR's website are not incorporated by reference on this Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


4

Table of Contents


Item 1A.    RISK FACTORS

The risks and uncertainties described below could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections, and could cause the market value of our stock to decline. You should consider these risk factors when reading the rest of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this document. These risk factors may not include all of the important factors that could affect our business or our industry or that could cause our future financial results to differ materially from historic or expected results or cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate or decline.
    
Economic Pressures. Our business may be negatively affected by global economic and credit conditions. Our business has been, and will continue to be, sensitive to the strength of, and change in, domestic and global economic and credit conditions. The strength of global economic and credit conditions depends on a number of factors, including consumer confidence, unemployment levels, interest rates and the effects of government actions to address sovereign debt issues, improve global credit markets and generally stimulate economic growth. Recently, concerns over the European sovereign debt crisis and an uneven global economic recovery, among other things, have created a challenging and unpredictable environment in which to market the products and services of our various businesses across different geographies.

A negative economic climate could impact the ability of our customers to make capital expenditures, thereby affecting their ability to purchase our products or services. Additionally, if customers in the financial services sector respond to a negative economic climate by further consolidation, it could further reduce our base of potential customers in the financial services industry. Our retail and hospitality customers also could face continuing fluctuations in consumer confidence and, as a result, could be impacted by weak consumer spending. This could, in turn, result in increased financial pressures that could impact the capital expenditures of our retail and hospitality customers and, potentially, the ability of certain retail and hospitality customers to pay accounts receivable owed to NCR. Negative global economic conditions also may have a material effect on our customers’ ability to obtain financing for the purchase of our products and services from third party financing companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Indebtedness. Our substantial level of indebtedness could limit our financial and operating activities, and adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs. At December 31, 2012, we had approximately $1.96 billion of total indebtedness outstanding. Additionally, at December 31, 2012, we had approximately $833 million of secured debt available for borrowing under our senior secured credit facility. This level of indebtedness could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest, thereby reducing the funds available for operations and future business opportunities; make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our outstanding notes, including our change in control repurchase obligations; limit our ability to borrow additional money if needed for other purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes, on satisfactory terms or at all; limit our ability to adjust to changing economic, business and competitive conditions; place us at a competitive disadvantage with competitors who may have less indebtedness or greater access to financing; make us more vulnerable to an increase in interest rates, a downturn in our operating performance or a decline in general economic conditions; and make us more susceptible to changes in credit ratings, which could impact our ability to obtain financing in the future and increase the cost of such financing.

If compliance with our debt obligations, including those under our senior secured credit facility and our senior unsecured notes, materially limits our financial or operating activities, or hinders our ability to adapt to changing industry conditions, we may lose market share, our revenue may decline and our operating results may be negatively affected.

The terms of our senior secured credit facility and the indentures for our senior unsecured notes include financial and other covenants that could restrict or limit our financial and business operations. Our senior secured credit facility and the indentures for our senior unsecured notes include restrictive covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, restrict or limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:
incur additional indebtedness or issue redeemable preferred stock;
create or incur liens on, or sell or otherwise dispose of, our assets;
engage in certain fundamental corporate changes or changes to our business activities;
make certain investments or restricted payments;
engage in sale-leaseback or hedging transactions;
repurchase our common stock, pay dividends or make similar distributions on our capital stock;
repay other indebtedness;
engage in certain affiliate transactions;
enter into agreements that restrict, or incur restrictions on, our subsidiaries' ability to create liens, pay dividends or make loan repayments; and
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

The senior secured credit facility and the indentures also contain certain affirmative covenants, and the senior secured credit facility requires us to comply with financial coverage ratios regarding both our interest expense and our debt relative to our EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit facility).

These covenants and restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business, and may limit our ability to react to market conditions or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. Additionally, our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including general economic and credit conditions.

If we fail to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain a waiver or amendment, an event of default would result. Upon an event of default under the senior secured credit facility, the lenders could, among other things, declare outstanding amounts due and payable, refuse to lend additional amounts to us, and require deposit of cash collateral in respect of outstanding letters of credit. If we were unable to repay or pay the amounts due, the lenders could, among other things, proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness, which includes equity interests of certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries. Upon an event of default under the indentures, the trustee or holders of our senior unsecured notes could declare all outstanding amounts immediately due and payable.

In connection with the issuances of the senior unsecured notes, we also entered into registration rights agreements that require us to file a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the notes for a new issue of our debt securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with terms substantially identical to those of the notes (except for the provisions relating to the transfer restrictions and payment of additional interest). If we fail to satisfy our exchange obligations under the registration rights agreement will we be required to pay additional interest to the holders of the notes under certain circumstances.

Our cash flows may not be sufficient to service our indebtedness, and if we are unable to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, we may be required to seek other financing alternatives, which may not be successful. Our ability to make timely payments of principal and interest on our debt obligations under our senior secured credit facility and senior unsecured notes depends on our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations, which is subject to general economic conditions, competitive pressures and certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to make these payments, we may be required to seek additional financing sources, reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations or refinance our indebtedness. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to take any of these actions, and, even if successful, these actions may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance the debt under our senior secured credit facility or senior unsecured notes will depend on, among other things, the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. There can be no assurance that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot make scheduled payments on the debt under our senior secured credit facility or our senior unsecured notes, we will be in default. Upon such a default, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness, which includes equity interests of certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries, and the lenders or the trustee and note holders, as applicable, could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable under the senior secured credit facility and the senior unsecured notes, respectively, in which case we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation or required to substantially restructure or alter our business operations or debt obligations.

Despite our current levels of debt, we may still incur substantially more debt, including secured debt, and similar liabilities, which would increase the risks described herein. The agreements relating to our debt, including our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes, limit but do not prohibit our ability to incur substantial additional debt. In addition, certain types of liabilities are not considered “Indebtedness” under our senior secured credit facility or the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes, and the senior secured credit facility and indentures do not impose any limitation on the amount of liabilities incurred by the subsidiaries, if any, that might be designated as “unrestricted subsidiaries” (as defined in the indentures). Accordingly, we could incur significant additional debt or similar liabilities in the future, including additional debt under our senior secured credit facility, much of which could constitute secured debt. In addition, if we form or acquire any subsidiaries in the future, those subsidiaries also could incur debt or similar liabilities. If new debt or similar liabilities are added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could increase.

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facility bear interest at a variable rate, which subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly. All of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on this variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same. We are party to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes the interest rate, based on LIBOR, on a portion of our LIBOR-indexed floating rate borrowings through August 22, 2016, with a notional amount of $560 million that amortizes to $341 million over the term of the agreement. Although we may enter into additional interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate volatility, we cannot provide assurances that we will be able to do so or that such swaps will be effective.

We may not be able to raise the funds necessary to finance a required change in control purchase of our senior unsecured notes. Upon the occurrence of a change in control under the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes, holders of those notes may require us to purchase their notes. However, it is possible that we would not have sufficient funds at that time to make the required purchase of notes. We cannot assure the holders of the senior unsecured notes that we will have sufficient financial resources, or will be able to arrange financing, to pay the repurchase price in cash with respect to any such notes tendered by holders for repurchase upon a change in control. Our failure to repurchase the senior unsecured notes when required would result in an event of default with respect to the notes which could, in turn, constitute a default under the terms of our other indebtedness, if any.

Important corporate events may not constitute a change in control under the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes. Certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a change in control under the indentures.

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital. Any rating assigned to our debt could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.
    
Competition. If we do not compete effectively within the technology industry, we will not be successful. We operate in the intensely competitive information technology industry. This industry is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions, price and cost reductions, and increasingly greater commoditization of products, making differentiation difficult. Our competitors include other large companies in the technology industry, such as: IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Diebold, Wincor, Hyosung, ToshibaTec, Micros, Fujitsu and Unisys, some of which have more widespread distribution and market penetration for their platforms and service offerings. In addition, we compete with companies in specific market segments, such as entry-level ATMs, imaging solutions, and business consumables and media products. Our future competitive performance and market position depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

react to competitive product and pricing pressures (particularly in the ATM marketplace);
penetrate and meet the changing competitive requirements and deliverables in developing and emerging markets, such as India, China, Brazil and Russia;
exploit opportunities in emerging vertical markets, such as travel and telecommunications and technology;
rapidly and continually design, develop and market, or otherwise maintain and introduce innovative solutions and related products and services for our customers that are competitive in the marketplace;
react on a timely basis to shifts in market demands;
compete in reverse auctions for new and continuing business;
reduce costs without creating operating inefficiencies or impairing product or service quality;
maintain competitive operating margins;
improve product and service delivery quality; and
effectively market and sell all of our diverse solutions.

Our business and operating performance also could be impacted by external competitive pressures, such as increasing price erosion and the entry of new competitors into our existing product and geographic markets. In addition, our customers sometimes finance our product sales through third-party financing companies, and in the case of customer default, these financing companies may be forced to resell this equipment at discounted prices, competing with NCR and impacting our ability to sell incremental units. The impact of these product and pricing pressures could include lower customer satisfaction, decreased demand for our solutions, loss of market share and reduction of operating profits.

Operating Results Fluctuations. Our revenue, operating results, and margins could fluctuate for a number of reasons, including those described below:

Manufacturing. We manufacture advanced ATMs in facilities located in Columbus, Georgia, USA; Manaus, Brazil; Budapest, Hungary; Beijing, China; and Puducherry, India. Our self-checkout solutions are manufactured in facilities located in Columbus, Georgia, USA and Budapest, Hungary. Our financial kiosk solutions are manufactured in facilities located in Beijing, China. Our POS/Display terminals are manufactured in facilities located in Columbus, Georgia, USA; Beijing, China; and Adelaide, Australia, and certain hand-held solutions are manufactured in Salzburg, Austria. If we develop or experience problems relating to product quality or on-time delivery to customers that we are unable to quickly manage and resolve, whether due to the geographical diversity of our manufacturing base or otherwise, we could experience business interruption that could negatively impact our business and operating results.

Seasonality. Our sales are historically seasonal, with lower revenue in the first quarter and higher revenue in the fourth quarter of each year. Such seasonality also causes our working capital cash flow requirements to vary from quarter to quarter depending on the variability in the volume, timing and mix of product sales. In addition, revenue in the third month of each quarter is typically higher than in the first and second months. These factors, among other things, may adversely affect our ability to manage working capital, make our forecasting process more difficult and impact our ability to predict financial results accurately.

Foreign Currency. Our revenue and operating income are subject to variability due to the effects of foreign currency fluctuations against the U.S. Dollar. We have exposure to approximately 50 functional currencies. We endeavor to mitigate the effects of currency fluctuations by our hedging strategy; however, certain significant currency fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations, including sales and gross margins.

Cost/Expense Reductions. Our success in achieving targeted cost and expense reductions through our continuous improvement and other similar programs depends on a number of factors, including our ability to achieve infrastructure rationalizations, drive lower component costs, improve supply chain efficiencies and optimize the efficiency of our customer services and professional services consulting resources. If we do not successfully execute on our cost and expense reduction initiatives or if we experience delays in completing the implementation of these initiatives, our results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Contractual Obligations for Consulting Services. Our contracts for professional services consulting work may contemplate that services will be performed over multiple periods. Our profitability under those contracts is largely a function of performing our contractual obligations within the estimated costs and time periods specified. If we exceed these estimated costs or cannot otherwise complete the contracted services within the specified periods, our profitability related to these contracts could be negatively impacted. In addition, if we are unable to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our consultants, we may not be able to sustain profitability on these contracts.

Acquisitions, Divestitures and Alliances. As part of our strategy, we intend to selectively acquire and divest technologies, products and businesses, either through acquisitions, investments, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or divestitures. As these acquisitions, divestitures and alliances occur and we begin to include or exclude, as the case may be, the financial results related to these transactions our operating results could fluctuate materially, depending on the size and nature of the transactions. In addition, our operating results may be adversely affected if we are unable to properly integrate future acquisitions or if investments or alliances do not perform up to, or meet, our original expectations.

Underfunded Pension Obligation. At December 31, 2012, our remaining underfunded pension obligation was $468 million. While we recently completed phase one of our pension strategy to rebalance our US and international plan assets in order to reduce volatility (to approximately 100% in fixed income investments for our US plan and approximately 65% in fixed income investments for our international plans), our remaining underfunded pension obligation continues to require significant cash contributions. In addition, certain of the plan assets remain subject to financial market risk, and our actuarial and other assumptions underlying our expected future benefit payments, long-term expected rate of return and future funding expectations for our plans depend on, among other things, interest rate levels and trends and capital market expectations. Further volatility in the performance of financial markets, changes in any of these actuarial assumptions (including those described in our “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of the “Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report) or changes in regulations regarding funding requirements could require material increases to our expected cash contributions to our pension plans in future years. Our financial position and liquidity could be materially impacted by these contributions.

See “Effects of Pension, Postemployment and Postretirement Benefit Plans” and “Financial Condition, Liquidity And Capital Resources” sections of the “Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report and Note 8, “Employee Benefit Plans” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for further information regarding the funded status of our pension plans and potential future cash contributions.

Stock-based Compensation. Similar to other companies, we use stock awards as a form of compensation for certain employees and non-employee directors. All stock-based awards are required to be recognized in our financial statements based on their fair values. The amount recognized for stock compensation expense could vary depending on a number of assumptions or changes that may occur. For example, assumptions such as the risk-free rate, expected holding period and expected volatility that drive our valuation model could change. Other examples that could have an impact include changes in the mix and type of awards, changes in our compensation plans or tax rate, changes in our forfeiture rate, differences in actual results compared to management’s estimates for performance-based awards or an unusually high amount of expirations of stock awards.

Income Taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and a number of foreign jurisdictions. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Our deferred tax assets totaled approximately $841 million and $942 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates, if there is a change to the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the tax laws change unfavorably, then we could be required to increase our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could result in a material increase in our effective tax rate. Additionally, we are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions both in the U.S. and internationally, the outcomes of which could result in the assessment of additional taxes. Our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, the changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and regulations, and management’s assessment in regards to repatriation of earnings.

Software and Services. In recent years, we have begun to shift our business model to focus increasingly on sales of higher margin software and services in addition to our ATM, point-of-sale, and other hardware. Our ability to successfully grow our software and services businesses depends on a number of different factors, including market acceptance of our software solutions, enabling our sales force to use a consultative selling model that better incorporates our comprehensive solutions, and the expansion of our services capabilities and geographic coverage, among others. If we are not successful in growing our software and services businesses at the rate that we anticipate, we may not meet our growth and gross margin projections or expectations, and operating results could be negatively impacted.

Multinational Operations. Our multinational operations, including our expansion into new and emerging markets, expose us to business and legal risks. For each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the percentage of our revenues from outside of the United States was 62% and 64%, respectively, and we expect our percentage of revenues generated outside the United States to continue to be significant. In addition, we continue to seek to further penetrate existing international markets, and to identify opportunities to enter into or expand our presence in developing and emerging markets, including Brazil, Russia, China, India, Africa, and the Middle East, among others. While we believe that our geographic diversity may help to mitigate some risks associated with geographic concentrations of operations (e.g., adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, deteriorating economic environments or business disruptions due to economic or political uncertainties), our ability to manufacture and sell our solutions internationally, including in new and emerging markets, is subject to risks, which include, among others:

the impact of ongoing and future sovereign debt, economic and credit conditions on the stability of national and regional economies;
political conditions that could adversely affect demand for our solutions, or our ability to access funds and resources, in these markets;
the impact of a downturn in the global economy, or in regional economies, on demand for our products;
currency exchange rate fluctuations that could result in lower demand for our products as well as generate currency translation losses;
changes to and compliance with a variety of laws and regulations that may increase our cost of doing business or otherwise prevent us from effectively competing internationally;
government uncertainty, including as a result of new, or changes to, laws and regulations;
the institution of, or changes to, trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
the successful implementation and use of systems, procedures and controls to monitor our operations in foreign markets;
changing competitive requirements and deliverables in developing and emerging markets;
work stoppages and other labor conditions or issues;
disruptions in transportation and shipping infrastructure; and
the impact of civil unrest relating to war and terrorist activity on the economy or markets in general, or on our ability, or that of our suppliers, to meet commitments.

In addition, as a result of our revenues generated outside of the United States, the amount of cash and cash equivalents that is held by our foreign subsidiaries continues to be significant. If these cash and cash equivalents are distributed to the United States, whether in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes. Any such taxes would reduce the amount of such cash and cash equivalents that are available for our use.

Acquisitions and Alliances. If we do not successfully integrate acquisitions or effectively manage alliance activities, we may not drive future growth. As part of our overall solutions strategy, we have made, and intend to continue to make, investments in companies, products, services and technologies, either through acquisitions (such as our recent acquisition of Retalix, Ltd.), investments, joint ventures or strategic alliances. Acquisitions and alliance activities inherently involve risks. The risks we may encounter include those associated with:

assimilating and integrating different business operations, corporate cultures, personnel, infrastructures and technologies or products acquired or licensed;
the potential for unknown liabilities within the acquired or combined business; and
the possibility of conflict with joint venture or alliance partners regarding strategic direction, prioritization of objectives and goals, governance matters or operations.
Further, we may make acquisitions and investments in order to acquire or obtain access to new technology or products that expand our offerings. There is risk that the new technology or products may not perform as anticipated and may not meet estimated growth projections or expectations, or investment recipients may not successfully execute their business plans, in which case we may not be able to fully realize the benefit of our investments. An acquisition or alliance may also disrupt our ongoing business or we may not be able to successfully incorporate acquired products, services or technologies into our solutions and maintain quality. Further, we may not achieve the projected synergies once we have integrated the business into our operations, which may lead to additional costs not anticipated at the time of acquisition.

Introduction of New Solutions. If we do not swiftly and successfully develop and introduce new solutions in the competitive, rapidly changing environment in which we do business, our business results will be impacted. The development process for our solutions requires high levels of innovation from both our product development team and suppliers of the components embedded in our solutions. In addition, the development process can be lengthy and costly, and requires us to commit a significant amount of resources to bring our business solutions to market. If we are unable to anticipate our customers’ needs and technological trends accurately, or are otherwise unable to complete development efficiently, we would be unable to introduce new solutions into the market on a timely basis, if at all, and our business and operating results could be impacted. Likewise, we sometimes make assurances to customers regarding the operability and specifications of new technologies, and our results could be impacted if we are unable to deliver such technologies, or if such technologies do not perform as planned. Once we have developed new solutions, if we cannot successfully market and sell those solutions, our business and operating results could be impacted. Also, our hardware and software-based solutions, particularly those that are new, may contain errors, including undetected errors, which may be found after the product introductions and shipments. While we attempt to remedy errors that we believe would be considered critical by our customers prior to shipment, we may not be able to detect or remedy all such errors, and this could result in lost revenues, delays in customer acceptance and incremental costs, each of which would impact our business and operating results.

Reliance on Third Parties. If third-party suppliers upon which we rely are not able to fulfill our needs, our ability to bring our products to market in a timely fashion could be affected. In most cases, there are a number of vendors providing the services and producing the parts and components that we utilize in our products. However, there are some services and components that are purchased from single sources due to price, quality, technology or other reasons. For example, we depend on transaction processing services from Accenture, computer chips and microprocessors from Intel and operating systems from Microsoft. Certain parts and components used in the manufacturing of our ATMs and the delivery of many of our retail solutions are also supplied by single sources. In addition, there are a number of key suppliers for our businesses who provide us with critical products for our solutions. If we were unable to purchase the necessary services, including contract manufacturing, parts, components or products from a particular vendor, and we had to find an alternative supplier, our new and existing product shipments and solution deliveries could be delayed, impacting our business and operating results.

We have, from time to time, formed alliances with third parties that have complementary products, software, services and skills. These alliances represent many different types of relationships, such as outsourcing arrangements to manufacture hardware and subcontract agreements with third parties to perform services and provide products and software to our customers in connection with our solutions. For example, we rely on third parties for cash replenishment services for our ATM products. These alliances introduce risks that we cannot control, such as nonperformance by third parties and difficulties with or delays in integrating elements provided by third parties into our solutions. Lack of information technology infrastructure, shortages in business capitalization, and manual processes and data integrity issues of smaller suppliers can also create product time delays, inventory and invoicing problems, staging delays, as well as other operating issues. The failure of third parties to provide high-quality products or services that conform to required specifications or contractual arrangements could impair the delivery of our solutions on a timely basis, create exposure for non-compliance with our contractual commitments to our customers and impact our business and operating results. Also, some of these third parties have access to confidential NCR and customer data, the integrity and security of which we need to ensure.

Intellectual Property. Our continuing ability to be a leading technology and services solutions provider could be negatively affected if we do not develop and protect intellectual property that drives innovation. It is critical to our continued development of leading technologies that we are able to protect and enhance our proprietary rights in our intellectual property through patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws. These efforts include protection of the products and the application, diagnostic and other software we develop. To the extent we are not successful in protecting our proprietary rights, our business could be adversely impacted. Also, many of our offerings rely on technologies developed by others, and if we are unable to continue to obtain licenses for such technologies, our business could be adversely impacted. From time to time, we receive notices from third parties regarding patent and other intellectual property claims. Whether such claims have merit, they may require significant resources to defend. If an infringement claim is successful and we are required to pay damages, or we are unable to license the infringed technology or to substitute similar non-infringing technology, our business could be adversely affected.

Data Privacy and Protection. Breaches to our systems or products that compromise the security and integrity of personally identifiable information could have a negative impact on our results of operations. Certain of our products and services are used by our customers to store and transmit personally identifiable information of their customers. Also we maintain personal information about our employees. This information is subject to a variety of laws, regulations and industry standards governing its collection, use, disclosure and disposal. Vulnerabilities in the security of our products and services, whether relating to hardware, software or otherwise, could compromise the confidentiality of, or result in unauthorized access to or the loss of information transmitted or stored using our products or solutions. Additionally, vulnerabilities in the security of our own internal systems could compromise the confidentiality of, or result in unauthorized access to personal information of our employees. If we do not maintain the security and integrity of personally identifiable information in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, we could lose customers and be exposed to claims, costs and reputational harm that could materially and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if we are required to implement new or different data protection measures, the associated costs could be significant.
    
Work Environment. Our restructuring and re-engineering initiatives could negatively impact productivity and business results. As part of our ongoing efforts to optimize our cost structure, from time to time, we shift and realign our employee resources, which could temporarily result in reduced productivity levels. In addition to our initiatives to reduce costs and expenses, we have initiatives to grow revenue, such as improving sales training, addressing sales territory requirements, maintaining and monitoring customer satisfaction with our solutions, and focusing on our strong value propositions. We typically have many such initiatives underway. If we are not successful in managing our various restructuring and re-engineering initiatives, and minimizing any resulting loss in productivity, our business and operating results could be negatively impacted.

If we do not attract and retain quality employees, we may not be able to meet our business objectives. Our employees are vital to our success. Our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, sales, consulting and other key personnel is critical, as these key employees are difficult to replace. If we are unable to attract or retain highly qualified employees by offering competitive compensation, secure work environments and leadership opportunities now and in the future, our business and operating results could be negatively impacted.

Our ability to effectively manage our business could be negatively impacted if we do not invest in and maintain reliable information systems. It is periodically necessary to replace, upgrade or modify our internal information systems. If we are unable to replace, upgrade or modify such systems in a timely and cost-effective manner, especially in light of demands on our information technology resources, our ability to capture and process financial transactions and therefore, our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to comply with legal and regulatory reporting obligations, may be impacted.

Internal Controls. If we do not maintain effective internal controls, accounting policies, practices, and information systems necessary to ensure reliable reporting of our results, our ability to comply with our legal obligations could be negatively affected. Our internal controls, accounting policies and practices, and internal information systems enable us to capture and process transactions in a timely and accurate manner in compliance with applicable accounting standards, laws and regulations, taxation requirements and federal securities laws and regulations. Our internal controls and policies are being closely monitored by management as we continue to implement a worldwide Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. While we believe these controls, policies, practices and systems are adequate to ensure data integrity, unanticipated and unauthorized actions of employees or contractors (both domestic and international), temporary lapses in internal controls due to shortfalls in transition planning and oversight, or resource constraints, could lead to improprieties and undetected errors that could impact our financial condition, results of operations, or compliance with legal obligations. Moreover, while management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012 (as set forth in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” included in Item 9A of Part II of this Report), due to their inherent limitations, such controls may not prevent or detect misstatements in our reported financial statements. Such limitations include, among other things, the potential for human error or circumvention of controls. Further, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of a failure to remediate control deficiencies, changes in conditions or a deterioration of the degree of compliance with established policies and procedures.

Sale of Entertainment. The sale of assets of our entertainment business may expose us to certain post-closing liabilities. On February 3, 2012, we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of our entertainment line of business to Redbox Automated Retail, LLC (Redbox). Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, as amended on June 22, 2012, and upon the terms and conditions thereof, on June 22, 2012, we completed the disposition of our entertainment line of business to Redbox for cash consideration of $100 million. We remain responsible for pre-closing liabilities of the entertainment business, and are subject to certain indemnification obligations in favor of Redbox for, among other things, breaches of representations, warranties and covenants under the purchase agreement. In addition, we may be subject to liabilities and obligations under and with respect to contracts and assets of the entertainment business that were not transferred to or assumed by Redbox.

Environmental. Our historical and ongoing manufacturing activities subject us to environmental exposures. Our facilities and operations are subject to a wide range of environmental protection laws, and we have investigatory and remedial activities underway at a number of facilities that we currently own or operate, or formerly owned or operated, to comply, or to determine compliance, with such laws. In addition, our products are subject to environmental laws in certain jurisdictions. Given the uncertainties inherent in such activities, there can be no assurances that the costs required to comply with applicable environmental laws will not impact future operating results. We have also been identified as a potentially responsible party in connection with certain environmental matters, including the Fox River and Kalamazoo River matters, as further described in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report; in “Environmental Matters” within Item 1 of Part I of this Report; and in “Environmental and Legal Contingencies” within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of the “Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report, and we incorporate such disclosures by reference and make them a part of this discussion of risk factors.

Contingencies. We face uncertainties with regard to regulations, lawsuits and other related matters. In the normal course of business, we are subject to proceedings, lawsuits, claims and other matters, including those that relate to the environment, health and safety, employee benefits, import/export compliance, intellectual property, data privacy and security, product liability, commercial disputes and regulatory compliance, among others. Because such matters are subject to many uncertainties, their outcomes are not predictable and we must make certain estimates and assumptions in our financial statements. While we believe that amounts provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements are currently adequate in light of the probable and estimable liabilities, there can be no assurances that the amounts required to satisfy alleged liabilities from such matters will not impact future operating results. Additionally, we are subject to diverse and complex laws and regulations, including those relating to corporate governance, public disclosure and reporting, environmental safety and the discharge of materials into the environment, product safety, import and export compliance, data privacy and security, antitrust and competition, government contracting and anti-corruption, and labor and human resources, which are rapidly changing and subject to many possible changes in the future. Compliance with these laws and regulations, including changes in accounting standards, taxation requirements, and federal securities laws among others, may create a substantial burden on, and substantially increase costs to our organization or could have an impact on our future operating results.

Additionally, doing business on a worldwide basis requires us and our subsidiaries to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions. For example, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits U.S. companies or agents acting on behalf of such companies from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business. Our international operations are also subject to economic sanction programs administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. If we are not in compliance with such laws and regulations, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, which may cause harm to our reputation and to our brand names and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See Note 9 “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 16 “Subsequent Events” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for information regarding our FCPA and OFAC investigations, which disclosures are incorporated by reference and made a part of this discussion of risk factors.


5

Table of Contents


Item 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.


Item 2.         PROPERTIES

As of January 1, 2013, NCR operated 238 facilities consisting of approximately 5.8 million square feet in 61 countries throughout the world. On a square footage basis, 26% of these facilities are owned and 74% are leased. Within the total facility portfolio, NCR operates 37 research and development and manufacturing facilities totaling 2.4 million square feet, 68% of which is leased. The remaining 3.4 million square feet of space includes office, repair, warehouse and other miscellaneous sites, and is 78% leased. NCR also owns 10 land parcels totaling 3.6 million square feet in 5 countries.

NCR is headquartered in Duluth, Georgia, USA. Our address at our corporate headquarters is 3097 Satellite Boulevard, Duluth, Georgia, 30096, USA.


Item 3.        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information regarding legal proceedings is included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report as part of Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 4.        MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.


6

Table of Contents

PART II


Item 5.        MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

NCR common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the symbol “NCR.” There were approximately 114,642 holders of NCR common stock as of February 12, 2013. The following table presents the high and low per share prices for NCR common stock for each quarter of 2012 and 2011 as reported on the NYSE.
 
 
2012
 
 
 
2011
 
 
High
 
Low
 
 
 
High
 
Low
1st quarter
 
$
22.19

 
$
16.39

 
1st quarter
 
$
20.62

 
$
15.32

2nd quarter
 
$
23.91

 
$
20.05

 
2nd quarter
 
$
20.04

 
$
17.67

3rd quarter
 
$
25.99

 
$
21.55

 
3rd quarter
 
$
20.97

 
$
15.28

4th quarter
 
$
25.75

 
$
20.92

 
4th quarter
 
$
20.48

 
$
15.56


Dividends

Historically NCR has not paid cash dividends and does not anticipate the payment of cash dividends on NCR common stock in the immediate future. The declaration of dividends is restricted under our senior secured credit facility and the terms of the indentures for our senior unsecured notes, and would be further subject to the discretion of NCR’s Board of Directors.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the relative investment performance of NCR stock, the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 Stock Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 Information Technology Sector and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index. This graph covers the five-year period from December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2012.



Company / Index
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
NCR Corporation
 
$
56

 
$
44

 
$
61

 
$
66

 
$
102

S&P 500 Stock Index
 
$
63

 
$
80

 
$
92

 
$
94

 
$
109

S&P 500 Information Technology Sector
 
$
57

 
$
92

 
$
101

 
$
104

 
$
119

S&P MidCap 400 Stock Index
 
$
64

 
$
88

 
$
111

 
$
109

 
$
129

(1) 
In each case, assumes a $100 investment on December 31, 2007, and reinvestment of all dividends, if any.



7

Table of Contents

Purchase of Company Common Stock In October 1999, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program that provided for the repurchase of up to $250 million of its common stock, with no expiration from the date of authorization. On October 31, 2007 and July 28, 2010, the Board authorized the repurchase of an additional $250 million and $210 million, respectively, under this share repurchase program. In December 2000, the Board approved a systematic share repurchase program, with no expiration from the date of authorization, to be funded by the proceeds from the purchase of shares under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the exercise of stock options, for the purpose of offsetting the dilutive effects of the employee stock purchase plan and outstanding options. As of December 31, 2012, approximately $179 million and $62 million remained available for further repurchases of the Company’s common stock under the 1999 and 2000 Board of Directors share repurchase programs, respectively. The Company's ability to repurchase its common stock is restricted under the Company's senior secured credit facility and terms of the indentures for the Company's senior unsecured notes.

During the three months ended December 31, 2012, the Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock. The Company occasionally purchases vested restricted stock shares at the current market price to cover withholding taxes. During the three months ended December 31, 2012, the Company did not purchase any vested restricted shares.


8

Table of Contents


Item 6.        SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
In millions, except per share and employee and contractor amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the years ended December 31
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Continuing Operations (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
5,730

 
$
5,291

 
$
4,711

 
$
4,579

 
$
5,300

Income from operations
 
$
232

 
$
212

 
$
149

 
$
134

 
$
328

Other (expense) income, net
 
$
(8
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(11
)
 
$
(31
)
 
$
16

Income tax expense (benefit)
 
$
42

 
$
51

 
$
(11
)
 
$
8

 
$
70

Income from continuing operations attributable to NCR common stockholders
 
$
140

 
$
146

 
$
144

 
$
82

 
$
253

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$
6

 
$
(93
)
 
$
(10
)
 
$
(115
)
 
$
(25
)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to NCR common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From continuing operations (a,b)
 
$
0.88

 
$
0.92

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.52

 
$
1.53

From discontinued operations
 
$
0.04

 
$
(0.58
)
 
$
(0.06
)
 
$
(0.73
)
 
$
(0.15
)
Total basic earnings (loss) per common share
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.34

 
$
0.84

 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
1.38

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to NCR common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From continuing operations (a,b)
 
$
0.85

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.89

 
$
0.51

 
$
1.51

From discontinued operations
 
$
0.04

 
$
(0.58
)
 
$
(0.06
)
 
$
(0.72
)
 
$
(0.15
)
Total diluted earnings (loss) per common share
 
$
0.89

 
$
0.33

 
$
0.83

 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
1.36

Cash dividends per share
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

As of December 31
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
6,371

 
$
5,591

 
$
4,361

 
$
4,094

 
$
4,255

Total debt
 
$
1,963

 
$
853

 
$
11

 
$
15

 
$
308

Total NCR stockholders' equity
 
$
1,247

 
$
785

 
$
883

 
$
564

 
$
440

Number of employees and contractors
 
25,700

 
23,500

 
21,000

 
21,500

 
22,400


(a) 
Continuing operations excludes the costs and insurance recoveries relating to certain environmental obligations associated with discontinued operations, including the Fox River, Japan and Kalamazoo River matters, the closure of NCR's EFT payment processing business in Canada, and the results from our previously disposed healthcare solutions and Entertainment businesses.
(b) 
The following income (expense) amounts, net of tax are included in income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Impairment charges
 
$
(7
)
 
$

 
$
(9
)
 
$
(30
)
 
$

Acquisition related costs
 
(16
)
 
(28
)
 

 

 

Acquisition related amortization of intangibles
 
(25
)
 
(8
)
 

 

 

OFAC and FCPA investigations
 
(2
)
 

 

 

 

Legal settlements and charges
 

 
2

 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
(8
)
Japan valuation reserve release
 

 

 
39

 

 

Incremental costs directly related to the relocation of the worldwide headquarters
 

 

 
(11
)
 
(4
)
 

Organizational realignment initiative
 

 

 

 

 
(45
)
Net gains from sales of real estate
 

 

 

 

 
13

Total
 
$
(50
)
 
$
(34
)
 
$
14

 
$
(38
)
 
$
(40
)

9

Table of Contents



Item 7.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A)

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

NCR Corporation is a leading global technology company that provides innovative products and services that enable businesses to connect, interact and transact with their customers and enhance their customer relationships by addressing consumer demand for convenience, value and individual service. Our portfolio of self-service and assisted-service solutions serve customers in the financial services, retail, hospitality, travel, and telecommunications and technology industries and include automated teller machines (ATMs), self-service kiosks and point of sale devices, as well as software applications that can be used by consumers to enable them to interact with businesses from their computer or mobile device. We also complement these product solutions by offering a complete portfolio of services that support both NCR and third party solutions. We also resell third-party networking products and provide related service offerings in the telecommunications and technology sectors.

We have four operating segments: Financial Services, Retail Solutions, Hospitality and Emerging Industries. Each of our lines of business derives its revenues by selling products and services in each of the sales theaters in which NCR operates.

Our solutions are based on a foundation of long-established industry knowledge and consulting expertise, value-added software, hardware technology, global customer support services, and a complete line of business consumables and specialty media products.

NCR’s reputation is founded upon over 128 years of providing quality products, services and solutions to our customers. At the heart of our customer and other business relationships is a commitment to acting responsibly, ethically and with the highest level of integrity. This commitment is reflected in NCR’s Code of Conduct, which is available on the Corporate Governance page of our website.


2012 OVERVIEW

As more fully discussed in later sections of this MD&A, the following were significant themes and events for 2012:

Revenue growth of approximately 8% compared to full year 2011

Gross margin improvement of approximately 120 basis points compared to full year 2011

Continued realization of the benefits of our cost reduction initiatives

Continued growth of higher margin software and services offerings and improvements in revenue mix

Completion of phase two of our pension strategy

Completion of the offering of $600 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior unsecured notes due in 2022, and $500 million aggregate principal amount of 4.625% senior notes due in 2021

Entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger to acquire Retalix Ltd. for a cash purchase price of approximately $800 million

Completion of the disposition of our Entertainment business to Redbox Automated Retail, LLC for cash consideration of $100 million


OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC INITIATIVES

We have a focused and consistent business strategy targeted at revenue growth, gross margin expansion and improved customer loyalty. To execute this strategy, we identified three key imperatives that aligned with our financial objectives for 2012 and beyond: deliver disruptive innovation; focus on migrating our revenue to higher margin software and services revenue; and more fully enable our sales force with a consultative selling model that better leverage the innovation we are bringing to the market. Our strategy, on which we will remain focused in 2013, is summarized in more detail below:

Gain profitable share - We seek to optimize our investments in demand creation to increase NCR’s market share in areas with the greatest potential for profitable growth, which include opportunities in self-service technologies with our core financial services, retail, and hospitality customers as well as the shift of our business model to focus on growth of higher margin software and services. We focus on expanding our presence in our core industries, while seeking additional growth by:
penetrating market adjacencies in single and multi-channel self-service segments;
expanding and strengthening our geographic presence and sales coverage across customer tiers through use of the indirect channel; and
leveraging NCR Services and consumables solutions to grow our share of customer revenue, improve customer retention, and deliver increased value to our customers.
Expand into emerging growth industry segments - We are focused on broadening the scope of our self-service solutions from our existing customers to expand these solution offerings to customers in newer industry-vertical markets including telecommunications and technology as well as travel and gaming. We expect to grow our business in these industries through integrated service offerings in addition to targeted acquisitions and strategic partnerships.
Build the lowest cost structure in our industry - We strive to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of our core functions and the productivity of our employees through our continuous improvement initiatives.
Enhance our global service capability - We continue to identify and execute various initiatives to enhance our global service capability. We also focus on improving our service positioning, increasing customer service attach rates for our products and improving profitability in our services business. Our service capability can provide us a competitive advantage in winning customers and it provides NCR with an attractive and stable revenue source.
Innovation of our people - We are committed to solution innovation across all customer industries. Our focus on innovation has been enabled by closer collaboration between NCR Services and our lines of business, as well as a model to apply best practices across all industries through one centralized research and development organization and one business decision support function. Innovation is also driven through investments in training and developing our employees by taking advantage of our new world-class training centers. We expect that these steps and investments will accelerate the delivery of new innovative solutions focused on the needs of our customers and changes in consumer behavior.
Enhancing the customer experience - We are committed to providing a customer experience to drive loyalty, focusing on product and software solutions based on the needs of our customers, a sales force enabled with the consultative selling model to better leverage the innovative solutions we are bringing to market, and sales and support service teams focused on delivery and customer interactions. We continue to rely on the Customer Loyalty Survey, among other metrics, to measure our current state and set a course for our future state where we aim to continuously improve with solution innovations as well as through the execution of our service delivery programs.
Pursue strategic acquisitions that promote growth and improve gross margin - We are continually exploring potential acquisition opportunities in the ordinary course of business to identify acquisitions that can accelerate the growth of our business and improve our gross margin mix, with a particular focus on software-oriented transactions. We may fund acquisitions through either equity or debt, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facility.


FUTURE TRENDS

We are encouraged by our market position for 2013 and are forecasting revenue to be slightly higher than 2012. We plan to continue to manage our costs effectively and balance our investments in areas that generate high returns.

We see the following as the most significant risks to the execution of our initiatives:

The global economic and credit environment and its effect on capital spending by our customers

Competition that can drive further price erosion and potential loss of market share

Difficulties associated with introduction of products in new self-service markets

Market adoption of our products by customers

Management and servicing of our existing indebtedness

Integration of previously completed acquisitions

RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

The following table shows our results for the years ended December 31:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue
$5,730
 
$5,291
 
$4,711
Gross margin
1,345
 
1,182
 
990
Gross margin as a percentage of revenue
23.5%
 
22.3%
 
21.0%
Operating expenses
 
 
 
 
 
      Selling, general and administrative expenses
894
 
794
 
685
      Research and development expenses
219
 
176
 
156
Income from operations
$232
 
$212
 
$149

The following table shows our revenues and gross margins from products and services, respectively, for the years ended December 31:

In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Product revenue
$2,854
 
$2,592
 
$2,301
Cost of products
2,177
 
2,011
 
1,799
Product gross margin
$677
 
$581
 
$502
Product gross margin as a percentage of revenue
23.7%
 
22.4%
 
21.8%
Services revenue
$2,876
 
$2,699
 
$2,410
Cost of services
2,208
 
2,098
 
1,922
Services gross margin
$668
 
$601
 
$488
Services gross margin as a percentage of revenue
23.2%
 
22.3%
 
20.2%

The following table shows our revenues by theater for the years ended December 31:

In millions
2012
% of Total
 
2011
% of Total
 
% Increase (Decrease)
% Increase (Decrease) Constant Currency
Americas
$
2,823

49%
 
$
2,448

46%
 
15%
16%
Europe
1,459

26%
 
1,421

27%
 
3%
9%
Asia Middle East Africa (AMEA)
1,448

25%
 
1,422

27%
 
2%
4%
Consolidated revenue
$
5,730

100%
 
$
5,291

100%
 
8%
11%


2012 compared to 2011 results discussion

Revenue

Revenue increased 8% in 2012 from 2011 due to improvement in our financial services and hospitality lines of business offset by declines in our retail solutions and emerging industries lines of business. The effects of foreign currency fluctuations had a 3% unfavorable impact on revenue for the year. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our product revenue increased 10% and services revenue increased 7% compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in our product revenue was due to growth in the financial services line of business in the Americas, Europe and AMEA theaters, and growth in the hospitality line of business in the Americas theater offset by declines in the retail solutions line of business in the Americas and Europe theaters. The increase in our services revenue was primarily attributable to increases in professional and installation services and maintenance services in the financial services and hospitality lines of business in the Americas theater offset by declines in such services in the retail solutions line of business in the Americas and Europe theaters.

Gross Margin

Gross margin as a percentage of revenue was 23.5% in 2012 compared to 22.3% in 2011. Product gross margin in 2012 increased to 23.7% compared to 22.4% in 2011. During 2012 and 2011, product gross margin was adversely affected by approximately $19 million and $6 million, respectively, of acquisition related amortization of intangibles. After considering this item, the product gross margin increased due to favorable sales mix with an increase in software revenue.

Services gross margin increased to 23.2% in 2012 compared to 22.3% in 2011. Services gross margin was negatively impacted by $33 million in higher pension expense, or 1.1% as a percentage of services revenue, year over year. After considering this item, the increase in services gross margin was due to lower labor and service delivery costs.

2011 compared to 2010 results discussion

Revenue

Revenue increased 12% in 2011 from 2010 due to improvement across all lines of business. The effects of foreign currency fluctuations had a 3% favorable impact on revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our product revenue increased 13% and services revenue increased 12% compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in our product revenue was due to increases in sales volumes in the financial services and retail lines of business in the Americas and AMEA theaters coupled with incremental revenues generated in the hospitality line of business following the acquisition of Radiant Systems, Inc. on August 24, 2011. The increase in our services revenue was primarily attributable to increases in professional and installation services and maintenance services in the financial services and retail lines of business in the Americas, Europe and AMEA theaters. The acquisition of Radiant also led to an incremental increase in services revenue in the Americas theater.

Gross Margin

Gross margin as a percentage of revenue was 22.3% in 2011 compared to 21.0% in 2010. Product gross margin in 2011 increased slightly to 22.4% compared to 21.8% in 2010 due to improved sales mix.

Services gross margin increased to 22.3% in 2011 compared to 20.2% in 2010. Services gross margin was negatively impacted by $18 million in higher pension expense, or 0.7% as a percentage of services revenue. After considering the effect of pension expense, the increase in services gross margin was due to lower labor and service delivery costs and continued focus on overall cost containment.

Effects of Pension, Postemployment, and Postretirement Benefit Plans

NCR's income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31 was impacted by certain employee benefit plans as shown below:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Pension expense
$292
 
$222
 
$208
Postemployment expense
37
 
46
 
43
Postretirement benefit
(14)
 
(13)
 
(4)
Total expense
$315
 
$255
 
$247


In 2012, pension expense increased to $292 million compared to $222 million in 2011 and $208 million in 2010. In 2012, pension expense included a one-time settlement charge of $119 million related to the voluntary lump sum offer to certain participants of the U.S. qualified pension plan that was completed in the fourth quarter of 2012. Excluding this charge, pension expense was $173 million, which decreased primarily due to a reduction in the amortization of actuarial losses for plans which have less than 10% active participants where, as of January 1, 2012, the amortization is now being calculated based on average remaining life expectancy rather than remaining service period. This change reflects our ongoing accounting policy for the evolving demographics of our pension plans, and was effective for the U.S. qualified pension plan and our largest U.K. plan beginning in the first quarter of 2012. In 2012, approximately 41% of the pension expense was included in selling, general and administrative and research and development expenses, with the remaining 59% included in cost of products and services.

Postemployment expense (severance and disability medical) was $37 million in 2012 compared to $46 million in 2011 and $43 million in 2010. The decrease in postemployment expense in 2012 was primarily related to approximately $6 million of Radiant acquisition related severance costs incurred in 2011. In 2012, approximately 62% of total postemployment expense was included in cost of products and services, with the balance included in selling, general and administrative and research and development expenses.

Postretirement plans provided a $14 million benefit in 2012, a $13 million benefit in 2011, and a $4 million benefit in 2010. The increase in postretirement benefit in 2012 and 2011 from 2010 is primarily related to an increase in the level of amortization of prior service benefit associated with changes in the benefits provided under the Company's previously closed U.S. Post-65 Retiree Medical Plan, which were announced in December 2010.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $100 million to $894 million in 2012 from $794 million in 2011. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses were 15.6% in 2012 and 15.0% in 2011. In 2012, selling, general, and administrative expenses included $86 million of pension costs, $23 million of acquisition related costs, $19 million of amortization of acquisition related intangible assets and $4 million of legal costs related to the previously disclosed FCPA and OFAC internal investigations. In 2011, selling, general, and administrative expenses included $66 million of pension costs, $37 million of acquisition related costs, and $6 million of amortization of acquisition related intangible assets. After considering these items, selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 13.3% in 2012 from 12.9% in 2011 primarily due to additional investments in sales resources.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $109 million to $794 million in 2011 from $685 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses were 15.0% in 2011 and 14.5% in 2010. In 2011, selling, general, and administrative expenses included $66 million of pension costs, $37 million of acquisition related costs, and $6 million amortization of acquisition related intangible assets. In 2010, selling, general, and administrative expenses included $67 million of pension costs, $18 million of incremental costs related to the relocation of our worldwide headquarters and $8 million related to a litigation charge offset by a $6 million gain related to the sale of an office building in France. After considering these items, selling, general, and administrative expenses slightly increased as a percentage of revenue to 12.9% in 2011 from 12.7% in 2010.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $43 million to $219 million in 2012 from $176 million in 2011. As a percentage of revenue, these costs were 3.8% in 2012 and 3.3% in 2011. Pension costs included in research and development expenses were $34 million in 2012 as compared to $24 million in 2011. After considering this item, research and development expenses slightly increased to 3.2% in 2012 from 2.9% in 2011 as a percentage of revenue and are in line with management expectations as we continue to invest in broadening our self-service solutions.

Research and development expenses increased $20 million to $176 million in 2011 from $156 million in 2010. Pension costs included in research and development expenses were $24 million in 2011 as compared to $25 million in 2010. After considering this item, research and development costs increased slightly as a percentage of revenue from 2.8% in 2010 to 2.9% in 2011 and are in line with management expectations as we continue to invest in broadening our self-service solutions.

Interest and Other Expense Items

Interest expense was $42 million in 2012 compared to $13 million in 2011 and $2 million in 2010. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, interest expense is primarily related to borrowings under the Company's senior secured credit facility. The increase is primarily related to a full year of interest expense in 2012 compared to a partial year in 2011 as the facility was entered into during August 2011.

Other expense (income), net was $8 million in 2012 compared to $3 million in 2011 and $11 million in 2010. Other expense (income), net includes items such as gains or losses on equity investments, interest income, among others. Interest income was $6 million in 2012, $5 million in 2011, and $5 million in 2010. In 2012, other expense (income), net included $7 million related to the impairment of an investment and $5 million in bank related fees. In 2011, other expense (income), net included $7 million related to loss from foreign currency fluctuations partially offset by income from the sale of certain patents and a benefit of $3 million from final settlement of a litigation matter. In 2010, other expense (income), net included $14 million related to the impairment of an investment.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rate was 23% in 2012, 26% in 2011, and (8)% in 2010. During 2012, we favorably settled examinations with Canada for the 2003 tax year and Japan for tax years 2001 through 2006 that resulted in tax benefits of $14 million and $13 million, respectively. In addition, the 2012 tax rate was favorably impacted by the mix of taxable profits and losses by country. These benefits were partially offset by an increase of $17 million to the U.S. valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, primarily related to tax attributes expiring by 2015. During 2011, we favorably settled examinations with Canada for 1997 through 2001 that resulted in a $12 million tax benefit. The 2010 tax rate was favorably impacted by the release of a $40 million valuation allowance in the third quarter of 2010 that was no longer required on specific deferred tax assets in NCR’s subsidiary in Japan and by the mix of taxable profits and losses by country.

In connection with the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 that was signed into law in January 2013, we expect to record a one-time benefit of approximately $16 million related to retroactive tax relief for certain tax law provisions that expired in 2012. Because the legislation was signed into law after the end of our 2012 fiscal year, the retroactive effects of the bill will be reflected in the first quarter of 2013. We anticipate that our effective tax rate will be approximately 26% in 2013. However, changes in profit mix or other events, such as tax audit settlements or changes in our valuation allowances, could impact this anticipated rate.

During 2011, the Internal Revenue Service commenced examinations of our 2009 and 2010 income tax returns, which are ongoing. During 2012, we favorably settled the examination of Radiant's 2009 and 2010 income tax returns with the Internal Revenue Service. While we are subject to numerous federal, state and foreign tax audits, we believe that the appropriate reserves exist for issues that might arise from these audits. Should these audits be settled, the resulting tax effect could impact the tax provision and cash flows in future periods. During 2013, the Company expects to resolve certain tax matters related to U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. These resolutions could have a material impact on the effective tax rate in 2013.
  
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2012, income from discontinued operations was $6 million, net of tax, which includes a $4 million loss from the Entertainment business, an $8 million benefit from favorable changes in uncertain tax benefits related to Teradata and a $2 million benefit from an insurance recovery from a previously agreed settlement related to the Fox River environmental matter.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, loss from discontinued operations was $93 million, net of tax, which includes a $96 million operating loss from the Entertainment business, a $1 million operating loss from the closure of NCR's EFT payment processing business in Canada, a $4 million operating loss from the divestiture of our healthcare solutions business, offset by $2 million income from environmental matters which included favorable impact of changes in estimates related to the Fox River reserve offset by an accrual for litigation fees related to the Kalamazoo River environmental matter and an accrual for anticipated future disposal costs related to an environmental matter in Japan, and a $6 million benefit from favorable changes in uncertain tax benefits attributable to Teradata.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, loss from discontinued operations was $10 million, net of tax, which includes a $28 million operating loss from the Entertainment business and a $5 million operating loss from our healthcare solutions business offset by $20 million benefit primarily from settlements of Fox River related insurance claims with insurance carriers and a $3 million benefit from favorable changes in uncertain tax benefits attributable to Teradata.

Revenue and Operating Income by Segment

As described in Note 12, “Segment Information and Concentrations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company manages and reports its businesses in the following segments:

Financial Services - We offer solutions to enable customers in the financial services industry to reduce costs, generate new revenue streams and enhance customer loyalty. These solutions include a comprehensive line of ATM and payment processing hardware and software and cash management software, and related installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services. We also offer a complete line of printer consumables.
Retail Solutions - We offer solutions to customers in the retail industry designed to improve selling productivity and checkout processes as well as increase service levels. These solutions primarily include retail-oriented technologies, such as point of sale terminals and related software, bar-code scanners, as well as innovative self-service kiosks, such as self-checkout. We also offer installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services and a complete line of printer consumables.
Hospitality (formerly Hospitality and Specialty Retail) - We offer technology solutions to customers in the hospitality industry, serving businesses that range from a single store or restaurant to global chains and sports and entertainment venues. Our solutions include point of sale hardware and software solutions, installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services and a complete line of printer consumables.
Emerging Industries - We offer maintenance as well as managed and professional services for third-party computer hardware provided to select manufacturers, primarily in the telecommunications industry, who value and leverage our global service capability. Also included in the Emerging Industries segment are solutions designed to enhance the customer experience for the travel and gaming industries, including self-service kiosks, as well as related installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services.

As of January 1, 2012, the specialty retail customer accounts that were formerly part of the Hospitality and Specialty Retail segment are now included in the Retail Solutions segment, and the hospitality customer accounts that were formerly part of the Retail Solutions segment are now included in the Hospitality segment. As a result, the former Hospitality and Specialty Retail segment has been renamed Hospitality. Prior period information has not been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation, as the change was not considered material.

Each of these segments derives its revenues by selling products and services in the sales theaters in which NCR operates. Segments are measured for profitability by the Company’s chief operating decision maker based on revenue and segment operating income. For purposes of discussing our operating results by segment, we exclude the impact of certain items from segment operating income, consistent with the manner by which management reviews each segment, evaluates performance, and reports our segment results under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (otherwise known as GAAP). This format is useful to investors because it allows analysis and comparability of operating trends. It also includes the same information that is used by NCR management to make decisions regarding the segments and to assess our financial performance.

Certain amounts have been excluded from segment operating income for each reporting segment presented below, including pension expense and certain other significant, non-recurring items. Our segment results are reconciled to total Company results reported under GAAP in Note 12, “Segment Information and Concentrations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report.

In the segment discussions below, we have disclosed the impact of foreign currency fluctuations as it relates to our segment revenue due to its significance.

Financial Services Segment

The following table presents the Financial Services revenue and segment operating income for the years ended December 31:
 
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue
$3,180
 
$2,999
 
$2,645
Operating income
$319
 
$313
 
$250
Operating income as a percentage of revenue
10.0%
 
10.4%
 
9.5%

Financial Services revenue increased 6% in 2012 compared to 2011 and 13% in 2011 compared to 2010. Revenue growth in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily generated from higher product volumes in the Americas, Europe and AMEA theaters, and higher services revenue in the Americas and Europe theaters. Foreign currency fluctuations negatively impacted the year-over-year revenue comparison by 3%. Revenue growth in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily generated from higher product volumes and services revenue in the Americas, AMEA and Europe theaters and higher services revenues in the AMEA theater. Foreign currency fluctuations favorably impacted the year-over-year revenue comparison by 3%.

Operating income was $319 million in 2012, $313 million in 2011 and $250 million in 2010. The improvement in the Financial Services operating income in 2012 compared to 2011 was driven by higher product sales and an improved mix of services revenue, slightly offset by a continued investment in services and research and development. The improvement in 2011 compared to 2010 was driven by higher product volumes and favorable product mix as well as higher services revenue and lower service delivery costs.

Retail Solutions Segment

The following table presents the Retail Solutions revenue and segment operating income for the years ended December 31:
 
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue
$1,667
 
$1,778
 
$1,717
Operating income
$102
 
$71
 
$73
Operating income as a percentage of revenue
6.1%
 
4.0%
 
4.3%

Retail Solutions revenue decreased 6% in 2012 compared to 2011 and increased 4% in 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease in revenue in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily driven by declines in product sales and services revenue in the Americas and Europe theaters. Foreign currency fluctuations negatively impacted the year-over-year revenue comparison by 1%. The increase in revenue in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily driven by higher services revenue in the Americas and AMEA theaters partially offset by declines in product volumes in the Americas and Europe theaters. Foreign currency fluctuations positively impacted the year-over-year revenue comparison by 3%.

Operating income was $102 million in 2012, $71 million in 2011 and $73 million in 2010. The improvement in the Retail Solutions operating income in 2012 compared to 2011 was driven by a favorable mix of revenue and the movement of accounts, as described above. The decrease in the Retail Solutions operating income in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily due to the negative impact of higher paper prices.

Hospitality Segment

The following table presents the Hospitality revenue and segment operating income for the years ended December 31:

 
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue
$522
 
$141
 
Operating income
$85
 
$22
 
Operating income as a percentage of revenue
16.3%
 
15.6%
 
—%


The Hospitality segment generated revenue of $522 million in 2012 compared to $141 million in 2011. In each period, the revenue is driven largely by product sales and services revenue in the Americas theater.

Operating income for Hospitality was $85 million in 2012 compared to $22 million in 2011.

The company completed its acquisition of Radiant Systems on August 24, 2011. Because the acquisition was completed during the third quarter of 2011, the revenue and operating income results being reflected for the Hospitality segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 are partial, and reflect only the period from August 24, 2011 through the end of the year.

Emerging Industries Segment

The following table presents the Emerging Industries revenue and segment operating income for the years ended December 31:

 
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue
$361
 
$373
 
$349
Operating income
$83
 
$77
 
$60
Operating income as a percentage of revenue
23.0%
 
20.6%
 
17.2%

Emerging Industries revenue decreased 3% in 2012 compared to 2011 and increased 7% in 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease in revenue in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily driven by a decline in services revenue related to telecommunications and technology in the Americas theater. Foreign currency fluctuations negatively impacted the year-over-year revenue comparison by 2%. The increase in revenue in 2011 compared to 2010 was driven primarily by higher services revenue related to telecommunications and technology in the Europe and Americas theaters. Foreign currency fluctuations favorably impacted the year-over-year revenue comparison by 3%.

Operating income was $83 million in 2012, $77 million in 2011, and $60 million in 2010. The improvement in the Emerging Industries operating income in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to improved product and services mix and lower service delivery costs, partially offset by the decline in revenue. The increase in the Emerging Industries operating income in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily due to improved services mix and lower service delivery costs.


FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

In the year ended December 31, 2012, cash used in operating activities was $180 million and for the year ended December 31, 2011 cash provided by operating activities was $388 million.

NCR’s management uses a non-GAAP measure called “free cash flow,” which we define as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities and cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations, less capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment, and additions to capitalized software, to assess the financial performance of the Company. Free cash flow does not have a uniform definition under GAAP, and therefore NCR’s definition may differ from other companies’ definitions of this measure. The components used to calculate free cash flow are GAAP measures that are taken directly from the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. We believe free cash flow information is useful for investors because it relates the operating cash flows from the Company’s continuing and discontinued operations to the capital that is spent to continue and improve business operations. In particular, free cash flow indicates the amount of cash available after capital expenditures for, among other things, investments in the Company’s existing businesses, strategic acquisitions and investments, repurchase of NCR stock and repayment of debt obligations. Free cash flow does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures, since there may be other non-discretionary expenditures that are not deducted from the measure. This non-GAAP measure should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, cash flows from operating activities under GAAP. The table below reconciles net cash (used in) provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to NCR’s non-GAAP measure of free cash flow for the year ended December 31:
 
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$(180)
 
$388
 
$279
Less: Expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net of grant reimbursements
(80)
 
(61)
 
(69)
Less: Additions to capitalized software
(80)
 
(62)
 
(57)
Net cash used in discontinued operations
(114)
 
(77)
 
(116)
Free cash (used) flow (non-GAAP)
$(454)
 
$188
 
$37

In 2012, net cash provided by operating activities decreased $568 million, net capital expenditures increased $19 million, capitalized software additions increased $18 million, and net cash used in discontinued operations increased $37 million, which contributed to a net decrease in free cash flow of $642 million in comparison to 2011. Both net cash provided by operating activities and free cash flow were negatively impacted by $600 million in discretionary contributions to the U.S. qualified pension plan. Excluding the discretionary contributions, free cash flow was $146 million in 2012. The increase in net capital expenditures and capitalized software was due to additional investment since the acquisition of Radiant. The cash used in discontinued operations was attributable to the operating loss from the Entertainment business as well as remediation payments associated with the Fox River environmental matter. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in discontinued operations excludes cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations of $99 million.

In 2011, net cash provided by operating activities increased $109 million, net capital expenditures decreased $8 million, capitalized software additions increased $5 million, and net cash used in discontinued operations decreased $39 million, which contributed to a net increase in free cash flow of $151 million in comparison to 2010. The cash used in discontinued operations was attributable to the operating loss from the Entertainment business as well as remediation payments made in connection with the Fox River environmental matter slightly offset by insurance recoveries in 2011.

Financing activities and certain other investing activities are not included in our calculation of free cash flow. Our other investing activities primarily include business acquisitions, divestitures and investments as well as proceeds from the sales of property, plant and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we completed multiple acquisitions that totaled $108 million, net of cash received. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Radiant for approximately $1.087 billion, net of cash received (which is discussed further below), and the divestiture of our healthcare business for approximately $2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010 we completed an acquisition for approximately $16 million, which is included in other investing activities, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and generated proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $39 million, mainly due to the sale of an office building in France.

Our financing activities primarily include proceeds from employee stock plans, repurchases of NCR common stock and borrowings and repayments of credit facilities. During the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, proceeds from employee stock plans were $53 million, $18 million and $11 million respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, payments made for tax withholding on behalf of employees totaled $12 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we repurchased approximately 3.6 million shares of NCR common stock for $70 million and approximately 1.5 million shares of NCR common stock for $20 million, respectively. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we received proceeds of $43 million for the sale of a 49% voting equity interest in our manufacturing subsidiary in Brazil to Scopus Tecnologia, Ltda.

In connection with the acquisition of Radiant, on August 22, 2011, we entered into a new $1.4 billion senior secured credit facility with and among a syndicate of lenders with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. The senior secured credit facility consisted of a term loan facility in the amount of $700 million and a revolving facility in the amount of $700 million, of which $1.1 billion was drawn to fund the acquisition. On August 22, 2012, we entered into an incremental facility agreement and a second amendment to the senior secured credit facility. The incremental facility agreement relates to, and was entered into pursuant to, the senior secured credit facility. The incremental facility agreement supplements the amounts available to NCR under the senior secured credit facility by $300 million by establishing a $150 million new tranche of term loan commitments and a $150 million new tranche of revolving loan commitments, bringing the total sum available to NCR under the senior secured credit facility and the incremental facility agreement to $1.7 billion. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal balance of the term loan facility was $850 million and the outstanding balance on the revolving facility was zero, which decreased from an initial balance of $140 million, as of December 31, 2011, due to net repayments.

On September 17, 2012, we issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior unsecured notes due in 2022 and on December 18, 2012, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 4.625% senior unsecured notes due in 2021. The 5.00% notes were sold at 100% of the principal amount and will mature on July 15, 2022. The 4.625% notes were sold at 100% of the principal amount and will mature on February 15, 2021. Both the 5.00% and the 4.625% notes are unsecured senior obligations of NCR Corporation and are guaranteed, on an unsecured senior basis, by our subsidiaries, NCR International, Inc. and Radiant Systems, Inc., which also guarantee our obligations under the senior secured credit facility.

The net proceeds of the 5.00% notes of $592 million were used for a $500 million discretionary contribution to our U.S. qualified pension plan in the third quarter of 2012 and a $100 million discretionary contribution to our U.S. qualified pension plan in the fourth quarter of 2012 pursuant to phase two of our pension strategy, as described below. The net proceeds of the 4.625% notes of $494 million are being used to help fund the acquisition of Retalix, which was completed during the first quarter of 2013.

See Note 5 "Debt Obligations," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for additional information on the senior secured credit facility and the 5.00% notes and the 4.625% notes.

During 2010, the Company completed phase one of its pension strategy, which included a comprehensive analysis of its capital allocation strategy, with specific focus on its approach to pension management and commenced a plan to substantially reduce future volatility in the value of assets held by its U.S. qualified pension plan by rebalancing the asset allocation to a portfolio substantially composed of fixed income assets by the end of 2012 and, to the extent possible, undertaking similar action with respect to its international pension plans. At the end of 2012, the Company had reallocated approximately 100% of U.S. pension assets and approximately 65% of international pension assets to fixed income assets.

During 2012, the Company completed phase two of its pension strategy. This phase consisted of making a contribution to the Company's U.S. qualified pension plan with funds raised from the 5.00% notes as described above, and offering a voluntary lump sum payment option to certain former employees who were deferred vested participants of the U.S. qualified pension plan who had not yet started monthly payments of their pension benefit. The voluntary lump sum payment offer was commenced in the third quarter of 2012 and closed during the fourth quarter of 2012. We recorded a $119 million settlement charge in connection with the offer.

We expect to make pension, postemployment and postretirement plan contributions of approximately $182 million in 2013. Refer to Note 8, “Employee Benefit Plans,” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on our pension, postemployment and postretirement plans and phase two of the pension strategy.
  
Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company's foreign subsidiaries was $509 million and $365 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Under current tax laws and regulations, if cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held outside the United States are distributed to the United States in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes.

As of December 31, 2012, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $1.07 billion and our total debt was $1.96 billion. Our borrowing capacity under the term loan and revolver facility of our senior secured credit facility was $833 million at December 31, 2012. Our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations is dependent on general economic conditions, competitive pressures, and other business and risk factors described in Item 1A of Part I of this 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, or otherwise comply with the terms of our credit facilities, we may be required to seek additional financing alternatives.

We believe that we have sufficient liquidity based on our current cash position, cash flows from operations and existing financing to meet our expected pension, postemployment, and postretirement plan contributions, remediation payments related to the Fox River environmental matter, debt servicing obligations, and our operating requirements for the next twelve months.

Contractual Obligations In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that impact, or could impact, the liquidity of our operations. The following table and discussion outlines our material obligations as of December 31, 2012 on an undiscounted basis, with projected cash payments in the years shown:

In millions
Total Amounts
2013
2014 - 2015
2016 - 2017
2018 & Thereafter
All Other
Debt obligations
$
1,963

$
72

$
172

$
611

$
1,108

$

Interest on debt obligations
579

67

150

118

244


Estimated environmental liability payments
199

45

122

26

6


Lease obligations
258

98

113

41

6


Purchase obligations
1,012

858

61

62

31


Uncertain tax positions
161

23




138

Total obligations
$
4,172

$
1,163

$
618

$
858

$
1,395

$
138


As of December 31, 2012, we have short and long-term debt totaling $1.96 billion.

For purposes of this table, we used interest rates as of December 31, 2012 to estimate the future interest on debt obligations and have assumed no voluntary prepayments of existing debt. See Note 5, "Debt Obligations," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for additional disclosure related to our debt obligations and the related interest rate terms. We have also incorporated the expected fixed payments based on our interest rate swap related to our term loan. See Note 10, "Derivatives and Hedging Instruments," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for additional disclosure related to our interest rate swap. 

The estimated environmental liability payments included in the table of contractual obligations shown above are related to the Fox River environmental matter. The amounts shown are NCR's expected payments, net of the payment obligations of its co-obligors; the amounts do not include an estimate for payments to be received from insurers or indemnification parties. For additional information, refer to Note 9, “Commitments and Contingencies,” included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report.

Our lease obligations are primarily for certain sales and manufacturing facilities in various domestic and international locations as well as leases related to equipment and vehicles. Purchase obligations represent committed purchase orders and other contractual commitments for goods or services. The purchase obligation amounts were determined through information in our procurement systems and payment schedules for significant contracts. Included in the amounts are committed payments in relation to the long-term service agreement with Accenture under which NCR’s transaction processing activities and functions are performed.

We have a $161 million liability related to our uncertain tax positions. Due to the nature of the underlying liabilities and the extended time often needed to resolve income tax uncertainties, we cannot make reliable estimates of the amount or timing of cash payments that may be required to settle these liabilities. For additional information, refer to Note 6, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report.

We also have product warranties that may affect future cash flows. These items are not included in the table of obligations shown above, but are described in detail in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report.

Our U.S. and international employee benefit plans, which are described in Note 8, “Employee Benefit Plans,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report, could require significant future cash payments. The funded status of NCR’s U.S. pension plans is an underfunded position of $447 million as of December 31, 2012 compared to an underfunded position of $1.29 billion as of December 31, 2011. The improvement in our funded status is primarily attributable to the $600 million in discretionary contributions in 2012 and the impact of the voluntary lump sum offer to certain participants of the U.S. qualified pension plan which reduced the liability by approximately $240 million. The funded status of our international retirement plans improved to an underfunded position of $21 million as of December 31, 2012 from an underfunded position of $52 million as of December 31, 2011. Strong asset returns and cash contributions more than offset the increases in the plan liabilities driven by decreases in discount rates for these plans. We do not expect to make any contributions to the U.S. qualified pension plan in 2013. Contributions to international and executive pension plans are expected to be approximately $135 million in 2013.

Our senior secured credit facility and the indentures for our senior unsecured notes includes affirmative and negative covenants that restrict or limit our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness; create liens on assets; engage in certain fundamental corporate changes or changes to our business activities; make investments; sell or otherwise dispose of assets; engage in sale-leaseback or hedging transactions; pay dividends or make similar distributions; repay other indebtedness; engage in certain affiliate transactions; or enter into agreements that restrict our ability to create liens, pay dividends or make loan repayments. The senior secured credit facility also includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
a consolidated leverage ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter not to exceed (i) in the case of any fiscal quarter ending prior to December 31, 2013 (a) the sum of (x) 3.50 and (y) an amount (not to exceed 1.00) to reflect new debt used to reduce NCR's unfunded pension liabilities, to (b) 1.00, (ii) in the case of any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2013 and prior to December 31, 2015, (a) the sum of (x) 3.25 and (y) an amount (not to exceed 1.00) to reflect new debt used to reduce NCR's unfunded pension liabilities, to (b) 1.00, and (iii) in the case of any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2015, 3.50 to 1.00; and
an interest coverage ratio of at least (i) 3.50 to 1.00, in the case of any four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to December 31, 2013, and (ii) 4.00 to 1.00, in the case of any four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or after December 31, 2013.
Taking into account new debt used to reduce our unfunded pension liabilities, the current maximum consolidated leverage ratio under our senior secured credit facility is 4.50 to 1.00.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We have no significant contractual obligations not fully recorded on our consolidated balance sheets or fully disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by SEC Regulation S-K Item 303 (a) (4) (ii).

See Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for additional information on guarantees associated with NCR's business activities.

Disclosure Pursuant to Section 13(r)(1)(D)(iii) of the Securities Exchange Act. Pursuant to Section 13(r)(1)(D)(iii) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we note that, during the period January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, the Company's branch in Syria maintained a bank account and guarantees at the Commercial Bank of Syria (CBS), which was designated as a Specially Designated National pursuant to Executive Order 13382 (EO 13382) on August 10, 2011. This bank account and the guarantees at CBS were maintained in the normal course of business prior to the listing of CBS pursuant to EO 13382. The bank account generated interest at a rate greater than or equal to 1 percent compounded semi-annually during the period covered by this Report. While we are unable to ascertain the exact amount of such interest, due to prevailing conditions in Syria, we note that the last known account balance as of June 2012 was approximately $10,858. The guarantees did not generate any revenue or profits for the Company. Pursuant to a license granted to the Company by the Office of Foreign Asset Controls (OFAC) on

10

Table of Contents

January 3, 2013, the Company is winding down its operations in Syria. See Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this Report. In connection with these efforts, the Company has also requested authorization from OFAC to close the CBS account and terminate any guarantees. Following the closure of the account and termination of the guarantees upon receipt of a license from OFAC for this purpose, the Company does not intend to engage in any further business activities with CBS.


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. In connection with the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the related disclosure of contingent liabilities. These assumptions, estimates and judgments are based on historical experience and are believed to be reasonable at the time. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Our critical accounting policies are those that require assumptions to be made about matters that are highly uncertain. Different estimates could have a material impact on our financial results. Judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of these policies and estimates may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or circumstances. Our management continually reviews these assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and are materially correct.

In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require significant management judgment in its application. There are also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting among available alternatives would not produce a materially different result. The significant accounting policies and estimates that we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results are discussed in the paragraphs below. Our senior management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with our independent registered public accounting firm and the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (see Note 1, “Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report, which contains additional information regarding our accounting policies and other disclosures required by GAAP).

Revenue Recognition NCR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, NCR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of NCR.

For arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2011, consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. VSOE is established for our software maintenance services and we use TPE to establish selling prices for our non-software related services, which include hardware maintenance, non-software related professional services, and transaction services. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.

For arrangements entered into prior to January 1, 2011, the Company has not applied BESP. In such arrangements, if the Company has the requisite evidence of selling price for the undelivered elements but not for the delivered elements, the Company applies the residual method to allocate arrangement consideration.

In situations where NCR's solutions contain software that is more than incidental, revenue related to the software and software-related elements is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition. For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by VSOE. If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. When the fair value of a delivered element has not been established, but fair value exists for the undelivered elements, the Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is allocated to the delivered elements and is recognized as revenue.

Revenue recognition for complex contractual arrangements, especially those with multiple elements, requires a significant level of judgment and is based upon a review of specific contracts, past experience, the selling price of undelivered elements when sold separately, creditworthiness of customers, international laws and other factors. Changes in judgments about these factors could impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized between periods.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a number of factors. We establish provisions for doubtful accounts using percentages of our accounts receivable balance as an overall proxy to reflect historical average credit losses and specific provisions for known issues. The percentages are applied to aged accounts receivable balances. Aged accounts are determined based on the number of days the receivable is outstanding, measured from the date of the invoice, or from the date of revenue recognition. As the age of the receivable increases, the provision percentage also increases. This policy is applied consistently among all of our operating segments.

Based on the factors below, we periodically review customer account activity in order to assess the adequacy of the allowances provided for potential losses. Factors include economic conditions and judgments regarding collectability of account balances, each customer’s payment history and creditworthiness.

The allowance for doubtful accounts was $16 million as of December 31, 2012, $16 million as of December 31, 2011, and $13 million as of December 31, 2010. These allowances represent, as a percent of gross receivables, 1.5% in 2012, 1.5% in 2011, and 1.4% in 2010.

Given our experience, the reserves for potential losses are considered adequate, but if one or more of our larger customers were to default on its obligations, we could be exposed to potentially significant losses in excess of the provisions established. We continually evaluate our reserves for doubtful accounts and continued economic deterioration could lead to the need to increase our allowances.

Inventory Valuation Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the average cost method. Each quarter, we reassess raw materials, work-in-process, parts and finished equipment inventory costs to identify purchase or usage variances from standards, and valuation adjustments are made. Additionally, to properly provide for potential exposure due to slow-moving, excess, obsolete or unusable inventory, a reserve against inventory is established. This reserve is established based on forecasted usage, orders, technological obsolescence and inventory aging. These factors are impacted by market conditions, technology changes and changes in strategic direction, and require estimates and management judgment that may include elements that are uncertain. On a quarterly basis, we review the current market value of inventory and adjust for any inventory exposure due to age or excess of cost over market value.

We have inventory in more than 40 countries around the world. We purchase inventory from third party suppliers and manufacture inventory at our plants. This inventory is transferred to our distribution and sales organizations at cost plus a mark-up. This mark-up is referred to as inter-company profit. Each quarter, we review our inventory levels and analyze our inter-company profit to determine the correct amount of inter-company profit to eliminate. Key assumptions are made to estimate product gross margins, the product mix of existing inventory balances and current period shipments. Over time, we refine these estimates as facts and circumstances change. If our estimates require refinement, our results could be impacted.

Our excess and obsolete reserves were $87 million as of December 31, 2012, $83 million as of December 31, 2011, and $71 million as of December 31, 2010. These reserves represent, as a percent of gross inventory, 9.8% in 2012, 9.7% in 2011, and 8.7% in 2010. Although we strive to achieve a balance between market demands and risk of inventory obsolescence or excess quantities caused by these factors, it is possible that, should conditions change, additional reserves may be needed. Any changes in reserves will impact operating income during a given period. The policies described are consistently applied across all of our operating segments.

Warranty Reserves One of our key objectives is to provide superior quality products and services. To that end, we provide a standard manufacturer’s warranty typically extending up to 12 months, allowing our customers to seek repair of products under warranty at no additional cost. A corresponding estimated liability for potential warranty costs is also recorded at the time of the sale. We sometimes offer extended warranties in the form of product maintenance services to our customers for purchase. We defer the fair value of these revenues and recognize revenue over the life of the extended warranty period. Refer to Note 1, “Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for further information regarding our accounting for extended warranties.

Future warranty obligation costs are based upon historical factors such as labor rates, average repair time, travel time, number of service calls per machine and cost of replacement parts. When a sale is consummated, the total customer revenue is recognized and the associated warranty liability is recorded based upon the estimated cost to provide the service over the warranty period.

Total warranty costs were $46 million in 2012, $42 million in 2011, and $48 million in 2010. Warranty costs as a percent of total product revenues were 1.6% in 2012, 1.6% in 2011, and 2.1% in 2010. Historically, the principal factor used to estimate our warranty costs has been service calls per machine. Significant changes in this factor could result in actual warranty costs differing from accrued estimates. Although no near-term changes in our estimated warranty reserves are currently anticipated, in the unlikely event of a significant increase in warranty claims by one or more of our larger customers, costs to fulfill warranty obligations would be higher than provisioned, thereby impacting results.

Goodwill Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter or more frequently if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a decline in expected cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, a decision to sell a business, unanticipated competition, or slower growth rates, among others.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we adopted the changes to accounting guidance on impairment testing issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in September 2011. Under the new guidance, in the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. If so, we perform a quantitative assessment and compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis. In step two of the analysis, we will record an impairment loss equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. Fair value of the reporting units is estimated primarily using the income approach, which incorporates the use of discounted cash flow (DCF) analyses. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including markets and market shares, sales volumes and prices, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rate and working capital changes. Most of these assumptions vary among reporting units. The cash flow forecasts are generally based on approved strategic operating plans.

For the fourth quarter of 2012, 2011 and 2010, we performed our annual impairment assessment of goodwill which did not indicate that an impairment existed. However, during the fourth quarter of 2011, we determined that it was probable that we would dispose of our Entertainment business which triggered an impairment review of the goodwill attributable to the Entertainment reporting unit. We evaluated the carrying value of these assets compared to the fair value based on a market approach using an independent third-party market price and determined that the $5 million of goodwill associated with the Entertainment reporting unit was fully impaired. The impairment was recorded within income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. Refer to Note 4, “Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for further discussion regarding our impairment testing.

Valuation of Long-lived Assets and Amortizable Other Intangible Assets We perform impairment tests for our long-lived assets if an event or circumstance indicates that the carrying amount of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable. In response to changes in industry and market conditions, we may also strategically realign our resources and consider restructuring, disposing of, or otherwise exiting businesses. Such activities could result in impairment of our long-lived assets or other intangible assets. We also are subject to the possibility of impairment of long-lived assets arising in the ordinary course of business. We consider the likelihood of impairment if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of the long-lived assets may be impaired and we may recognize impairment if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or intangible asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows. Impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. We use both the income approach and market approach to estimate fair value. Our estimates of fair value are subject to a high degree of judgment since they include a long-term forecast of future operations. Accordingly, any value ultimately derived from our long-lived assets may differ from our estimate of fair value.

As noted above, in 2011, we determined that it was probable that we would dispose of our Entertainment business, which triggered an impairment assessment of the related assets which included long-lived assets, goodwill and definite-lived intangible assets. Based on this evaluation, we determined that the long-lived asset group, consisting of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, mainly customer relationships, related to the Entertainment business was impaired. Assets with a carrying amount of approximately $148 million had an estimated fair value of $65 million. Of the total impairment charge of $83 million, $81 million was allocated to property, plant and equipment and $2 million was allocated to definite-lived intangible assets. Fair value was based on a market approach using an independent third-party market price. The impairment was recorded within income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. Refer to Note 4, “Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for further discussion regarding our impairment testing.

Pension, Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits We sponsor domestic and foreign defined benefit pension and postemployment plans as well as domestic postretirement plans. As a result, we have significant pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit costs, which are developed from actuarial valuations. Actuarial assumptions attempt to anticipate future events and are used in calculating the expense and liability relating to these plans. These factors include assumptions we make about interest rates, expected investment return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, total and involuntary turnover rates, and rates of future compensation increases. In addition, our actuarial consultants advise us about subjective factors such as withdrawal rates and mortality rates to use in our valuations. We generally review and update these assumptions on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year. We are required to consider current market conditions, including changes in interest rates, in making these assumptions. The actuarial assumptions that we use may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter life spans of participants. These differences may result in a significant impact to the amount of pension, postretirement or postemployment benefits expense we have recorded or may record. Postemployment and postretirement expense impacts all of our segments. Pension expense is reported at the corporate level and is excluded from our segment results as it is not included in the evaluation of segment performance. See Note 12, “Segment Information and Concentrations,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for a reconciliation of our segment results to income from operations.

The key assumptions used in developing our 2012 expense were discount rates of 4.0% for our U.S. pension plans and 3.3% for our postretirement plan. We used an expected return on assets assumption of 4.8% for our U.S. plans in 2012. The U.S. plans represented 61% and 100% of total pension and postretirement plan obligations as of December 31, 2012. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the discount rate used for the U.S. plans would have increased or decreased 2012 expense by an immaterial amount in pension expense and postretirement expense. A 0.25% change in the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption for the U.S. pension plan would have increased or decreased 2012 pension expense by approximately $6 million. Our expected return on plan assets has historically been and will likely continue to be material to net income. While it is required that we review our actuarial assumptions each year at the measurement date, we generally do not change them between measurement dates. We use a measurement date of December 31 for all of our plans.

We intend to use a discount rate of 3.8% and 2.6% in determining the 2013 pension and postretirement expense for the U.S. plans, respectively, and an expected rate of return on assets assumption of 3.8%. The most significant assumption used in developing our 2013 postemployment plan expense was the assumed rate of involuntary turnover of 5.5%. The involuntary turnover rate is based on historical trends and projections of involuntary turnover in the future. A 0.25% change in the rate of involuntary turnover would have increased or decreased 2012 expense by approximately $3 million. The sensitivity of the assumptions described above is specific to each individual plan and not to our pension, postretirement and postemployment plans in the aggregate.

Environmental and Legal Contingencies Each quarter, we review the status of each claim and legal proceeding and assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding would be material and is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss. To the extent that the amount of such a probable loss is estimable only by reference to a range of equally likely outcomes, and no amount within the range appears to be a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the amount at the low end of the range. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments, and external factors beyond our control, accruals are based on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Such revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. Except for the sharing agreement with Appleton Papers Inc. (API) with respect to a particular insurance settlement described in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report with respect to the Fox River matter, when insurance carriers or third parties have agreed to pay any amounts related to costs, and we believe that it is probable that we can collect such amounts, those amounts are reflected as receivables in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The most significant legal contingency impacting our Company relates to the Fox River matter, which is further described in detail in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report. NCR has been identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) at the Fox River site in Wisconsin.

As described below and in Note 9, while substantial progress has been made in the engineering design of the Fox River clean-up and the clean-up itself, the extent of our potential liability continues to be subject to significant uncertainties. These uncertainties include the total clean-up costs for each of the segments of the river; the total natural resource damages for the site; the extent to which clean-up and other costs will be allocated to and paid by other PRPs; the solvency of other PRPs; the extent of NCR’s eventual liability in the allocation litigation, including the favorable outcome of the February 2012 trial and the outcome of the Company’s forthcoming appeal of the December 16, 2009 and February 28, 2011 orders described in Note 9; and the outcome of the state and federal governments’ lawsuit regarding the Fox River filed in October 2010 against several parties, including NCR, also described in Note 9.

Our net reserve for the Fox River matter as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $115 million as further discussed in Note 9. The Company regularly re-evaluates the assumptions used in determining the appropriate reserve for the Fox River matter as additional information becomes available and, when warranted, makes appropriate adjustments.

In determining our reserve, we attempt to estimate a range of reasonably possible outcomes for relevant factors, although each range is itself highly uncertain. We use our best estimate within the range if that is possible. Where there is a range of equally likely outcomes, and there is no amount within that range that appears to be a better estimate than any other amount, we use the low end of the range. Our eventual liability for remediation, which we expect will be paid out over a period continuing into 2017 or later (and a longer period thereafter for long-term monitoring), will depend on a number of factors, the most significant of which are described in Note 9.

AT&T Corp. (AT&T) and Alcatel-Lucent are each responsible for indemnifying NCR for a portion of amounts NCR incurs for the Fox River matter over a certain threshold, which was reached in the fourth quarter of 2012. NCR’s estimate of what AT&T and Alcatel-Lucent will pay under the indemnity is recorded as a long-term asset of approximately $84 million as of December 31, 2012, and is deducted in determining the net reserve discussed above.

While it remains difficult to predict, there could be significant changes in the future to some of the assumptions underlying the reserve that could have a material effect on the amount of our reserve. Also, there are other estimates for some of these factors that are significantly higher than the estimates described herein. It is the opinion of the Company that the effect of the Fox River matter will have a moderate, but manageable, impact on our liquidity and capital resources, assuming that the Company's expenditures with respect to the Fox River matter are required to be paid over the time frame currently contemplated. However, if such an amount were required to be paid in a shorter time period or if any of NCR's co-obligors or indemnitors defaulted on or otherwise did not perform their contractual obligations, it could have a material impact on our liquidity and capital resources.

Income Taxes We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are anticipated to be settled or realized.

We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination as to whether a deferred tax asset will be realized is made on a jurisdictional basis and is based on the evaluation of positive and negative evidence. This evidence includes historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversal of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax planning strategies. Projected future taxable income is based on our expected results and assumptions as to the jurisdiction in which the income will be earned. The expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences is based on current tax law and our tax methods of accounting.

If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the tax laws change unfavorably, then we could be required to increase our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, resulting in an increase in our effective tax rate.

We had valuation allowances of $399 million as of December 31, 2012 and $412 million as of December 31, 2011, related to certain deferred income tax assets, primarily tax loss carryforwards, in jurisdictions where there is uncertainty as to the ultimate realization of a benefit from those tax assets. At December 31, 2012, our net deferred tax assets in the United States totaled approximately $590 million. For the three year period ended December 31, 2012, we had a cumulative net loss from continuing operations before income taxes, which is generally considered a negative indicator about our ability to realize the benefits of those assets. We further evaluated the realizability by weighing both positive and negative evidence, including our history of taxable income in the U.S., and the substantial length of time over which our deferred tax assets relating to net operating losses and employee pensions may be realized. Through this assessment, realization of the related benefits was determined to be more likely than not.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.

The provision for income taxes may change period-to-period based on non-recurring events, such as the settlement of income tax audits and changes in tax laws, as well as recurring factors including the geographic mix of income before taxes, state and local taxes and the effects of various global income tax strategies. We maintain certain strategic management and operational activities in overseas subsidiaries and our foreign earnings are taxed at rates that are generally lower than in the United States. As of December 31, 2012, we did not provide for U.S. federal income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on approximately $1.5 billion of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are expected to be reinvested indefinitely.

Refer to Note 6, "Income Taxes," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report for disclosures related to foreign and domestic pretax income, foreign and domestic income tax (benefit) expense and the effect foreign taxes have on our overall effective tax rate.

Stock-based Compensation We measure compensation cost for stock awards at fair value and recognize compensation expense over the service period for which awards are expected to vest. We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based compensation at the date of grant, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected volatility and expected holding period. We estimate forfeitures for awards granted which are not expected to vest. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent that actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including types of awards and historical experience. Actual results and future changes in estimates may differ from our current estimates.

In addition, we have performance-based awards that vest only if specific performance conditions are satisfied, typically at the end of a multi-year performance period. The number of shares that will be earned can vary based on actual performance. No shares will vest if the objectives are not met, and in the event the objectives are exceeded, additional shares will vest up to a maximum amount. The cost of these awards is expensed over the performance period based upon management’s estimates of achievement against the performance criteria. Because the actual number of shares to be awarded is not known until the end of the performance period, the actual compensation expense related to these awards could differ from our current expectations.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

A discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements is described in Note 1, “Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report, and we incorporate by reference such discussion in this MD&A.


11

Table of Contents


Item 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk
    
We are exposed to market risks primarily from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. It is our policy to manage our foreign exchange exposure and debt structure in order to manage capital costs, control financial risks and maintain financial flexibility over the long term. In managing market risks, we employ derivatives according to documented policies and procedures, including foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Since a substantial portion of our operations and revenue occur outside the United States, and in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, our results can be significantly impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We have exposure to approximately 50 functional currencies and are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our sales, profits and assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Although we use financial instruments to hedge certain foreign currency risks, we are not fully protected against foreign currency fluctuations and our reported results of operations could be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To manage our exposures and mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on the operations of our foreign subsidiaries, we hedge our main transactional exposures through the use of foreign exchange forward and option contracts. These foreign exchange contracts are designated as highly effective cash flow hedges. This is primarily done through the hedging of foreign currency denominated inter-company inventory purchases by the marketing units. All of these transactions are firmly committed or forecasted. We also use derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consisting primarily of forward contracts to hedge foreign currency denominated balance sheet exposures. For these derivatives we recognize gains and losses in the same period as the remeasurement losses and gains of the related foreign currency-denominated exposures.

We utilize non-exchange traded financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts that we purchase exclusively from highly rated financial institutions. We record these contracts on our balance sheet at fair market value based upon market price quotations from the financial institutions. We do not enter into non-exchange traded contracts that require the use of fair value estimation techniques, but if we did, they could have a material impact on our financial results.

For purposes of analyzing potential risk, we use sensitivity analysis to quantify potential impacts that market rate changes may have on the fair values of our hedge portfolio related to firmly committed or forecasted transactions. The sensitivity analysis represents the hypothetical changes in value of the hedge position and does not reflect the related gain or loss on the forecasted underlying transaction. A 10% appreciation or depreciation in the value of the U.S. Dollar against foreign currencies from the prevailing market rates would result in a corresponding increase or decrease of $3 million as of December 31, 2012 in the fair value of the hedge portfolio. The Company expects that any increase or decrease in the fair value of the portfolio would be substantially offset by increases or decreases in the underlying exposures being hedged.

The U.S. Dollar was slightly stronger in 2012 compared to 2011 based on comparable weighted averages for our functional currencies. This had an unfavorable impact of 3% on 2012 revenue versus 2011 revenue. This excludes the effects of our hedging activities and, therefore, does not reflect the actual impact of fluctuations in exchange rates on our operating income.
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk principally in relation to variable-rate debt under our senior secured credit facility. We use derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in connection with our risk management policies. We have entered into an interest rate swap for a portion of our senior secured credit facility. The interest rate swap effectively converts a designated portion of the credit facility from a variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate instrument. Approximately 66% of our borrowings under the credit facility were effectively on a fixed rate basis as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, the net fair value of the interest rate swap was a liability of $16 million.
The potential gain in fair value of the swap from a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would be approximately $16 million as of December 31, 2012. The annual increase in pre-tax interest expense from a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in variable interest rates (including the impact of the interest rate swap) would be approximately $3 million as of December 31, 2012.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

We are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk on accounts receivable and financial instruments, such as hedging instruments and cash and cash equivalents. Credit risk includes the risk of nonperformance by counterparties. The maximum potential loss may exceed the amount recognized on the balance sheet. Exposure to credit risk is managed through credit approvals, credit limits, selecting major international financial institutions (as counterparties to hedging transactions) and monitoring procedures. Our business often involves large transactions with customers for which we do not require collateral. If one or more of those customers were to default in its obligations under applicable contractual arrangements, we could be exposed to potentially significant losses. Moreover, a prolonged downturn in the global economy could have an adverse impact on the ability of our customers to pay their obligations on a timely basis. We believe that the reserves for potential losses are adequate. As of December 31, 2012, we did not have any significant concentration of credit risk related to financial instruments.


12

Table of Contents


Item 8.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of NCR Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NCR Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 1, 2013


13

Table of Contents

NCR Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31 (in millions except per share amounts)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Product revenue
$
2,854

 
$
2,592

 
$
2,301

Service revenue
2,876

 
2,699

 
2,410

Total revenue
5,730

 
5,291

 
4,711

Cost of products
2,177

 
2,011

 
1,799

Cost of services
2,208

 
2,098

 
1,922

Selling, general and administrative expenses
894

 
794

 
685

Research and development expenses
219

 
176

 
156

Total operating expenses
5,498

 
5,079

 
4,562

Income from operations
232

 
212

 
149

Interest expense
(42
)
 
(13
)
 
(2
)
Other (expense) income, net
(8
)
 
(3
)
 
(11
)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
182

 
196

 
136

Income tax expense (benefit)
42

 
51

 
(11
)
Income from continuing operations
140

 
145

 
147

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
6

 
(93
)
 
(10
)
Net income
146

 
52

 
137

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 
(1
)
 
3

Net income attributable to NCR
$
146

 
$
53

 
$
134

Amounts attributable to NCR common stockholders:

 

 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
140

 
$
146

 
$
144

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
6

 
(93
)
 
(10
)
Net income
$
146

 
$
53

 
$
134

Net income per share attributable to NCR common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share from continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.88

 
$
0.92

 
$
0.90

Diluted
$
0.85

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.89

Net income per common share

 

 

Basic
$
0.92

 
$
0.34

 
$
0.84

Diluted
$
0.89

 
$
0.33

 
$
0.83

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

Basic
159.3

 
158.0

 
159.8

Diluted
163.8

 
161.0

 
161.2

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

14

Table of Contents


NCR Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 

For the years ended December 31 (in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net income
$
146

 
$
52

 
$
137

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Currency translation adjustments
72

 
(26
)
 
32

Unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives
(9
)
 
(12
)
 
3

   Reclassification of realized (gains) losses arising during the period
(4
)
 
4

 
3

        Less income tax benefit (expense)
3

 
3

 
(1
)
Unrealized loss on securities

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Employee benefit plans
 
 
 
 
 
   Prior service benefit during the year
(2
)
 
37

 
40

   Amortization of prior service benefit
(17
)
 
(14
)
 
(14
)
   Net gain (loss) arising during the year
91

 
(425
)
 
(62
)
   Actuarial loss included in benefits expense
255

 
212

 
203

        Less income tax (expense) benefit
(148
)
 
67

 
(27
)
Total comprehensive income
387

 
(103
)
 
313

Less comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests:
 
 
 
 
 
   Net (loss) income

 
(1
)
 
3

   Currency translation adjustments
(4
)
 
2

 
2

Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests
(4
)
 
1

 
5

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to NCR common stockholders
$
391

 
$
(104
)
 
$
308


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.



15

Table of Contents


NCR Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31 (in millions except per share amounts)
2012
 
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,069

 
$
398

Accounts receivable, net
1,086

 
1,032

Inventories, net
797

 
774

Other current assets
454

 
311

Total current assets
3,406

 
2,515

Property, plant and equipment, net
308

 
365

Goodwill
1,003

 
913

Intangibles
304

 
312

Prepaid pension cost
368

 
339

Deferred income taxes
534

 
714

Other assets
448

 
433

Total assets
$
6,371

 
$
5,591

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
$
72

 
$
1

Accounts payable
611

 
525

Payroll and benefits liabilities
197

 
221

Deferred service revenue and customer deposits
455

 
418

Other current liabilities
407

 
394

Total current liabilities
1,742

 
1,559

Long-term debt
1,891

 
852

Pension and indemnity plan liabilities
812

 
1,662

Postretirement and postemployment benefits liabilities
246

 
256

Income tax accruals
138

 
148

Environmental liabilities
171

 
220

Other liabilities
79

 
59

Total liabilities
5,079

 
4,756

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest
15

 
15

Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
NCR stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock: par value $0.01 per share, 100.0 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 

Common stock: par value $0.01 per share, 500.0 shares authorized, 162.8 and 157.6 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively
2

 
2

Paid-in capital
358

 
287

Retained earnings
2,134

 
1,988

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(1,247
)
 
(1,492
)
Total NCR stockholders’ equity
1,247

 
785

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries
30

 
35

Total stockholders’ equity
1,277

 
820

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
6,371

 
$
5,591

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

16

Table of Contents


NCR Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31 (in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
146

 
$
52

 
$
137

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
(Income) loss from discontinued operations
(6
)
 
93

 
10

Depreciation and amortization
166

 
128

 
114

Stock-based compensation expense
49

 
33

 
21

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 
(1
)
 

Deferred income taxes
(37
)
 
(13
)
 
(48
)
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
(10
)
 
(5
)
 
(10
)
Impairment of long-lived and other assets
7

 

 
14

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
(53
)
 
(57
)
 
(15
)
Inventories
(42
)
 
4

 
(39
)
Current payables and accrued expenses
97

 
50

 
(13
)
Deferred service revenue and customer deposits
31

 
34

 
34

Pension and indemnity plans
(478
)
 
92

 
80

Other assets and liabilities
(50
)
 
(22
)
 
(6
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(180
)
 
388

 
279

Investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Grant reimbursements from capital expenditures

 

 
5

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
(80
)
 
(61
)
 
(74
)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
8

 
2

 
39

Additions to capitalized software
(80
)
 
(62
)
 
(57
)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(108
)
 
(1,085
)
 

Other investing activities, net
4

 

 
(24
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(256
)
 
(1,206
)
 
(111
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases of Company common stock

 
(70
)
 
(20
)
Tax withholding payments on behalf of employees
(12
)
 

 

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 
(4
)
Repayment of long-term debt

 

 
(1
)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 
1

 

Proceeds from employee stock plans
53

 
18

 
11

Borrowings on term credit facility
150

 
700

 

Payments on revolving credit facility
(860
)
 
(260
)
 
(75
)
Borrowings on revolving credit facility
720

 
400

 
75

Proceeds from bond offerings
1,100

 

 

Debt issuance cost
(19
)
 
(29
)
 

Proceeds from sale of noncontrolling interest

 
43

 

Dividend distribution to minority shareholder
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
1,131

 
802

 
(14
)
Cash flows from discontinued operations
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
(114
)
 
(37
)
 
(16
)
         Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
99

 
(40
)
 
(100
)
Net cash used in discontinued operations
(15
)
 
(77
)
 
(116
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(9
)
 
(5
)
 
7

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
671

 
(98
)
 
45

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
398

 
496

 
451

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
1,069

 
$
398

 
$
496

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental data
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes
$
32

 
$
55

 
$
34

Interest
$
15

 
$
5

 
$
2

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

17

Table of Contents

NCR Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
 
 
NCR Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
Non-Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests in Subsidiaries
 
 
in millions
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Paid-in Capital
 
Retained Earnings
 
 
 
Total
December 31, 2009
 
160

 
$
2

 
$
270

 
$
1,801

 
$
(1,509
)
 
$
28

 
$
592

Comprehensive income (loss):
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)
 

 

 

 
134

 

 
3

 
137

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 

 

 


 


 


 

 

Currency translation adjustments
 

 

 

 

 
30

 
2

 
32

Unrealized gain (loss) from securities, net of tax expense of $0
 

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Cash flow hedging gains (losses), net of tax expense of $1
 

 

 

 

 
5

 

 
5

Changes to unrecognized losses and prior service cost related to pension, postretirement and postemployment benefits, net of tax expense of $27
 

 

 

 

 
140

 

 
140

Total other comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 
174

 
2

 
176

Total comprehensive (loss) income
 

 

 

 
134

 
174

 
5

 
313

Employee stock purchase and stock compensation plans
 
2

 

 
31

 

 

 

 
31

Repurchase of Company common stock
 
(2
)
 

 
(20
)
 

 

 

 
(20
)
December 31, 2010
 
160

 
$
2

 
$
281

 
$
1,935

 
$
(1,335
)
 
$
33

 
$
916

Comprehensive income (loss):
 


 


 


 


 


 

 

Net income (loss)
 

 

 

 
53

 

 
1

 
54

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 


 


 


 


 


 

 

Currency translation adjustments
 

 

 

 

 
(28
)
 
2

 
(26
)
Unrealized gain (loss) from securities, net of tax expense of $0
 

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Cash flow hedging gains (losses), net of tax benefit of $3
 

 

 

 

 
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
Changes to unrecognized losses and prior service cost related to pension, postretirement and postemployment benefits, net of tax benefit of $67
 

 

 

 

 
(123
)
 

 
(123
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
 

 

 

 

 
(157
)
 
2

 
(155
)
Total comprehensive (loss) income
 

 

 

 
53

 
(157
)
 
3

 
(101
)
Employee stock purchase and stock compensation plans
 
1

 

 
53

 

 

 

 
53

Repurchase of Company common stock
 
(3
)
 

 
(70
)
 

 

 

 
(70
)
Dividends distribution to minority shareholder
 

 

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Sale of redeemable noncontrolling interests
 

 

 
23

 

 

 

 
23

December 31, 2011
 
158

 
$
2

 
$
287

 
$
1,988

 
$
(1,492
)
 
$
35

 
$
820

Comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 

 

 

 
146

 

 

 
146

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments
 

 

 

 

 
76

 
(4
)
 
72

Cash flow hedging gains (losses), net of tax benefit of $3
 

 

 

 

 
(10
)
 

 
(10
)
Changes to unrecognized losses and prior service cost related to pension, postretirement and postemployment benefits, net of tax expense of $148
 

 

 

 

 
179

 

 
179

Total other comprehensive income (loss)
 

 

 

 

 
245

 
(4
)
 
241

Total comprehensive (loss) income
 

 

 

 
146

 
245

 
(4
)
 
387

Employee stock purchase and stock compensation plans
 
5

 

 
71

 

 

 

 
71

Dividends distribution to minority shareholder
 

 

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
December 31, 2012
 
163

 
$
2

 
$
358

 
$
2,134

 
$
(1,247
)
 
$
30

 
$
1,277

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

18

Table of Contents


NCR Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business NCR Corporation (NCR or the Company, also referred to as “we,” “us” or “our”) and its subsidiaries provide innovative products and services that are designed to enable NCR’s customers to connect, interact and transact with their customers and enhance their customer relationships by addressing consumer demand for convenience, value and individual service. NCR’s portfolio of self-service and assisted-service solutions serve customers in the financial services, retail, hospitality, travel, telecommunications and technology industries and include automated teller machines (ATMs), self-service kiosks and point of sale devices as well as software applications that can be used by consumers to enable them to interact with businesses from their computer or mobile device. NCR complements these product solutions by offering a complete portfolio of services support both NCR and third party solutions. NCR also resells third-party networking products and provides related service offerings in the telecommunications and technology sector.

NCR’s solutions are built on a foundation of long-established industry knowledge and consulting expertise, value-added software and hardware technology, global customer support services, and a complete line of business consumables and specialty media products.

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the period reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Evaluation of Subsequent Events The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date that our Consolidated Financial Statements were issued. Except as described in Note 16, "Subsequent Events," no matters were identified that required adjustment of the Consolidated Financial Statements or additional disclosure.

Out of Period Adjustments During the third quarter of 2012, the Company recorded a $5 million income tax benefit related to an error in the calculation of the interest portion included in income tax expense for 2011 and 2010. The Company determined the impact of this error was not material to the annual or interim financial statements of previous periods and the effect of correcting this error was not material to the 2012 annual or interim financial statements.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recorded charges of approximately $2 million in other income and expense related to foreign currency fluctuations from several inter-company transactions that were incorrectly included in the cumulative translation adjustment balance. Additionally, the Company recorded an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $4 million to correct certain tax accounts in Brazil determined to be unrecoverable. The Company determined the impact of these errors was not material to the annual or interim financial statements of previous periods and the effect of correcting these errors in 2011 was not material to the 2011 annual financial statements.

Basis of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NCR and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Long-term investments in affiliated companies in which NCR owns between 20% and 50%, and therefore, exercises significant influence, but which it does not control, are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in which NCR does not exercise significant influence (generally, when NCR has an investment of less than 20% and no significant influence, such as representation on the investee’s board of directors) are accounted for using the cost method. All significant inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated. In addition, the Company is required to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary of economic income or losses that may be generated by variable interest entities in which the Company has such an interest. In circumstances where the Company determined it is the primary beneficiary, consolidation of that entity would be required. For the periods presented, no variable interest entities have been consolidated.

Reclassifications Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto in order to conform to the current period presentation.

Revenue Recognition The Company records revenue, net of taxes, when it is realized, or realizable, and earned. The Company considers these criteria met when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the products or services have been provided to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. For product sales, delivery is deemed to have occurred when the customer has assumed risk of loss of the goods sold and all performance obligations are complete. For services sales, revenue is recognized as the services are provided or ratably over the service period, or, if applicable, after customer acceptance of the services.

NCR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services, transaction services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, NCR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of NCR.
For arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2011, consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the units' relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE); (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE); and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. VSOE is established for our software maintenance services and we use TPE to establish selling prices for our non-software related services, which include hardware maintenance, non-software related professional services, and transaction services. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale, provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.

For arrangements entered into prior to January 1, 2011, the Company has not applied BESP. In such arrangements, if the Company has the requisite evidence of selling price for the undelivered elements but not for the delivered elements, the Company applies the residual method to allocate arrangement consideration.

In situations where NCR's solutions contain software that is more than incidental, revenue related to the software and software-related elements is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition. For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by VSOE. If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. When the fair value of a delivered element has not been established, but fair value evidence exists for the undelivered elements, the Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is allocated to the delivered elements and is recognized as revenue.

NCR's customers may request that delivery and passage of title and risk of loss occur on a bill and hold basis. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, the revenue recognized from bill and hold transactions approximated 1% or less of total revenue.

In addition to the standard product warranty, the Company periodically offers extended warranties to its customers in the form of product maintenance services. For contracts that are not separately priced but include product maintenance, the Company defers revenue at an amount based on the selling price, using objective and reliable evidence, and recognizes the deferred revenue over the service term. For separately priced product maintenance contracts, NCR defers the stated amount of the separately priced contract and recognizes the deferred revenue ratably over the service term.

Shipping and Handling Costs related to shipping and handling are included in cost of products in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents All short-term, highly liquid investments having original maturities of three months or less, including time deposits, are considered to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts NCR establishes provisions for doubtful accounts using percentages of accounts receivable balances to reflect historical average credit losses and specific provisions for known issues.

Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the average cost method. Cost includes materials, labor and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories. Service parts are included in inventories and include reworkable and non-reworkable service parts. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand, future purchase commitments with suppliers and the estimated utility of inventory. If the review indicates a reduction in utility below carrying value, inventory is reduced to a new cost basis. Excess and obsolete reserves are established based on forecasted usage, orders, technological obsolescence and inventory aging.

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

Capitalized Software Certain direct development costs associated with internal-use software are capitalized within other assets and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the resulting software. NCR typically amortizes capitalized internal-use software on a straight-line basis over four to seven years beginning when the asset is substantially ready for use, as this is considered to approximate the usage pattern of the software.

Costs incurred for the development of software that will be sold, leased or otherwise marketed are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established. These costs are included within other assets and are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the resulting software. The Company amortizes capitalized software on a sum-of-the-years’ digits basis over three years beginning when the product is available for general release, as this approximates the sales pattern of the software. Costs capitalized include direct labor and related overhead costs. Costs incurred prior to technological feasibility or after general release are expensed as incurred. The following table identifies the activity relating to total capitalized software:

In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Beginning balance as of January 1
$
118

 
$
107

 
$
102

Capitalization
80

 
62

 
57

Amortization
(56
)
 
(51
)
 
(52
)
Ending balance as of December 31
$
142

 
$
118

 
$
107



Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter or more frequently if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a decline in expected cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, a decision to sell a business, unanticipated competition, or slower growth rates, among others.

In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. If so, we perform a quantitative assessment and compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis. In step two of the analysis, we will record an impairment loss equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value should such a circumstance arise. Fair values of the reporting units are estimated primarily using the income approach, which incorporates the use of discounted cash flow (DCF) analyses. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including markets and market shares, sales volumes and prices, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rate and working capital changes. Most of these assumptions vary among reporting units. The cash flow forecasts are generally based on approved strategic operating plans.

For the fourth quarter of 2012, 2011, and 2010, we performed our annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets which did not indicate that an impairment existed. Refer to Note 4, "Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill are amortized over their weighted average amortization period unless they are determined to be indefinite. Acquired intangible assets are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. For intangible assets purchased in a business combination, the estimated fair values of the assets received are used to establish the carrying value. The fair value of acquired intangible assets is determined using common techniques, and the Company employs assumptions developed using the perspective of a market participant.

Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the related assets primarily on a straight-line basis. Machinery and other equipment are depreciated over 3 to 20 years and buildings over 25 to 45 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the life of the lease or the asset, whichever is shorter. Assets classified as held for sale are not depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property, plant and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the Company’s accounts, and a gain or loss is recorded. Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment was $64 million, $58 million, and $55 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets Long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment, finite-lived intangible assets, and software are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable or in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met. For assets held and used, this analysis consists of comparing the asset’s carrying value to the expected future cash flows to be generated from the asset on an undiscounted basis. If the carrying amount of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write-down to fair value is recorded. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows, or external appraisals, as applicable. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment at the individual asset or the asset group level for which the lowest level of independent cash flows can be identified. Refer to Note 4, "Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Warranty and Sales Returns Provisions for product warranties and sales returns and allowances are recorded in the period in which NCR becomes obligated to honor the related right, which generally is the period in which the related product revenue is recognized. The Company accrues warranty reserves based upon historical factors such as labor rates, average repair time, travel time, number of service calls per machine and cost of replacement parts. When a sale is consummated, a warranty reserve is recorded based upon the estimated cost to provide the service over the warranty period. The Company accrues sales returns and allowances using percentages of revenue to reflect the Company’s historical average of sales return claims.

Research and Development Costs Research and development costs primarily include payroll and benefit-related costs, contractor fees, facilities costs, infrastructure costs, and administrative expenses directly related to research and development support and are expensed as incurred, except certain software development costs are capitalized after technological feasibility of the software is established.

Leases The Company accounts for material escalation clauses, free or reduced rents and landlord incentives contained in operating type leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including any reasonably assured lease renewals. For leasehold improvements that are funded by the landlord, the Company records the incentive as deferred rent. The deferred rent is then amortized as reductions to lease expense over the lease term.

For capital leases where NCR is the lessee, we record an amortizable debt and a related fixed asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Pension, Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits NCR has significant pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit costs, which are developed from actuarial valuations. Actuarial assumptions are established to anticipate future events and are used in calculating the expense and liabilities relating to these plans. These factors include assumptions the Company makes about interest rates, expected investment return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, total and involuntary turnover rates, and rates of future compensation increases. In addition, NCR also uses subjective factors, such as withdrawal rates and mortality rates to develop the Company’s valuations. NCR generally reviews and updates these assumptions on an annual basis. NCR is required to consider current market conditions, including changes in interest rates, in making these assumptions. The actuarial assumptions that NCR uses may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter life spans of participants. These differences may result in a significant impact to the amount of pension, postretirement or postemployment benefits expense, and the related assets and liabilities, the Company has recorded or may record.

Foreign Currency For many NCR international operations, the local currency is designated as the functional currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. Dollars at year-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Currency translation adjustments from local functional currency countries resulting from fluctuations in exchange rates are recorded in other comprehensive income. Where the U.S. Dollar is the functional currency, remeasurement adjustments are recorded in other income and expense.

Derivative Instruments In the normal course of business, NCR enters into various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments. The Company accounts for derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and recognizes the resulting gains or losses as adjustments to earnings or other comprehensive income. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Hedging activities are transacted only with highly rated institutions, reducing exposure to credit risk in the event of nonperformance. Additionally, the Company completes assessments related to the risk of counterparty nonperformance on a regular basis.

The accounting for changes in fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company has designated the hedging instrument, based on the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. For derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, the effective portion of the hedge is recorded as an offset to the change in the fair value of the hedged item, and the ineffective portion of the hedge, if any, is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges and determined to be highly effective, the gains or losses are deferred in other comprehensive income and recognized in the determination of income as adjustments of carrying amounts when the underlying hedged transaction is realized, canceled or otherwise terminated. When hedging certain foreign currency transactions of a long-term investment nature (net investments in foreign operations) gains and losses are recorded in the currency translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts that are not used to hedge currency transactions of a long-term investment nature, or that are not designated as cash flow or fair value hedges, are recognized in earnings as exchange rates change.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing an amount that would be received to sell an asset or the amount paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the guidance prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into the following three-tier fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data

Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification on a quarterly basis. Changes to the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value hierarchy.

NCR measures its financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value based on one or more of the following three valuation techniques:

Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
Cost approach: Amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).
Income approach: Techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based upon market expectations (including present value techniques, option pricing and excess earnings models).

We regularly review our investments to determine whether a decline in fair value, if any, below the cost basis is other than temporary. If the decline in the fair value is determined to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the security is written down to fair value and the amount of the write-down is included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For qualifying investments in debt or equity securities, a temporary impairment charge would be recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

Environmental and Legal Contingencies In the normal course of business, NCR is subject to various proceedings, lawsuits, claims and other matters, including, for example, those that relate to the environment and health and safety, employee benefits, import/export compliance, intellectual property, data privacy and security, product liability, commercial disputes and regulatory compliance, among others. Additionally, NCR is subject to diverse and complex laws, regulations, and standards including those relating to corporate governance, public disclosure and reporting, environmental safety and the discharge of materials into the environment, product safety, import and export compliance, data privacy and security, antitrust and competition, government contracting, anti-corruption, and labor and human resources, which are rapidly changing and subject to many possible changes in the future. Compliance with these laws and regulations, including changes in accounting standards, taxation requirements, and federal securities laws among others, may create a substantial burden on, and substantially increase the costs to NCR or could have an impact on NCR’s future operating results. NCR believes that the amounts provided in its Consolidated Financial Statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimable liabilities. However, there can be no assurances that the actual amounts required to satisfy alleged liabilities from various lawsuits, claims, legal proceedings and other matters, including the Fox River and Kalamazoo River environmental matters discussed in Note 9, “Commitments and Contingencies,” and to comply with applicable laws and regulations, will not exceed the amounts reflected in NCR’s Consolidated Financial Statements or will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Any costs that may be incurred in excess of those amounts provided as of December 31, 2012 cannot currently be reasonably determined or are not currently considered probable.

Legal costs related to loss contingencies are typically expensed as incurred, except for certain costs associated with NCR’s environmental remediation obligations. Costs and fees associated with litigating the extent and type of required remedial actions and the allocation of remediation costs among potentially responsible parties are typically included in the measurement of the environmental remediation liabilities.

Advertising Advertising costs are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses when incurred.

Income Taxes Income tax expense is provided based on income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes. These deferred taxes are determined based on the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which the deferred assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or realized. NCR records valuation allowances related to its deferred income tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being sustained upon examination by authorities. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law and until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests In 2011, we sold a 49% voting equity interest in NCR Brasil - Indústria de Equipamentos para Automação S.A., a subsidiary of the Company (NCR Manaus) to Scopus Tecnologia Ltda. (Scopus) for a subscription price of approximately $43 million. In the event NCR Manaus does not meet a defined financial performance goal during the five year period ending in 2016, Scopus may elect to put its noncontrolling interest to us for its then-current fair value.

Earnings Per Share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. The calculation of diluted earnings per share is similar to basic earnings per share, except that the weighted average number of shares outstanding includes the dilution from potential shares resulting from stock options and restricted stock awards. When calculating diluted earnings per share, the Company includes the potential windfall or shortfall tax benefits as well as average unrecognized compensation expense as part of the assumed proceeds from exercises of stock options. The Company uses the tax law ordering approach to determine the potential utilization of windfall benefits. The holders of unvested restricted stock awards do not have nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents and therefore, such unvested awards do not qualify as participating securities. See Note 7, "Employee Stock Compensation Plans," for share information on NCR’s stock compensation plans.

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to NCR common stockholders are as follows for the years ended December 31:

In millions, except per share amounts
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Income from continuing operations
 
$
140

 
$
146

 
$
144

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
6

 
(93
)
 
(10
)
Net income attributable to NCR common stockholders
 
$
146

 
$
53

 
$
134

Weighted average outstanding shares of common stock
 
159.3

 
158.0

 
159.8

Dilutive effect of employee stock options and restricted stock
 
4.5

 
3.0

 
1.4

Common stock and common stock equivalents
 
163.8

 
161.0

 
161.2

Basic earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
From continuing operations
 
$
0.88

 
$
0.92

 
$
0.90

From discontinued operations
 
$
0.04

 
$
(0.58
)
 
$
(0.06
)
Total basic earnings (loss) per share
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.34

 
$
0.84

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
From continuing operations
 
$
0.85

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.89

From discontinued operations
 
$
0.04

 
$
(0.58
)
 
$
(0.06
)
Total diluted earnings (loss) per share
 
$
0.89

 
$
0.33

 
$
0.83


Options to purchase 1.2 million, 3.7 million, and 5.6 million shares of common stock for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Stock Compensation Stock-based compensation represents the costs related to share-based awards granted to employees and non-employee directors. For all periods presented, the Company’s outstanding stock-based compensation awards are classified as equity except for certain awards granted to non-employee directors. The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes the cost on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the requisite service period. See Note 7, "Employee Stock Compensation Plans" for more information on NCR’s stock-based compensation plans.

Related Party Transactions In 2011, concurrent with the sale of a noncontrolling interest in NCR Manaus to Scopus, we entered into a Master Purchase Agreement (MPA) with Banco Bradesco SA (Bradesco), the parent of Scopus. Through the MPA, Bradesco agreed to purchase up to 30,000 ATMs from us over the 5 year term of the agreement. Pricing of the ATMs will adjust over the term of the MPA using certain formulas which are based on prevailing market pricing. We recognized $145 million and $35 million in revenue related to Bradesco for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and we had $9 million and $14 million in receivables outstanding from Bradesco as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an accounting standards update requiring new disclosures about reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income. These disclosures may be presented on the face of the statements or in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The standards update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012. We will adopt this standards update and revise our disclosure, as required, beginning with the first quarter of 2013.

In July 2012, the FASB issued an accounting standards update with new guidance on annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The standards update allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If based on its qualitative assessment an entity concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. The standards update is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard will not have an
impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

2. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (in millions)

For the years ended December 31
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Other (expense) income, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
$
6

 
$
5

 
$
5

Impairment of an investment (Note 11)
 
(7
)
 

 
(14
)
Other, net
 
(7
)
 
(8
)
 
(2
)
Total other (expense) income, net
 
$
(8
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(11
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
Accounts Receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade
 
 
 
$
1,056

 
$
1,002

Other
 
 
 
46

 
46

Accounts Receivable, gross
 
 
 
1,102

 
1,048

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
 
 
 
(16
)
 
(16
)
Total accounts receivable, net
 
 
 
$
1,086

 
$
1,032

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories
 
 
 
 
 
 
Work in process and raw materials, net
 
 
 
$
187

 
$
167

Finished goods, net
 
 
 
167

 
177

Service parts, net
 
 
 
443

 
430

Total inventories, net
 
 
 
$
797

 
$
774

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current deferred tax assets
 
 
 
$
223

 
$
147

Other
 
 
 
231

 
164

Total other current assets
 
 
 
$
454

 
$
311

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
Land and improvements
 
 
 
$
42

 
$
46

Buildings and improvements
 
 
 
231

 
234

Machinery and other equipment
 
 
 
636

 
674

Property, plant and equipment, gross
 
 
 
909

 
954

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
 
 
(601
)
 
(589
)
Total property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
 
$
308

 
$
365

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
Currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
$
(6
)
 
$
(82
)
Unrealized gain on securities
 
 
 
1

 
1

Unrealized loss on derivatives
 
 
 
(10
)
 

Actuarial losses and prior service costs on employee benefit plans
 
 
 
(1,232
)
 
(1,411
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
$
(1,247
)
 
$
(1,492
)





3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS, INVESTMENTS AND DIVESTITURES

2012 Acquisitions and Investments

Following is a brief description of the Company's noteworthy acquisitions and investments completed during the 2012 fiscal year:

Acquisition of POS and RDS On February 7, 2012, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of POS Integrated Solutions Do Brasil Comercio E Servicos De Informatica S.A. ("POS") and RDS South America Comercio E Servicos De Informatica S.A. ("RDS") in exchange for approximately $1 million in cash, plus related acquisition costs.  POS and RDS were resellers of certain of the Company's hardware and software, and their results have been reported within our Hospitality segment since the date of the acquisitions.

Acquisition of Wyse Sistemas de Informatica Ltda. On May 31, 2012, the Company acquired all of the outstanding units of membership interest of Wyse Sistemas de Informatica Ltda. ("Wyse") in exchange for approximately $13 million in cash, plus related acquisition costs.  Wyse was a developer and provider of point of sale software specifically designed for the hospitality market in Brazil, and their results have been reported within our Hospitality segment since the date of the acquisition.

Hospitality Reseller Acquisitions During 2012, the Company acquired the assets of six of its domestic Hospitality resellers in separate transactions for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $17 million, plus related acquisition costs.

Acquisition of Transoft, Inc. On September 7, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Transoft, Inc. in exchange for approximately $40 million in cash, plus related acquisition costs, of which the Company will recognize $7 million as compensation expense included within selling, general and administrative expenses over a period of two years from the acquisition date. Transoft, Inc. was a global leader in cash management software for financial institutions, and their results have been reported within our Financial Services segment since the date of the acquisition.

Acquisition of uGenius Technology, Inc. On, December 31, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of uGenius Technology, Inc. (uGenius) for aggregate consideration of approximately $37 million in cash, including the settlement of NCR's pre-existing 8.7% equity investment in uGenius Technology, LLC, plus related acquisition costs. uGenius was a provider of video banking solutions, and their results have been reported within our Financial Services segment since the date of the acquisition.

As a result of the Company's 2012 acquisitions, NCR recorded $34 million related to identifiable intangible assets consisting primarily of proprietary technology and customer relationships, which have a weighted-average amortization period of 7 years.

The operating results of the businesses acquired in 2012 have been included within NCR’s results as of the closing date of each acquisition. The pro forma disclosures for these acquisitions are not being provided because the impact of these acquisitions is not considered material to the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The purchase price of these businesses, reported in business acquisitions, net of cash acquired within investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired, with any excess recorded as goodwill. Goodwill recognized in the Company's 2012 acquisitions was $85 million, of which it is expected that $55 million of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

2011 Acquisitions and Investments

Following is a brief description of the Company's noteworthy acquisitions and investments completed during the 2011 fiscal year:

Acquisition of Radiant Systems, Inc. On August 24, 2011, NCR completed the acquisition of Radiant Systems, Inc. (Radiant). The acquisition was completed through a tender offer and subsequent merger, with Radiant becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of NCR. The total equity purchase price was approximately $1.2 billion.

Radiant was a leading provider of technology solutions for managing site operations in the hospitality and specialty retail industries, and is operated within NCR as a part of NCR's Hospitality line of business.
Recording of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in Radiant Acquisition
The fair value of consideration transferred to acquire Radiant was allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values as of the date of the acquisition as set forth below. This allocation is final as of December 31, 2011.
In millions
 
 
 
Purchase Consideration
Net Tangible Assets Acquired/(Liabilities Assumed)
Purchased Intangible Assets
Goodwill
$
1,206

$
78

$
319

$
809

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists of the revenue and cost synergies expected from combining the operations of NCR and Radiant. It is expected that approximately $73 million of the goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisition will be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill arising from the acquisition has been allocated as follows: approximately $624 million to the Hospitality segment; $86 million to the Financial Services segment; and $99 million to the Retail Solutions segment.

See Note 4, "Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets" for additional information related to the carrying amounts of goodwill by segment.

The intangible assets acquired in the acquisition include the following:
 
  
Estimated
Fair Value
  
Weighted Average Amortization Period(1)
 
  
(In millions)
  
(years)
Reseller Network
  
 
88

  
13
Technology - Software and Hardware
  
 
106

  
6
Trademarks
  
 
48

  
9
Direct customer relationships
  
 
74

  
15
Noncompete agreements
 
 
2

 
2
Internally developed software
 
 
1

 
2
Total acquired intangible assets
  
 
$
319

  
 
(1) 
Determination of the weighted average amortization period of the individual categories of intangible assets was based on the nature of the applicable intangible asset and the expected future cash flows to be derived from the intangible asset. Amortization of intangible assets with definite lives is recognized over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute to future cash flows.
The Company incurred a total of $30 million of transaction expenses relating to the acquisition, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 12, “Segment Information and Concentrations” for additional information related to revenues and operating income reported by segment.
Unaudited Pro forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of NCR and Radiant for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unaudited pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only. It is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations of future periods, or the results of operations that actually would have been realized had the entities been a single company during the periods presented or the results that the combined company will experience after the acquisition. The unaudited pro forma information does not give effect to the potential impact of current financial conditions, regulatory matters or any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may be associated with the acquisition. The unaudited pro forma information also does not include any integration costs or remaining future transaction costs that the companies may incur related to the acquisition as part of combining the operations of the companies.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations, assuming the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010, are as follows:
 
In millions
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
Revenue
 
$
5,538
 
 
$
5,057

Net income attributable to NCR
 
$
64
 
 
$
102


2010 Acquisitions and Investments

Following is a brief description of the Company's noteworthy acquisitions and investments completed during the 2010 fiscal year:

Acquisition of Mobiqa Limited On October 15, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of Mobiqa Limited for aggregate consideration of $16 million in cash. Mobiqa provided solutions for the delivery of mobile optimized content, as well as tickets, boarding passes, downloadable applications and coupons in the travel, entertainment and retail sectors.

Goodwill recognized in the Mobiqa acquisition was $14 million, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

As a result of the Mobiqa acquisition, NCR recorded $2 million related to identifiable intangible assets consisting primarily of proprietary technology and customer relationships, which have a weighted-average amortization period of 4 years.

The operating results of the Mobiqa business have been included within NCR’s results as of the closing date of the acquisition. The pro forma disclosures for this acquisition is not being provided because the impact of the acquisition is not considered material to the periods in which it occurred. The purchase price of this business, reported in other investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired, with any excess recorded as goodwill.

Divestitures

On February 3, 2012, NCR entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Redbox Automated Retail, LLC (“Purchaser”) pursuant to which NCR would sell certain assets of its Entertainment business (the "Entertainment Business"), including, but not limited to, substantially all of NCR's DVD kiosks, certain retailer contracts, select DVD inventory and certain intellectual property to Purchaser (the “Transaction”). Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended on June 22, 2012, and upon the terms and conditions thereof, on June 22, 2012, NCR completed the disposition of the assets of its Entertainment Business to Purchaser for cash consideration of $100 million. As of the date of the sale, total assets sold of $67 million included $51 million of property, plant and equipment, $15 million of inventory, and $1 million of intangible assets.
 
NCR agreed to provide Purchaser with certain short-term support services following the closing under a transition services agreement. The Agreement also contemplates that, for a period of five years following the closing, Purchaser and its affiliates may procure certain hardware, software and services from NCR under a manufacturing and services agreement. If, at the end of such five-year period, Purchaser and its affiliates have not procured hardware, software and services that have yielded $25 million in margin to NCR, Purchaser will pay the difference to NCR.

We determined that the cash inflows under the transition services agreement and the manufacturing and services agreement will not constitute significant continuing involvement with the operations of the Entertainment Business after the sale. In addition, the ongoing cash inflows related to the Entertainment Business under the manufacturing and services agreement are substantially unrelated to the business sold. Therefore, we have reclassified the operating results of the Entertainment Business, for all historical periods, to income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we determined that disposal of the Entertainment business was probable, and we assessed the assets of the business for impairment, which resulted in charges which reduced the carrying values of goodwill, long-lived assets and certain inventories. Refer to Note 4, "Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets" for additional discussion.

The following table includes the results of the Entertainment Business, which we historically included in our Entertainment segment:

In millions
 
For the year ended December 31
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue
 
$
62

 
$
152

 
$
99

Operating expenses
 
101

 
299

 
142

Loss from operations
 
(39
)
 
(147
)
 
(43
)
Gain from divestiture of the business
 
33

 

 

Loss before income taxes
 
(6
)
 
(147
)
 
(43
)
Income tax benefit
 
(2
)
 
(51
)
 
(15
)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$
(4
)
 
$
(96
)
 
$
(28
)


4. GOODWILL AND OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Goodwill

The carrying amounts of goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are included in the table below. Foreign currency fluctuations are included within other adjustments.
 
January 1, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
In millions
Goodwill
 
Accumulated Impairment Losses
 
Total
 
Additions
 
Impairment
 
Other
 
Goodwill
 
Accumulated Impairment Losses
 
Total
Financial Services
$
152

 
$

 
$
152

 
$
50

 
$

 
$

 
$
202

 
$

 
$
202

Retail Solutions
120

 
(3
)
 
117

 

 

 

 
120

 
(3
)
 
117

Hospitality
619

 

 
619

 
35

 

 
5

 
659

 

 
659

Entertainment
5

 
(5
)
 

 

 

 

 
5

 
(5
)
 

Emerging Industries
25

 

 
25

 

 

 

 
25

 

 
25

Total
$
921

 
$
(8
)
 
$
913

 
$
85

 
$

 
$
5

 
$
1,011

 
$
(8
)
 
$
1,003

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 1, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
In millions
Goodwill
 
Accumulated Impairment Losses
 
Total
 
Additions
 
Impairment
 
Other
 
Goodwill
 
Accumulated Impairment Losses
 
Total
Financial Services
$
67

 
$

 
$
67

 
$
86

 
$

 
$
(1
)
 
$
152

 
$

 
$
152

Retail Solutions
21

 
(3
)
 
18

 
99

 

 

 
120

 
(3
)
 
117

Hospitality

 

 

 
624

 

 
(5
)
 
619

 

 
619

Entertainment
5

 

 
5

 

 
(5
)
 

 
5

 
(5
)
 

Emerging Industries
25

 

 
25

 

 

 

 
25

 

 
25

Total
$
118

 
$
(3
)
 
$
115

 
$
809

 
$
(5
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$
921

 
$
(8
)
 
$
913


For 2012, based on our qualitative assessments, we determined that it is more likely than not that our reporting units' fair values were greater than their respective carrying amounts. Our qualitative assessment included, but was not limited to, consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, cash flows, changes in key management and our share price.
 
As of December 31, 2011, we determined that it was probable that we would dispose of our Entertainment business, which triggered an impairment assessment of the related assets which include long-lived assets, goodwill and definite-lived intangible assets. We evaluated the carrying value of these assets compared to the fair value based on a market approach using an independent third-party market price and determined the goodwill associated with the Entertainment reporting unit was fully impaired. The impairment of $5 million was recorded within income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

Long-Lived Assets

NCR’s identifiable intangible assets, reported in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were specifically identified when acquired, and are deemed to have finite lives. The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for NCR’s identifiable intangible assets were as follows. The increase in the gross carrying amount is primarily due to the acquisitions detailed in Note 3, "Business Combinations, Investments and Divestitures."
 
Amortization Period (in Years)
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
In millions
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
Identifiable intangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reseller & customer relationships
1 - 15
 
$
179

 
$
(17
)
 
$
167

 
$
(8
)
Intellectual property
4 - 7
 
180

 
(80
)
 
164

 
(59
)
Tradenames
4 - 9
 
49

 
(8
)
 
49

 
(3
)
Non-compete arrangements
2 - 5
 
8

 
(7
)
 
7

 
(5
)
Total identifiable intangible assets
 
 
$
416

 
$
(112
)
 
$
387

 
$
(75
)

As noted above, as of December 31, 2011, we determined that it was probable that we would dispose of our Entertainment business, which triggered an impairment assessment of the related assets which include long-lived assets, goodwill and definite-lived intangible assets.

Based on this evaluation, we determined that the long-lived asset group, consisting of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, mainly customer relationships, related to the Entertainment business was impaired. These assets had a carrying amount of approximately $148 million, and an estimated fair value of $65 million. Of the total impairment charge of $83 million, $81 million was allocated to property, plant and equipment and $2 million was allocated to definite-lived intangible assets. Fair value was based on a market approach using an independent third-party market price. The impairment was recorded within income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

The aggregate amortization expense (actual and estimated) for identifiable intangible assets for the following periods is:

 
 
December 31, 2012
 
For the years ended December 31 (estimated)
In millions
 
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
Amortization expense
 
$
37

 
$
44

 
$
43

 
$
41

 
$
37

 
$
27



5. DEBT OBLIGATIONS
As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s total debt was $1.96 billion, with $72 million included in short term borrowings and $1.89 billion included in long term debt, as follows:

In millions
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Senior Secured Credit Facility:
 
 
 
 
Term loan facility
$
850

 
$
700

 
Revolving credit facility

 
140

5.00% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022
600

 

4.625% Senior Notes due February 15, 2021
500

 

Other
13

 
13

Total debt
$
1,963

 
$
853

 
Senior Secured Credit Facility In August 2011, the Company entered into a five-year senior secured credit facility (the Senior Secured Credit Facility) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JPMCB), as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders to borrow up to $1.4 billion. The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of a term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $700 million and a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $700 million. On August 22, 2012, we entered into an Incremental Facility Agreement with and among the lenders party thereto and JPMCB, as administrative agent. The Incremental Facility Agreement relates to, and was entered into pursuant to, the Senior Secured Credit Facility, amended as of December 21, 2011 and as amended and restated as of August 22, 2012, with and among the lenders party thereto and JPMCB, as the administrative agent (the Second Amendment). The Incremental Facility Agreement supplemented the amounts available to us by $300 million by establishing a $150 million new tranche of term loan commitments and a $150 million new tranche of revolving loan commitments, bringing the total sum available under the Second Amendment and the Incremental Facility Agreement to $1.7 billion.

As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding balance under the term loan facility, was $850 million, with $70 million included in short term borrowings and $780 million included in long term debt, and the outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility was zero. The revolving credit facility also allows a portion of the availability to be used for outstanding letters of credit, and as of December 31, 2012, outstanding letters of credit totaled approximately $17 million.

Of the outstanding principal balance of the term loan facility, $700 million is required to be repaid in quarterly installments of $17.5 million beginning March 31, 2013, with the balance of $455 million being due in August 2016, and $150 million is required to be repaid in quarterly installments of $3.75 million beginning March 31, 2014, with the balance of $97.5 million being due in August 2017. Borrowings under the revolving portion of the credit facility are due in August 2016 or, in the case of the Incremental Facility, in August 2017. Amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company's option, at a base rate equal to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the administrative agent's “prime rate” and (iii) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% (the Base Rate) or LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 0.25% to 1.50% for Base Rate-based loans that are either term loans or revolving loans and ranging from 1.25% to 2.50% for LIBOR-based loans that are either term loans or revolving loans, depending on the Company's consolidated leverage ratio. The terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facility also require certain other fees and payments to be made by the Company.

The Company's obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are guaranteed by certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and these guarantees are secured by a first priority lien and security interest in certain equity interests owned by the Company and the guarantor subsidiaries in certain of their respective domestic and foreign subsidiaries. These security interests would be released if the Company achieves an “investment grade” rating, and would remain released so long as the Company maintained that rating.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility and the indentures for our senior unsecured notes include affirmative and negative covenants that restrict or limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur indebtedness; create liens on assets; engage in certain fundamental corporate changes or changes to the Company's business activities; make investments; sell or otherwise dispose of assets; engage in sale-leaseback or hedging transactions; repurchase stock, pay dividends or make similar distributions; repay other indebtedness; engage in certain affiliate transactions; or enter into agreements that restrict the Company's ability to create liens, pay dividends or make loan repayments. The Senior Secured Credit Facility also includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:

a consolidated leverage ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter, not to exceed (i) in the case of any fiscal quarter ending prior to December 31, 2013, (a) the sum of (x) 3.50 and (y) an amount (not to exceed 1.00) to reflect new debt used to reduce NCR's unfunded pension liabilities, to (b) 1.00, (ii) in the case of any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2013 and prior to December 31, 2015, (a) the sum of (x) 3.25 and (y) an amount (not to exceed 1.00) to reflect new debt used to reduce NCR's unfunded pension liabilities, to (b) 1.00, and (iii) in the case of any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2015 3.50 to 1.00; and
an interest coverage ratio of at least (i) 3.50 to 1.00, in the case of any four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to December 31, 2013, and (ii) 4.00 to 1.00, in the case of any four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or after December 31, 2013.

Taking into account new debt used to reduce the Company's unfunded pension liabilities, the current maximum consolidated leverage ratio under the Senior Secured Credit Facility is 4.50 to 1.00.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility also contains events of default, which are customary for similar financings. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders may, among other things, terminate the loan commitments, accelerate all loans and require cash collateral deposits in respect of outstanding letters of credit.

The Company may request, at any time and from time to time, but the lenders are not obligated to fund, the establishment of one or more term loans and/or revolving credit facilities, the proceeds of which can be used for working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. On February 5, 2013, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility that modified the maximum aggregate commitments with respect to such incremental facilities. See Note 16, "Subsequent Events," for additional information.

In connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company deferred approximately $29 million of debt issuance costs in 2011, which are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt. The Second Amendment and Incremental Facility Agreement were considered modifications, not extinguishments of our credit facility, and therefore the unamortized debt issuance costs continue to be deferred. In connection with the Second Amendment and Incremental Facility Agreement, the Company deferred an additional $3 million of debt issuance costs in 2012, which are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the new debt.

Senior Notes On September 17, 2012, the Company issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior unsecured notes due in 2022 (the "5.00% Notes"). These 5.00% Notes were sold at 100% of the principal amount and will mature on July 15, 2022. On December 18, 2012, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 4.625% senior unsecured notes due in 2021 (the "4.625% Notes"). The 4.625% Notes were sold at 100% of the principal amount and will mature on February 15, 2021. These 5.00% and 4.625% Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and are guaranteed, on an unsecured senior basis, by our subsidiaries, NCR International, Inc. and Radiant Systems, Inc., which also guarantee our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

We have the option to redeem the 5.00% Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after July 15, 2017, at a redemption price of 102.5%, 101.667%, 100.833% and 100% during the 12-month periods commencing on July 15, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and thereafter, respectively, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to July 15, 2017, we may redeem the 5.00% Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to July 15, 2015, we may redeem the 5.00% Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes originally issued at a redemption price of 105% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings under certain further requirements.

We have the option to redeem the 4.625% Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 15, 2017, at a redemption price of 102.313%, 101.156% and 100% during the 12-month periods commencing on February15, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and thereafter, respectively, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to February 15, 2017, we may redeem the 4.625% Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to February 15, 2016, we may redeem the 4.625% Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes originally issued at a redemption price of 104.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings under certain further requirements.

The terms of the indenture for these notes limit the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional debt or issue redeemable preferred stock; pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments or investments; incur liens; sell assets; incur restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us; enter into affiliate transactions; engage in sale and leaseback transactions; and consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets. These covenants are subject to significant exceptions and qualifications. For example, if these notes are assigned an investment grade rating by Moody's or S&P and no default has occurred or is continuing, certain covenants will be terminated.

In connection with the issuances of the 5.00% Notes and the 4.265% Notes, the Company entered into registration rights agreements with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as representative of the initial purchasers of the applicable notes, and NCR International, Inc. and Radiant Systems, Inc. in their capacities as subsidiary guarantors. Each registration rights agreement requires the Company and the subsidiary guarantors, at their cost, to among other things:

use their commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer to exchange the notes for new notes that are guaranteed by the guarantors with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the notes (except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or any increase in annual interest rate);

use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

promptly after the applicable registration statement is effective, commence an exchange offer.

In addition, under certain circumstances, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors may be required to file shelf registration statements to cover sales of the notes by their holders.

If the Company and the subsidiary guarantors do not comply with their registration statement and exchange offer obligations under a registration rights agreement, then additional interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the notes that are registrable securities (as defined in each registration rights agreement) at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such registration default (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such additional interest continues to accrue, provided that the rate at which such additional interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum).

This summary of the provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement.
Additionally, in connection with the 5.00% Notes and the 4.625% Notes, the Company deferred approximately $10 million and $7 million of debt issuance costs, respectively, which are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt.


Debt Maturities Maturities of long-term debt outstanding, in principal amounts, at December 31, 2012 are summarized below:

 
 
 
 
For the years ended December 31
 
 
In millions
 
Total
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
Thereafter
Debt maturities
 
$
1,963

 
$
72

 
$
86

 
$
86

 
$
505

 
$
106

 
$
1,108


Fair Value of Debt – The fair value of debt is based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates a market yield curve based on the Company’s credit rating with adjustments for duration. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the fair value of debt was $1.97 billion and $855 million, respectively.
6. INCOME TAXES
For the years ended December 31, income from continuing operations before income taxes consisted of the following:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
(200
)
 
$
(110
)
 
$
(59
)
Foreign
 
382

 
306

 
195

Total income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
$
182

 
$
196

 
$
136


For the years ended December 31, income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
6

 
$
2

 
$
(8
)
State
 

 
1

 
1

Foreign
 
73

 
61

 
44

Deferred
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
(10
)
 
(15
)
 
(8
)
State
 
(4
)
 

 
(1
)
Foreign
 
(23
)
 
2

 
(39
)
Total income tax expense (benefit)
 
$
42

 
$
51

 
$
(11
)

The following table presents the principal components of the difference between the effective tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Income tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. federal tax rate of 35%
 
$
64

 
$
68

 
$
47

Foreign income tax differential
 
(33
)
 
(19
)
 
(23
)
U.S. permanent book/tax differences
 
(3
)
 
3

 
2

Tax audit settlements
 
(12
)
 
(12
)
 

Change in liability for unrecognized tax benefits
 
12

 
2

 
4

Nondeductible transaction costs
 
1

 
4

 

U.S valuation allowance
 
17

 
5

 

Japan valuation allowance release
 

 

 
(40
)
Other, net
 
(4
)
 

 
(1
)
Total income tax expense (benefit)
 
$
42

 
$
51

 
$
(11
)

NCR's tax provisions include a provision for income taxes in certain tax jurisdictions where its subsidiaries are profitable, but reflect only a portion of the tax benefits related to certain foreign subsidiaries' tax losses due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of future benefits from these losses. During 2012, we favorably settled examinations with Canada for the 2003 tax year and Japan for tax years 2001 through 2006 that resulted in tax benefits of $14 million and $13 million, respectively. In addition, the 2012 tax rate was favorably impacted by the mix of taxable profits and losses by country. These benefits were partially offset by an increase of $17 million to the U.S. valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, primarily related to tax attributes expiring by 2015. During 2011, we favorably settled examinations with Canada for 1997 through 2001 that resulted in a $12 million tax benefit. The 2010 tax benefit was favorably impacted by the release of a $40 million valuation allowance in the third quarter of 2010 that was no longer required on specific deferred tax assets in NCR’s subsidiary in Japan and by the mix of taxable profits and losses by country.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31 were as follows:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Deferred income tax assets
 
 
 
 
Employee pensions and other benefits
 
$
324

 
$
658

Other balance sheet reserves and allowances
 
140

 
148

Tax loss and credit carryforwards
 
628

 
376

Capitalized research and development
 
86

 
67

Property, plant and equipment
 
8

 
49

Other
 
54

 
56

Total deferred income tax assets
 
1,240

 
1,354

Valuation allowance
 
(399
)
 
(412
)
Net deferred income tax assets
 
841

 
942

Deferred income tax liabilities
 

 

Intangibles
 
83

 
81

Capitalized software
 
16

 
10

Other
 
11

 
9

Total deferred income tax liabilities
 
110

 
100

Total net deferred income tax assets
 
$
731

 
$
842


NCR recorded valuation allowances related to certain deferred income tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits from those assets. The valuation allowances cover deferred tax assets, primarily tax loss carryforwards, in tax jurisdictions where there is uncertainty as to the ultimate realization of a benefit from those tax losses. At December 31, 2012, our net deferred tax assets in the United States totaled approximately $590 million. For the three year period ended December 31, 2012, we had a cumulative net loss from continuing operations before income taxes, which is generally considered a negative indicator about our ability to realize the benefits of those assets. We further evaluated the realizability of the U.S. deferred tax assets by weighing other positive and negative evidence, including our history of taxable income in the U.S., and the substantial length of time over which our deferred tax assets relating to net operating losses and employee pensions may be realized. Through this assessment, realization of the related benefits was determined to be more likely than not. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in the time period within which the temporary differences underlying our deferred tax assets become deductible, or before the expiration of our loss and credit carryforwards, additional valuation allowance could be required.

As of December 31, 2012, NCR had U.S. federal and foreign tax attribute carryforwards of approximately $1.5 billion. The net operating loss carryforwards, subject to expiration, expire in the years 2013 through 2032. The amount of tax deductions in excess of previously recorded windfall tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation included in U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards but not reflected in deferred tax assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $42 million. Upon realization of the U.S. federal net operating losses, the Company will recognize a windfall tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital. In addition, the company had US tax credit carryforwards of $114 million. Approximately $21 million of the credit carryforwards do not expire, and $93 million expires in the years 2014 through 2032.

The aggregate changes in the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows for the years ended December 31:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Gross unrecognized tax benefits - January 1
 
$
273

 
$
303

Increases related to tax positions from prior years
 
21

 
24

Decreases related to tax positions from prior years
 
(18
)
 
(31
)
Increases related to tax provisions taken during the current year
 
34

 
23

Settlements with tax authorities
 
(40
)
 
(33
)
Lapses of statutes of limitation
 
(20
)
 
(13
)
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits - December 31
 
$
250

 
$
273


Of the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012 up to $131 million would affect NCR’s effective tax rate if realized. The Company’s liability arising from uncertain tax positions is recorded in income tax accruals and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We recognized interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of the provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations of $4 million of expense, $11 million of benefit, and $9 million of benefit for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The gross amount of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $51 million and $48 million, respectively.

In the U.S., NCR files consolidated federal and state income tax returns where statutes of limitations generally range from three to five years. U.S. federal tax years remain open from 2009 forward. In 2011, the IRS commenced an examination of our 2009 and 2010 income tax returns, which is ongoing. In 2012, we favorably settled the IRS examination of Radiant's 2009 and 2010 income tax returns. We are still open to examination by certain foreign taxing authorities for the years 2001 onward, including several major taxing jurisdictions. We are open to examination from 2001 onward in Korea and India and from 2002 onward in Canada.

During 2013, the Company expects to resolve certain tax matters related to U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2012, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by $20 million to $25 million in the next 12 months due to the resolution of these issues. With the exception of these tax matters, the Company does not expect any significant changes in unrecognized tax benefits in 2013.

NCR did not provide for U.S. federal income taxes or foreign withholding taxes in 2012 on approximately $1.5 billion of undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are intended to be reinvested indefinitely. Due to the complex structure of the Company's international holdings, and the various methods available for repatriation, quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any, associated with these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

See the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for details of the tax effects on the components of other comprehensive income and Note 8, “Employee Benefit Plans.”

7. EMPLOYEE STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
The Company recognizes all share-based payments, including grants of stock options, as compensation expense in its financial statements based on their fair value.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s primary types of stock-based compensation were restricted stock and stock options. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense, the components of which are further described below, for the years ended December 31 as follows:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Restricted stock
 
$
46

 
$
27

 
$
15

Stock options
 
3

 
6

 
6

Total stock-based compensation (pre-tax)
 
49

 
33

 
21

Tax benefit
 
(14
)
 
(10
)
 
(7
)
Total stock-based compensation (net of tax)
 
$
35

 
$
23

 
$
14


Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was computed using the fair value of options as calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average fair value of options granted was estimated based on the below weighted average assumptions and was $8.24 per share in 2012, $7.38 per share in 2011, and $5.49 per share in 2010.
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Dividend yield
 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate
 
0.78
%
 
2.04
%
 
2.27
%
Expected volatility
 
40.1
%
 
40.4
%
 
46.8
%
Expected holding period (years)
 
5.0

 
5.1

 
4.8


Expected volatility incorporates a blend of both historical volatility of the Company’s stock over a period equal to the expected term of the options and implied volatility from traded options on the Company’s stock, as management believes this is more representative of prospective trends. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee terminations within the valuation model. The expected holding period represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the 5-year U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Approximately 17 million shares are authorized to be issued under the 2011 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (formerly the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan) (SIP). Details of the Company's stock-based compensation plans are discussed below.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The SIP provides for the issuance of restricted stock, as well as restricted stock units. These types of awards can have either service-based or performance-based vesting with performance goals being established by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee. Any grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units is subject to a vesting period of at least three years, except that a one-year term of service may be required if vesting is conditioned upon achievement of performance goals. Performance-based grants are subject to future performance measurements, which include NCR’s achievement of specific return on capital and other financial metrics (as defined in the SIP) during the performance period. Performance-based grants must be earned, based on performance, before the actual number of shares to be awarded is known. The Company considers the likelihood of meeting the performance criteria based upon management’s estimates and analysis of achievement against the performance criteria. At the date of grant, a recipient of restricted stock has all the rights of a stockholder subject to certain restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture. A recipient of restricted stock units does not have the rights of a stockholder and is subject to restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture. Other terms and conditions applicable to any award of restricted stock or restricted stock units will be determined by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee and set forth in the agreement relating to that award.

The following table reports restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2012:

Shares in thousands
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Unvested shares as of January 1
 
5,384

 
$
15.22

Shares granted
 
2,427

 
$
19.59

Shares vested
 
(2,854
)
 
$
12.39

Shares forfeited
 
(237
)
 
$
18.04

Unvested shares as of December 31
 
4,720

 
$
19.02


The total intrinsic value of shares vested and distributed was $68 million in 2012, $1 million in 2011, and $9 million in 2010. As of December 31, 2012, there was $47 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock grants. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.6 years.

The following table represents the composition of restricted stock grants in 2012:

Shares in thousands
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Service-based shares
 
660

 
$
21.59

Performance-based shares
 
1,767

 
$
18.85

Total restricted stock grants
 
2,427

 
$
19.59


The 2012 performance-based share grant activity above includes 1.2 million shares related to the 2012 to 2013 performance period. The remaining performance-based share grant activity in 2012 relates to the achievement of performance goals in 2012 associated with performance-based shares granted in a prior period.

Stock Options

The SIP also provides for the grant of several different forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options to purchase shares of NCR common stock. The Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board of Directors has discretion to determine the material terms and conditions of option awards under the SIP, provided that (i) the exercise price must be no less than the fair market value of NCR common stock (defined as the closing price) on the date of grant, (ii) the term must be no longer than ten years, and (iii) in no event shall the normal vesting schedule provide for vesting in less than one year. Other terms and conditions of an award of stock options will be determined by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board of Directors as set forth in the agreement relating to that award. The Compensation and Human Resource Committee has authority to administer the SIP, except that the Committee on Directors and Governance will administer the SIP with respect to non-employee members of the Board of Directors. New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued as a result of stock option exercises.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

Shares in thousands
 
Shares Under Option
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
Outstanding as of January 1
 
8,156

 
$
16.23

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
65

 
$
23.06

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(3,264
)
 
$
14.45

 
 
 
 
Forfeited or expired
 
(99
)
 
$
17.55

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31
 
4,858

 
$
17.49

 
4.34
 
$
38

Fully vested and expected to vest as of December 31
 
4,799

 
$
17.53

 
4.47
 
$
37

Exercisable as of December 31
 
4,168

 
$
18.05

 
3.85
 
$
30


The total intrinsic value of all options exercised was $31 million in 2012, $8 million in 2011, and $3 million in 2010. Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements was $47 million in 2012, $13 million in 2011, and $6 million in 2010. The tax benefit realized from these exercises was $10 million in 2012, $3 million in 2011, and $1 million in 2010. As of December 31, 2012, there was $2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option grants. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1 year.

Other Share-based Plans

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) enables eligible employees to purchase NCR’s common stock at a discount to the average of the highest and lowest sale prices on the last trading day of each month. The ESPP discount is 5% of the average market price. Accordingly, this plan is considered non-compensatory. Employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to 10% of eligible compensation for common stock purchases. Employees purchased approximately 0.3 million shares in 2012, 0.3 million shares in 2011, and 0.4 million shares in 2010 for approximately $6 million in 2012, $5 million in 2011, and $5 million in 2010. A total of 4 million shares were originally authorized to be issued under the new ESPP and approximately 1.9 million authorized shares remain unissued as of December 31, 2012.

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Pension, Postretirement and Postemployment Plans NCR sponsors defined benefit plans for many of its U.S. and international employees. For salaried employees, the defined benefit plans are based primarily upon compensation and years of service. For certain hourly employees in the U.S., the benefits are based on a fixed dollar amount per years of service. NCR’s U.S. pension plans ceased the accrual of additional benefits after December 31, 2006 and are closed to new participants. Certain international plans are also closed to new participants. NCR’s funding policy is to contribute annually not less than the minimum required by applicable laws and regulations. Assets of NCR’s defined benefit plans are primarily invested in publicly traded common stocks, corporate and government debt securities, real estate investments, and cash or cash equivalents.

NCR recognizes the funded status of each applicable plan on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Each overfunded plan is recognized as an asset and each underfunded plan is recognized as a liability. Changes to the funded status are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.

Prior to September 1998, substantially all U.S. employees who reached retirement age while working for NCR were eligible to participate in a postretirement benefit plan. The plan provides medical care and life insurance benefits to retirees and their eligible dependents. In September 1998, the plan was amended whereby U.S. participants who had not reached a certain age and years of service with NCR were no longer eligible for such benefits. Non-U.S. employees are typically covered under government-sponsored programs, and NCR generally does not provide postretirement benefits other than pensions to non-U.S. retirees. NCR generally funds these benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis.

NCR offers various postemployment benefits to involuntarily terminated and certain inactive employees after employment but before retirement. These benefits are paid in accordance with NCR’s established postemployment benefit practices and policies. Postemployment benefits include mainly severance as well as disability benefits, supplemental unemployment benefits, workers’ compensation benefits, and continuation of healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. NCR provides appropriate accruals for these postemployment benefits. These postemployment benefits are funded on a pay-as-you-go basis.

Amounts to be Recognized

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (income) during 2013 are as follows:

In millions
 
U.S.
Pension Benefits
 
International Pension Benefits
 
Total
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
Postemployment Benefits
Prior service cost (income)
 
$

 
$
5

 
$
5

 
$
(18
)
 
$
(6
)
Actuarial loss
 
$
45

 
$
72

 
$
117

 
$
3

 
$
9


Pension Plans

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligations for NCR's pension plans are as follows:

 
 
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Change in benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation as of January 1
 
$
4,027

 
$
3,595

 
$
2,033

 
$
1,927

 
$
6,060

 
$
5,522

Net service cost
 

 

 
14

 
15

 
14

 
15

Interest cost
 
159

 
182

 
83

 
90

 
242

 
272

Amendment
 

 

 
9

 
(3
)
 
9

 
(3
)
Actuarial loss
 
203

 
451

 
130

 
126

 
333

 
577

Benefits paid
 
(687
)
 
(201
)
 
(111
)
 
(121
)
 
(798
)
 
(322
)
Plan participant contributions
 

 

 
3

 
3

 
3

 
3

Curtailment
 

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
 

Settlement
 
(240
)
 

 
(2
)
 

 
(242
)
 

Currency translation adjustments
 

 

 
91

 
(4
)
 
91

 
(4
)
Benefit obligation as of December 31
 
$
3,462

 
$
4,027

 
$
2,249

 
$
2,033

 
$
5,711

 
$
6,060

Accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31
 
$
3,462

 
$
4,027

 
$
2,166

 
$
1,955

 
$
5,628

 
$
5,982


A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value of the plan assets of NCR's pension plans are as follows:

 
 
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Change in plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1
 
$
2,733

 
$
2,692

 
$
1,981

 
$
1,833

 
$
4,714

 
$
4,525

Actual return on plan assets
 
318

 
233

 
181

 
154

 
499

 
387

Company contributions
 
651

 
9

 
101

 
116

 
752

 
125

Benefits paid
 
(687
)
 
(201
)
 
(111
)
 
(121
)
 
(798
)
 
(322
)
Settlement
 

 

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
 

Currency translation adjustments
 

 

 
75

 
(4
)
 
75

 
(4
)
Plan participant contributions
 

 

 
3

 
3

 
3

 
3

Fair value of plan assets as of December 31
 
$
3,015

 
$
2,733

 
$
2,228

 
$
1,981

 
$
5,243

 
$
4,714


The following table presents the funded status and the reconciliation of the funded status to amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31:

 
 
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Funded Status
 
$
(447
)
 
$
(1,294
)
 
$
(21
)
 
$
(52
)
 
$
(468
)
 
$
(1,346
)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncurrent assets
 
$

 
$

 
$
368

 
$
339

 
$
368

 
$
339

Current liabilities
 
(9
)
 
(8
)
 
(15
)
 
(15
)
 
(24
)
 
(23
)
Noncurrent liabilities
 
(438
)
 
(1,286
)
 
(374
)
 
(376
)
 
(812
)
 
(1,662
)
Net amounts recognized
 
$
(447
)
 
$
(1,294
)
 
$
(21
)
 
$
(52
)
 
$
(468
)
 
$
(1,346
)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
 
$
858

 
$
1,272

 
$
809

 
$
781

 
$
1,667

 
$
2,053

Prior service cost
 

 

 
5

 
3

 
5

 
3

Total
 
$
858

 
$
1,272

 
$
814

 
$
784

 
$
1,672

 
$
2,056


For pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of assets were $4,271 million, $4,243 million, and $3,450 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, and $4,831 million, $4,802 million and $3,173 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

The net periodic benefit (income) cost of the pension plans for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

In millions
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International 
Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net service cost
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
14

 
$
15

 
$
15

 
$
14

 
$
15

 
$
15

Interest cost
159

 
182

 
190

 
83

 
90

 
89

 
242

 
272

 
279

Expected return on plan assets
(116
)
 
(156
)
 
(166
)
 
(96
)
 
(110
)
 
(109
)
 
(212
)
 
(266
)
 
(275
)
Settlement charge
119

 

 

 
4

 
3

 
8

 
123

 
3

 
8

Amortization of:


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Prior service cost

 

 

 
7

 
6

 

 
7

 
6

 

Actuarial loss
56

 
123

 
119

 
62

 
69

 
62

 
118

 
192

 
181

Net benefit cost
$
218

 
$
149

 
$
143

 
$
74

 
$
73

 
$
65

 
$
292

 
$
222

 
$
208


On September 17, 2012, the Company completed the offering of the 5.00% Notes, the proceeds of which were used to fund a $500 million discretionary contribution to the Company's U.S. qualified pension plan in the third quarter of 2012 and a subsequent $100 million discretionary contribution in the fourth quarter of 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the Company also offered a voluntary lump sum payment option to certain former employees who were deferred vested participants of the Company's U.S. pension plan who had not yet started monthly payments of their pension benefit. The voluntary lump sum payment offer was completed during the fourth quarter of 2012, which resulted in a reduction in the pension liability of the U.S. qualified pension plan of $240 million and accumulated other comprehensive loss of $359 million and a settlement charge of $119 million.

The weighted average rates and assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31 were as follows:

 
 
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Discount rate
 
3.8
%
 
4.0
%
 
3.7
%
 
4.1
%
 
3.7
%
 
4.0
%
Rate of compensation increase
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
2.5
%
 
3.0
%
 
2.5
%
 
3.0
%

The weighted average rates and assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 
 
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International 
Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Discount rate
 
4.0
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.8
%
 
4.1
%
 
4.6
%
 
4.9
%
 
4.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.4
%
Expected return on plan assets
 
4.8
%
 
6.8
%
 
7.5
%
 
4.8
%
 
5.5
%
 
6.0
%
 
4.8
%
 
6.3
%
 
6.9
%
Rate of compensation increase
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
3.0
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.7
%
 
3.0
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.7
%

The discount rate used to determine December 31, 2012 U.S. benefit obligations was derived by matching the plans’ expected future cash flows to the corresponding yields from the Aon Hewitt AA Bond Universe Curve. This yield curve has been constructed to represent the available yields on high-quality, fixed-income investments across a broad range of future maturities. International discount rates were determined by examining interest rate levels and trends within each country, particularly yields on high-quality, long-term corporate bonds, relative to our future expected cash flows.

NCR employs a building block approach as its primary approach in determining the long-term expected rate of return assumptions for plan assets. Historical market returns are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatilities generate higher returns over the long run. Current market factors, such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The expected long-term portfolio return is established for each plan via a building block approach with proper rebalancing consideration. The result is then adjusted to reflect additional expected return from active management net of plan expenses. Historical plan returns, the expectations of other capital market participants, and peer data are all used to review and assess the results for reasonableness and appropriateness.

The expected return on plan assets component of pension expense for our U.S. pension plan was determined using the expected rate of return and a calculated value of assets, referred to as the “market-related value.” The market-related value for this plan was $2,735 million and $2,496 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which is less than the fair value of plan assets by $278 million and $234 million, respectively. Differences between the assumed and actual returns are amortized to the market-related value on a straight-line basis over a 5-year period. Differences in excess of 10% of the market value are recognized immediately. Similar approaches are employed in determining expense for NCR’s international plans.

Gains and losses have resulted from changes in actuarial assumptions and from differences between assumed and actual experience, including, among other items, changes in discount rates and differences between actual and assumed asset returns. These gains and losses (except those differences being amortized to the market-related value) are only amortized to the extent that they exceed 10% of the higher of the market-related value or the projected benefit obligation of each respective plan. As a result, for the U.S. pension plan, unrecognized net losses of $334 million are not expected to be amortized during fiscal 2013. The remaining unrecognized net losses in excess of the corridor are $758 million.

In 2012, this loss was amortized over the expected remaining lifetime of plan participants because almost all of the participants are inactive. This is a change from prior years in which losses were amortized over the expected service period of active plan participants. In 2012, our largest UK plan also began amortizing losses over the expected remaining lifetime of plan participants. For NCR's other U.S. and international plans where all or almost all of the plan participants are inactive, the gains or losses will also be amortized over the expected remaining lifetime of the participants.

Plan Assets The weighted average asset allocations as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 by asset category are as follows:

 
 
U.S. Pension Fund
 
International Pension Fund
 
 
Actual Allocation of Plan Assets as of December 31
 
Target Asset Allocation
 
Actual Allocation of Plan Assets as of December 31
 
Target Asset Allocation
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
Equity securities
 
%
 
18
%
 
0 - 2%
 
24
%
 
24
%
 
24 - 31%
Debt securities
 
97
%
 
80
%
 
96 - 100%
 
65
%
 
65
%
 
61 - 68%
Real estate
 
1
%
 
2
%
 
0 - 2%
 
6
%
 
6
%
 
3 - 5%
Other
 
2
%
 
%
 
0 - 2%
 
5
%
 
5
%
 
3 - 6%
Total
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
 
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
 

The fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 by asset category is as follows:

 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
International
In millions
 
Notes
 
Fair Value as of December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Fair Value as of December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
1

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
170

 
$
170

 
$

 
$

Fixed income securities:
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government securities
 
2

 
228

 

 
228

 

 
114

 

 
114

 

Corporate debt
 
3

 
1,214

 

 
1,214

 

 
199

 

 
199

 

Other types of investments:
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds
 
4

 
33

 

 
33

 

 
46

 

 
46

 

Common and commingled trusts - Equities
 
4

 

 

 

 

 
246

 
105

 
141

 

Common and commingled trusts - Bonds
 
4

 
1,191

 

 
1,191

 

 
907

 

 
907

 

Common and commingled trusts - Short Term Investments
 
4

 
49

 

 
49

 

 

 

 

 

Common and commingled trusts - Balanced
 
4

 
1

 

 
1

 

 
36

 

 
36

 

Partnership/joint venture interests - Real estate
 
5

 
40

 

 

 
40

 

 

 

 

Partnership/joint venture interests - Other
 
5

 
22

 

 

 
22

 
62

 

 

 
62

Mutual funds
 
4

 
206

 
206

 

 

 
261

 
261

 

 

Insurance products
 
4

 
28

 

 
28

 

 
56

 

 
56

 

Real estate and other
 
5

 
1

 

 
1

 

 
131

 

 

 
131

Total
 
 
 
$
3,015

 
$
207

 
$
2,745

 
$
63

 
$
2,228

 
$
536

 
$
1,499

 
$
193


 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
International
In millions
 
Notes
 
Fair Value as of December 31, 2011
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Fair Value as of December 31, 2011
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
 
1

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
1

 
$

 
$

Common stock
 
1

 
201

 
200

 

 
1

 
259

 
259

 

 

Fixed income securities:
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government securities
 
2

 
225

 

 
225

 

 
163

 

 
163

 

Corporate debt
 
3

 
781

 

 
781

 

 
88

 

 
88

 

Other types of investments:
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds
 
4

 
32

 

 
32

 

 
40

 

 
40

 

Common and commingled trusts - Equities
 
4

 
209

 

 
209

 

 
123

 

 
123

 

Common and commingled trusts - Bonds
 
4

 
964

 

 
964

 

 
968

 

 
968

 

Common and commingled trusts - Short Term Investments
 
4

 
20

 

 
20

 

 

 

 

 

Common and commingled trusts - Balanced
 
4

 
1

 

 
1

 

 
31

 

 
31

 

Partnership/joint venture interests - Real estate
 
5

 
42

 

 

 
42

 

 

 

 

Partnership/joint venture interests - Other
 
5

 
53

 

 

 
53

 
55

 

 

 
55

Mutual funds
 
4

 
200

 
200

 

 

 
60

 
60

 

 

Insurance products
 
4

 
1

 

 
1

 

 
54

 

 
54

 

Real estate and other
 
5

 
4

 
4

 

 

 
139

 
7

 

 
132

Total
 
 
 
$
2,733

 
$
404

 
$
2,233

 
$
96

 
$
1,981

 
$
327

 
$
1,467

 
$
187


Notes:
1.
Common and preferred stocks are valued based on quoted market prices at the closing price as reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.
2.
Government securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar securities, the security is valued under a discounted cash flows approach that maximizes observable inputs, such as current yields on similar instruments but includes adjustments for certain risks that may not be observable, such as credit and liquidity risks.
3.
Corporate debt is valued primarily based on observable market quotations for similar bonds at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. When such quoted prices are not available, the bonds are valued using a discounted cash flows approach using current yields on similar instruments of issuers with similar credit ratings.
4.
Common/collective trusts and registered investment companies (RICs) such as mutual funds are valued using a Net Asset Value (NAV) provided by the manager of each fund. The NAV is based on the underlying net assets owned by the fund, divided by the number of shares or units outstanding. The fair value of the underlying securities within the fund, which are generally traded on an active market, are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which those individual securities are traded. For investments not traded on an active market, or for which a quoted price is not publicly available, a variety of unobservable valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow, market multiple and cost valuation approaches, are employed by the fund manager to value investments. This valuation approach is often used in valuing insurance products with underlying investments in mutual funds, commingled funds and pooled separate accounts.
5.
Partnership/joint ventures and hedge funds are valued based on the fair value of the underlying securities within the fund, which include investments both traded on an active market and not traded on an active market. For those investments that are traded on an active market, the values are based on the closing price reported on the active market on which those individual securities are traded and in the case of hedge funds they are valued using a Net Asset Value (NAV) provided by the manager of each fund. For investments not traded on an active market, or for which a quoted price is not publicly available, a variety of unobservable valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow, market multiples and cost valuation approaches, are employed by the fund manager to value investments.

The following table presents the reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of those plan assets classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. When the determination is made to classify the plan assets within Level 3, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement.

In millions
 
U.S. Pension Plans
 
International Pension Plans
Balance, December 31, 2010
 
$
109

 
$
174

Realized and unrealized gains and losses, net
 
1

 
2

Purchases, sales and settlements, net
 
(15
)
 
11

Transfers, net
 
1

 

Balance, December 31, 2011
 
$
96

 
$
187

Realized and unrealized gains and losses, net
 
4

 
17

Purchases, sales and settlements, net
 
(37
)
 
(11
)
Transfers, net
 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
63

 
$
193


Investment Strategy NCR has historically employed a total return investment approach, whereby a mix of fixed-income, equities and real estate investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets subject to a prudent level of risk. The risk tolerance is established for each plan through a careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company completed a comprehensive analysis of its capital allocation strategy, with specific focus on its approach to pension management. As a result of this analysis, the Company implemented a plan to reduce future volatility in the value of assets held by the U.S. pension plan by rebalancing the asset allocation to a portfolio of entirely fixed income assets by the end of 2012. At the end of 2012, the Company had reallocated approximately 100% of pension assets to fixed income assets compared to 80% at the end of 2011. Similar investment strategy changes are under consideration or being implemented in a number of NCR’s international plans.

The investment portfolios contain a diversified blend of fixed-income and equity investments. Furthermore, fixed-income assets are also diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, type of fixed-income security (i.e., government bonds, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities) and credit quality. Equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, small and large capitalization stocks, and growth and value stocks. Where applicable, real estate investments are made through real estate securities, partnership interests or direct investment and are diversified by property type and location. Other assets, such as cash or private equity are used judiciously to improve portfolio diversification and enhance risk-adjusted portfolio returns. Derivatives may be used to adjust market exposures in an efficient and timely manner. Due to the timing of security purchases and sales, cash held by fund managers is classified in the same asset category as the related investment. Rebalancing algorithms are applied to keep the asset mix of the plans from deviating excessively from their targets. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through regular performance reporting, investment manager reviews, actuarial liability measurements and periodic investment strategy reviews.

Postretirement Plans

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation for NCR's U.S. postretirement plan is as follows:

 
 
Postretirement Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Change in benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation as of January 1
 
$
44

 
$
55

Gross service cost
 

 

Interest cost
 
1

 
2

Amendment
 
(4
)
 

Actuarial loss (gain)
 
(1
)
 
(6
)
Plan participant contributions
 
3

 
4

Benefits paid
 
(8
)
 
(11
)
Benefit obligation as of December 31
 
$
35

 
$
44




The following table presents the funded status and the reconciliation of the funded status to amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31:

 
 
Postretirement Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Benefit obligation
 
$
(35
)
 
$
(44
)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 


 


Current liabilities
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(8
)
Noncurrent liabilities
 
(30
)
 
(36
)
Net amounts recognized
 
$
(35
)
 
$
(44
)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 


 


Net actuarial loss
 
$
29

 
$
33

Prior service benefit
 
(88
)
 
(102
)
Total
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(69
)

The net periodic benefit (income) cost of the postretirement plan for the years ended December 31 was:
In millions
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest cost
 
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
5

Net service cost
 

 

 

Amortization of:
 

 

 

   Prior service benefit
 
(18
)
 
(18
)
 
(13
)
   Actuarial loss
 
3

 
3

 
4

Net periodic benefit (income) cost
 
$
(14
)
 
$
(13
)
 
$
(4
)

The assumptions utilized in accounting for postretirement benefit obligations as of December 31 and for postretirement benefit income for the years ended December 31 were:

 
 
Postretirement Benefit Obligations
 
Postretirement Benefit Costs
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Discount rate
 
2.6
%
 
3.3
%
 
3.3
%
 
4.3
%
 
5.0
%

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates as of December 31 were:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Pre-65 Coverage
 
Post-65 Coverage
 
Pre-65 Coverage
 
Post-65 Coverage
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
 
8.0
%
 
6.5
%
 
9.0
%
 
7.0
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate rate
 
2018

 
2018

 
2018

 
2018


In addition, a one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects on the postretirement benefit income and obligation:

In millions
 
1% Increase
 
1% Decrease
Service cost and interest cost for the year ended December 31, 2012
 
$

 
$

Postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2012
 
$
1

 
$
(1
)

Postemployment Benefits

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation for NCR's postemployment plan was:

 
 
Postemployment Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Change in benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation as of January 1
 
$
264

 
$
313

Restructuring program cost
 
(1
)
 
6

Service cost
 
24

 
25

Interest cost
 
9

 
10

Amendments
 
(3
)
 
(41
)
Benefits paid
 
(37
)
 
(31
)
Foreign currency exchange
 
1

 
2

Actuarial (gain) loss
 
1

 
(20
)
Benefit obligation as of December 31
 
$
258

 
$
264


During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company approved changes in the benefits provided under its severance plan in Japan. With these changes, the plan's participants will receive a reduced benefit. This change reduced the Company’s postemployment plan liability and accumulated other comprehensive loss by $44 million.

The following tables present the funded status and the reconciliation of the unfunded status to amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31:

 
 
Postemployment Benefits
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Benefit obligation
 
$
(258
)
 
$
(264
)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 


 


Current liabilities
 
$
(42
)
 
$
(44
)
Noncurrent liabilities
 
(216
)
 
(220
)
Net amounts recognized
 
$
(258
)
 
$
(264
)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 


 


Net actuarial loss
 
$
87

 
$
97

Prior service benefit
 
(36
)
 
(40
)
Total
 
$
51

 
$
57


The net periodic benefit cost of the postemployment plan for the years ended December 31 was:
In millions
Postemployment Benefits
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Service cost
$
24

 
$
25

 
$
22

Interest cost
9

 
10

 
11

Amortization of:


 


 


   Prior service benefit
(6
)
 
(9
)
 
(1
)
   Actuarial loss
11

 
14

 
12

Net benefit cost
$
38

 
$
40

 
$
44

Restructuring severance cost
(1
)
 
6

 
(1
)
Net periodic benefit cost
$
37

 
$
46

 
$
43


During the third quarter of 2011, NCR recorded approximately $6 million of severance costs related to the acquisition of Radiant.

During the second quarter of 2011, NCR announced a change in the long term disability benefits provided to former employees, effective July 1, 2011. This action reduced the actuarial liability associated with this benefit by approximately $6 million in the second quarter of 2011.

The weighted average assumptions utilized in accounting for postemployment benefit obligations as of December 31 and for postemployment benefit costs for the years ended December 31 were:

 
 
Postemployment Benefit Obligations
 
Postemployment Benefit Costs
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Discount rate
 
2.9
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.9
%
 
4.3
%
Salary increase rate
 
2.6
%
 
3.2
%
 
3.2
%
 
3.4
%
 
3.6
%
Involuntary turnover rate
 
5.5
%
 
5.5
%
 
5.5
%
 
5.5
%
 
5.0
%

The below table presents each relevant component of other comprehensive income related to NCR's benefit plans as of December 31, 2012, including the tax effects of each component:

In millions
 
Before-Tax Amount
 
Tax Benefit (Expense)
 
Net-of-Tax Amount
Prior service cost during year
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(4
)
Amortization of prior service benefit
 
(17
)
 
8

 
(9
)
Net gain arising during year
 
91

 
(82
)
 
9

Actuarial loss included in benefits expense
 
255

 
(72
)
 
183

Total benefit plans
 
$
327

 
$
(148
)
 
$
179


Cash Flows Related to Employee Benefit Plans

Cash Contributions NCR does not plan to contribute to the U.S. qualified pension plan in 2013, and plans to contribute approximately $125 million to the international pension plans and $10 million to the executive pension plan in 2013. The Company also plans to make contributions of $5 million to the U.S. postretirement plan and $42 million to the postemployment plan in 2013.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments NCR expects to make the following benefit payments reflecting past and future service from its pension, postretirement and postemployment plans:

In millions
 
U.S. Pension Benefits
 
International Pension Benefits
 
Total Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
Postemployment Benefits
Year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
$
223

 
$
102

 
$
325

 
$
5

 
$
42

2014
 
$
221

 
$
101

 
$
322

 
$
5

 
$
39

2015
 
$
220

 
$
100

 
$
320

 
$
4

 
$
37

2016
 
$
218

 
$
104

 
$
322

 
$
3

 
$
36

2017
 
$
217

 
$
102

 
$
319

 
$
3

 
$
34

2018 - 2022
 
$
1,071

 
$
528

 
$
1,599

 
$
10

 
$
144


Savings Plans U.S. employees and many international employees participate in defined contribution savings plans. These plans generally provide either a specified percent of pay or a matching contribution on participating employees’ voluntary elections. NCR’s matching contributions typically are subject to a maximum percentage or level of compensation. Employee contributions can be made pre-tax, after-tax or a combination thereof. The expense under the U.S. plan was approximately $10 million in 2012, $8 million in 2011, and $8 million in 2010. The expense under international and subsidiary savings plans was $17 million in 2012, $16 million in 2011, and $14 million in 2010.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In the normal course of business, NCR is subject to various proceedings, lawsuits, claims and other matters, including, for example, those that relate to the environment and health and safety, employee benefits, import/export compliance, intellectual property, data privacy and security, product liability, commercial disputes and regulatory compliance, among others. Additionally, NCR is subject to diverse and complex laws and regulations, including those relating to corporate governance, public disclosure and reporting, environmental safety and the discharge of materials into the environment, product safety, import and export compliance, data privacy and security, antitrust and competition, government contracting, anti-corruption, and labor and human resources, which are rapidly changing and subject to many possible changes in the future. Compliance with these laws and regulations, including changes in accounting standards, taxation requirements, and federal securities laws among others, may create a substantial burden on, and substantially increase costs to NCR or could have an impact on NCR's future operating results. NCR believes the amounts provided in its Consolidated Financial Statements, as prescribed by GAAP, are currently adequate in light of the probable and estimable liabilities with respect to such matters, but there can be no assurances that the amounts required to satisfy alleged liabilities from such matters will not impact future operating results. Other than as stated below, the Company does not currently expect to incur material capital expenditures related to such matters. However, there can be no assurances that the actual amounts required to satisfy alleged liabilities from various lawsuits, claims, legal proceedings and other matters, including, but not limited to the Fox River and Kalamazoo River environmental matters and other matters discussed below, and to comply with applicable laws and regulations, will not exceed the amounts reflected in NCR’s Consolidated Financial Statements or will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations, capital expenditures, competitive position, financial condition or cash flows. Any costs that may be incurred in excess of those amounts provided as of December 31, 2012 cannot currently be reasonably determined, or are not currently considered probable.

In 2012, NCR received anonymous allegations from a purported whistleblower regarding certain aspects of the Company's business practices in China, the Middle East and Africa. The principal allegations related to the Company's compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and federal regulations that prohibit U.S. persons from engaging in certain activities in Syria.  NCR promptly retained experienced outside counsel and began an internal investigation of those allegations that was completed in 2013.  See Note 16, "Subsequent Events."  On August 31, 2012, the Board of Directors received a demand letter from an individual shareholder demanding that the Board investigate and take action in connection with certain of the whistleblower allegations.  The Board formed a Special Committee to investigate those matters, and that Special Committee also separately retained experienced outside counsel and completed an investigation in 2013.  See Note 16, "Subsequent Events."

With respect to Syria, in 2012 NCR voluntarily notified the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) of potential violations and ceased operations in Syria, which were commercially insignificant. The notification related to confusion stemming from the Company's failure to register in Syria the transfer of the Company's Syrian branch to a foreign subsidiary and to deregister the Company's legacy Syrian branch, which was a branch of NCR Corporation.

With respect to the FCPA, the Company made a presentation to the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) providing the facts known to the Company related to the whistleblower's FCPA allegations, and advising the government that many of these allegations were unsubstantiated. The Company is responding to a subpoena of the SEC and requests of the DOJ for documents and information related to the FCPA, including matters related to the whistleblower's FCPA allegations.

The Company is fully cooperating with the authorities with respect to all of these matters. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to fines or other remedial measures as a result of OFAC's, the SEC's or the DOJ's investigations.

The United States Department of Justice conducted an investigation regarding the propriety of the Company’s former Teradata Data Warehousing business’s arrangements and understandings with others in connection with certain federal contracts. In connection with the spin-off of Teradata on September 30, 2007, the responsibility for this matter, together with the related reserve, was distributed to Teradata Corporation. The claims in this matter were settled in December 2012. Teradata Corporation is obligated to pay the amount of the settlement.

A separate portion of the government’s investigation related to the adequacy of pricing disclosures made to the government in connection with negotiation of the Company’s General Services Administration Federal Supply Schedule and to whether certain subsequent price reductions were properly passed on to the government. In connection with the settlement described in the preceding paragraph, the government is no longer pursuing this investigation.

In relation to a patent infringement case filed by a company known as Automated Transactions, Limited (ATL) the Company agreed to defend and indemnify its customers, 7-Eleven and Cardtronics. On behalf of those customers, the Company won summary judgment in the case in March 2011. ATL's appeal of that ruling was decided in favor of 7-Eleven and Cardtronics in 2012, and ATL's motion for reconsideration of that decision was denied in the third quarter of 2012. (There are further proceedings to occur in the trial court on the indemnified companies' counterclaims against ATL, such that the case is not fully resolved, although ATL's claims of infringement have now been fully adjudicated.) ATL contends that Vcom terminals sold by the Company to 7-Eleven (Cardtronics ultimately purchased the business from 7-Eleven) infringed certain ATL patents that purport to relate to the combination of an ATM with an Internet kiosk, in which a retail transaction can be realized over an Internet connection provided by the kiosk. Independent of the litigation, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) rejected the parent patent as invalid in view of certain prior art, although related continuation patents were not reexamined by the USPTO. ATL filed a second suit against the same companies with respect to a broader range of ATMs, based on the same patents plus a more recently issued patent; that suit has been consolidated with the first case. See Note 16, "Subsequent Events," for additional information regarding this matter.
Environmental Matters NCR’s facilities and operations are subject to a wide range of environmental protection laws, and NCR has investigatory and remedial activities underway at a number of facilities that it currently owns or operates, or formerly owned or operated, to comply, or to determine compliance, with such laws. Also, NCR has been identified, either by a government agency or by a private party seeking contribution to site clean-up costs, as a potentially responsible party (PRP) at a number of sites pursuant to various state and federal laws, including the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) and comparable state statutes. Other than the Fox River matter and the litigation expenses in the Kalamazoo River matter detailed below, we currently do not anticipate material expenses and liabilities from these environmental matters.
NCR is one of eight entities that were formally notified by governmental and other entities (such as local Native American tribes) that they are PRPs for environmental claims under CERCLA and other statutes arising out of the presence of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) in sediments in the lower Fox River and in the Bay of Green Bay in Wisconsin. NCR was identified as a PRP because of alleged PCB discharges from two carbonless copy paper manufacturing facilities it previously owned, which were located along the Fox River. Some parties contend that NCR is also responsible for PCB discharges from paper mills owned by other companies because NCR carbonless copy paper "broke" was allegedly purchased by those mills as a raw material for their paper making processes. NCR sold its facilities in 1978 to Appleton Papers Inc. (API), which was also identified as a PRP. The other Fox River PRPs that received notices are P.H. Glatfelter Company, Georgia-Pacific Consumer Products LP (GP, successor to Fort James Operating Company), WTM I Co. (formerly Wisconsin Tissue Mills, now owned by Canal Corporation, formerly known as Chesapeake Corporation), CBC Corporation (formerly Riverside Paper Corporation), U.S. Paper Mills Corp. (owned by Sonoco Products Company), and Menasha Corporation.
In the October 2010 Government enforcement action discussed below, the federal and state governments assert certain claims against the eight parties referenced above as well as four other entities. These claims, filed under CERCLA and other statutes, relate to the presence of PCBs at the Fox River site, and as a result the four newly named parties are also properly viewed as PRPs with respect to the site. Those entities are NewPage Wisconsin Systems, Inc., Neenah-Menasha Sewerage Commission, Kimberly-Clark Corporation, and the City of Appleton, Wisconsin.
 
During the past several years, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) (together, the Governments) assessed and developed clean-up plans for the upper and lower parts of the Fox River and for portions of the Bay of Green Bay, contained in various Records of Decisions (RODs) issued in January 2003, July 2003 and June 2007 (the last is referred to as the Amended ROD). In general, the clean-up plan or remedy calls for a combination of dredging and capping to remediate the sediments in the river, and for monitored natural attenuation in the Bay of Green Bay. Since 2004, the Company has been involved in certain aspects of the clean-up project, including performance, with GP, of engineering design work for the clean-up under an Administrative Order on Consent (AOC) entered into with the Governments. In addition, the Company, with U.S. Paper Mills, performed specific remedial action involving an area of elevated PCB incidence downriver of the De Pere Dam (Phase 1 work), pursuant to a consent decree with the Governments that was approved in November 2006.
On November 13, 2007, the Governments issued a unilateral administrative order (the 2007 Order) under Section 106 of CERCLA to all eight of the original PRPs identified above. The 2007 Order required these PRPs to implement the remedial work in the lower river in accordance with the requirements of the Amended ROD. NCR and, until April 2012, API has worked with the Governments to implement certain provisions of the 2007 Order. In-water work began on schedule in April 2009, following construction of a facility to house the remediation operations in Green Bay, Wisconsin.
In April 2009, the NCR Board of Directors approved the terms of a contract with Tetra Tech, an environmental remediation contractor, to perform the remediation work at the Fox River consistent with the requirements of the Amended ROD. Also in April 2009, the Board of Directors approved the formation of a limited liability company (LLC), which NCR and API formed on April 27, 2009. The LLC entered into a remediation contract with Tetra Tech on April 27, 2009, and in-water dredging and remediation by Tetra Tech commenced thereafter. The Company has funded the LLC’s operations on a regular basis tied to the remediation schedule, consistent with the Company’s Fox River reserve, discussed below. The Tetra Tech contract also requires that the LLC members provide promissory notes to provide Tetra Tech financial assurance against the prospect that the LLC will terminate the contract before completion of the remediation for reasons other than “cause.” The current maximum obligation under the Company’s note, originally $20 million, is now approximately $15 million; the amount will vary based on a formula tied to conditions set forth in the contract, and generally is expected to decrease over time.
NCR and API, along with B.A.T Industries p.l.c., share a portion of the cost of the Fox River clean-up and natural resource damages based upon an agreement and an arbitration award, which was subsequently confirmed as a judgment, both arising out of the previously referenced 1978 sale of certain facilities located on the Fox River. The agreement and award result in a 45% share for NCR of the first $75 million of such costs (a threshold that was reached in 2008) and a 40% share for amounts in excess of $75 million. The balance is shared jointly and severally by API and B.A.T Industries p.l.c.
In 2008, NCR and API filed a lawsuit in federal court in Green Bay, Wisconsin, seeking a judicial ruling determining the allocable responsibility of several PRPs for the cost of performing the remedial work at the Fox River (the “allocation litigation”). A number of counterclaims seeking contribution under CERCLA and under various state law theories were filed against NCR and API. On September 23, 2008, the court issued a Case Management Decision and Scheduling Order setting a “Phase I trial” limited to the questions of (i) when each party knew or should have known that recycling NCR-brand carbonless copy paper would result in the discharge of PCBs to a waterbody, thereby risking environmental damage; and (ii) what, if any, actions each party took upon acquiring such knowledge to avoid the risk of further PCB contamination. The court’s order also limited initial discovery proceedings to the same questions.

On December 16, 2009, the court issued a ruling canceling the Phase I trial and granting motions for summary judgment filed by certain of the defendants with respect to NCR's and API's claims. The court held that NCR and API could not recover from these defendants any costs that NCR and API have incurred in the Fox River cleanup (the ruling does not affect the Governments’ potential claims against such parties).  In a further ruling dated February 28, 2011, the court granted partial summary judgment to the defendants on certain of their contribution counterclaims against NCR and API, with respect to certain Fox River response costs incurred by them. The Company intends to appeal both rulings to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, after the remaining claims in the litigation are resolved. A trial in that case took place in February 2012 to address the primary remaining issues in the case, including whether the Company has so-called "arranger" liability in the portion of the Fox River that is upriver of the area where the Company's former facilities were located, the amount of certain insurance setoffs to be applied to the counterclaims, and the amount of recoverable counterclaim damages. The trial was to the judge, without a jury.

On July 3, 2012, the Wisconsin federal court issued its ruling on the issues that were the subject of the February 2012 trial. The court ruled in NCR's favor on the issue of “arranger” liability as applied to Operable Unit 1 of the Fox River, and held, among other things, that the Company's predecessor companies at the Fox River did not, in the sale of carbonless copy paper “broke,” intend to arrange for the disposal of hazardous substances. The court issued other rulings regarding insurance offsets and certain aspects of counterclaim damages. The ruling required no additions to the Company's Fox River reserve. Additional issues were resolved by further court orders later in 2012 and, as of December 31, 2012, the last remaining issue to be decided by the court in this case was an insurance offset applicable to one party. When a final judgment is entered, the Company will pursue an appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit with respect to certain of the court's orders, including the orders of December 2009 and February 2011.

On October 14, 2010, the Governments filed a lawsuit (the "Government enforcement action") in federal court in Wisconsin against twelve parties, including the companies named in the 2007 Order mandating the cleanup (i.e., the eight original PRPs), and NewPage Wisconsin Systems, Inc., Neenah-Menasha Sewerage Commission, Kimberly-Clark Corporation, and the City of Appleton, Wisconsin (the four additional PRPs), with respect to the presence of PCBs at the Fox River. The Government enforcement action seeks payment of the Governments’ unreimbursed response costs in connection with the Fox River matter as well as compensation for natural resource damages. The Governments also request a judicial declaration that the eight 2007 Order recipients are required to comply with its provisions. With respect to NCR, there are no claims asserted against the Company in the Government enforcement action that were not previously contemplated in the Company’s Fox River reserve, as discussed herein. A trial of the first phase of the Government enforcement action took place in December 2012 to address the Governments' request for a declaratory judgment that all recipients of the 2007 Order must comply with its terms (other than the terms relating to reimbursement of Government response costs, which will be deferred to a subsequent phase). The case was tried to the court, without a jury; a decision is expected in the first half of 2013.

On April 10, 2012, the court granted an API motion for reconsideration in connection with its motion for summary judgment in the Government enforcement action, and ruled that API did not have direct liability to the Governments under CERCLA, without disturbing API's continuing obligation to pay under the above-referenced agreement, arbitration award and judgment. Accordingly, the court dismissed the Governments' claims against API. API sought to withdraw from the LLC as a result of this decision. API and the Company disagree whether the court's decision allows API to withdraw from the LLC. As a result of the court's decision, and API's unilateral withdrawal from the LLC, the Company funded the full cost of the 2012 remediation activity that had been ordered by the court and sought payment from API under the referenced agreement, arbitration award and judgment. The total of the payment demands made by NCR of API in 2012 and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 is approximately $40 million; the Company expects to make further demands of API as future obligations become due. The court has observed that “the arbitration award set in stone the 60% figure” (referring to API's 60% payment obligation discussed herein), but has stated that the amount to which the 60% obligation applies “must be determined through agreement of the parties or some other means.” As a result, the Company and API are engaged in formal dispute resolution procedures under the 1998 agreement referenced above. In connection with the dispute, the Company notes that in public filings in November 2012, API stated that the Wisconsin federal court's rulings “do not affect Appleton's rights or obligations to share defense and liability costs with NCR in accordance with the terms of a 1998 agreement and a 2005 arbitration determination . . .” Appleton also reports in the same filing that “[t]he current carrying amount of Appleton's liability under the [a]rbitration is $40.8 million which represents Appleton's best estimate of amounts to be paid during 2012.” The Company believes that the court's decision dismissing the Governments' claims against API has no effect on API's independent contractual and judgment-based obligations to NCR with respect to the Fox River.
In the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the Governments publicly announced proposed monetary settlements of Fox River - related claims with four entities: GP, Brown County (Wisconsin), the City of Green Bay, and the United States itself (with respect to potential liabilities asserted against the Army Corps of Engineers for certain dredging and disposal activities, and against other federal agencies for certain carbonless copy paper recycling activities). All of those entities are defendants in the allocation litigation case described above. The GP settlement, which has received court approval, releases GP from liability for, and provides contribution protection for claims relating to government oversight costs and certain claims relating to clean-up actions upriver of GP's facilities (it does not affect claims for clean-up actions in that portion of the river near those facilities). The settlement with Brown County, the City of Green Bay and the United States, if approved, would release those entities and provide contribution protection for all claims relating to the Fox River site.

The extent of NCR’s potential liability remains subject to many uncertainties. NCR’s eventual remediation liability which is expected to be paid out over a period extending through approximately 2017, followed by long-term monitoring for several decades will depend on a number of factors. In general, the most significant factors include: (1) the total clean-up costs for the remaining segments of the river; (2) the total natural resource damages for the site; (3) the share NCR (and, whether directly or indirectly, API) will bear of future clean-up costs and natural resource damages; (4) the share of NCR's payments for such clean-up costs and natural resource damages that API or B.A.T Industries p.l.c., will bear; and (5) NCR’s transaction and litigation costs to defend itself in this matter, including participation in the allocation litigation and the Government enforcement actions. In establishing the reserve, NCR attempts to estimate a range of reasonably possible outcomes for each of these factors, although each range is itself highly uncertain. NCR uses its best estimate within the range, if that is possible. Where there is a range of equally possible outcomes, and there is no amount within that range that is considered to be a better estimate than any other amount, NCR uses the low end of the range. These factors are discussed below.
For the first factor described above, NCR utilizes a best estimate of $827 million as the total of the clean-up costs for the segments of the river. The estimated total cost amount of $827 million includes estimates for the Operable Unit (OU) 1 through OU 5 work, including the remaining amount of work to be performed under the April 2009 Tetra Tech remediation contract, the Phase 1 work and the remedial design work. It adds to these estimates a 5% contingency for probable cost overruns based on historical experience; an estimate for the Governments’ future oversight costs; an amount for the Governments’ past oversight costs; an estimate for long-term monitoring extending over several decades; an estimate for value engineering savings (potential projects intended to reduce the cost of the remediation) and the Company's share of estimated natural resource damages. There can be no assurances that this estimated total cost amount will not be significantly higher as remediation work progresses.
Second, for total natural resource damages (NRD), NCR uses a best estimate of $76 million. NCR believes the range of reasonably possible outcomes for NRD, if it were to be litigated, is between zero and $246 million. The federal government indicated, in a 2009 filing in a PRP’s bankruptcy proceeding, that claims for NRD could be as high as $382 million. The Government enforcement action filed in October 2010 does not set forth a particular amount for the NRD claim.
Third, for the NCR share of NRD, which is discussed above, NCR uses a best estimate. In a ruling dated September 30, 2011, the Wisconsin federal court ruled that the defendants in the allocation litigation could seek recovery against NCR and API for overpayments of NRD. Whether the federal government is entitled to NRD recovery on behalf of NRD trustees is an issue that is not expected to be determined before 2013 or 2014, when that phase of the Government enforcement action is reached.
The NCR share of remaining clean-up costs is expected to be determined in the allocation litigation (including appeals) or possibly in or as a result of the Government enforcement action filed in October 2010. In light of the Wisconsin federal court’s December 16, 2009, February 28, 2011, April 10, 2012, and July 3, 2012 rulings described above, NCR’s reserve at December 31, 2012 assumed that NCR (subject to the obligations of its co-obligors and indemnitors discussed below) will be responsible for the full extent of the cleanup activities in OUs 2 through 5, which the Company considers a best estimate, and for the counterclaim damages determined in the February 2012 trial.
The Company will seek to overturn the trial court's prior summary judgment rulings on appeal and believes that the NCR allocable share of total site costs is less than 100%, based on equitable factors, principles of divisibility as developed under applicable law, and/or an apportionment of the claimed harm. Until such time, if any, that such a result is achieved, the Company assumes in its reserve that NCR (and indirectly, API) will pay for the full extent of the remaining cleanup. NCR’s reserve does not at present assume any payments or reduction of exposure based either on the forthcoming appeal or on Government enforcement against the other 2007 Order recipients or defendants.
 
Fourth, for the payment by API of its share of payments made by NCR, as discussed above relative percentage shares were established by a 1998 agreement between NCR and API and by a subsequent award in a 2005 allocation arbitration, which was subsequently confirmed as a judgment. (The 1998 agreement and the 2005 arbitration award resolved disputes that arose out of certain agreements entered into in connection with the Company's 1978 sale of the facilities on the Fox River to API.) As a result of unrelated transactions, API is itself indemnified by Windward Prospects Limited, which has funded and managed most of API's liability to date. NCR's analysis of this factor assumes that API is financially viable and pays its percentage share. As noted above, in April 2012 the court ruled that API has no direct CERCLA liability to the Governments. The Company believes that the court's ruling on this point has no effect on API's contractual and judgment-based obligations to contribute to NCR's funding for the remediation, nor on the Company's Fox River reserve. API's obligation to NCR is shared on a joint and several basis by a third party, B.A.T Industries p.l.c., which, by virtue of various prior corporate transactions and other agreements not specifically directed to the Fox River matter, is a co-party to the same 1998 agreement and the subsequent arbitration award to which API is a party. This analysis also assumes that B.A.T Industries p.l.c. would be financially viable and willing to pay the joint and several obligation if API does not.

Finally, NCR estimated the transaction costs it is likely to incur to defend this matter through approximately 2017, the time period NCR’s engineering consultants believe it will take to implement the remedy for the river. This estimate is based on an analysis of NCR’s costs since this matter first arose in 1995 and estimates of what NCR’s defense and transaction costs will be in the future. NCR expects that the bulk of these transaction costs have been and will be incurred in the 2008-2013 time period. The costs incurred and expected to be incurred during that period include, in particular, transaction costs and fees related to completion of the design work, equipment purchases, commencement and continuation of clean-up activities in the river, and the allocation litigation, Government enforcement action, and other legal matters discussed above.

In light of several factors, among them, the remedial design work conducted by NCR and GP; settlement possibilities; the efforts to implement the 2007 Order for clean-up of the lower river; the pending allocation litigation and the prospective appeals; whether there will be judicial recognition of allocable harm at the Fox River site and thus of divisible shares of liability among the various parties; the extent to which the Governments press claims against the parties in the Government enforcement actions or otherwise for NRD, government oversight costs and remediation liability; change orders or cost overruns that may result from the ongoing remediation efforts; the continued viability and willingness to pay of NCR’s various indemnitors and co-obligors, and the outcome of any related disputes; and the subsequent value engineering efforts designed to make the cleanup more efficient and less costly, calculation of the Company’s Fox River reserve has become subject to added layers of complexities, and it is possible there could be additional changes to some elements of the reserve over upcoming periods, although we are unable to predict or estimate such changes at this time. There can be no assurance that the clean-up and related expenditures will not have a material effect on NCR’s capital expenditures, earnings, financial condition, cash flows, or competitive position.

As of December 31, 2012, the net reserve for the Fox River matter was approximately $115 million, compared to $160 million as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in the reserve is due to payments for clean-up activities and litigation costs. NCR regularly re-evaluates the assumptions used in determining the appropriate reserve for the Fox River matter as additional information becomes available and, when warranted, makes appropriate adjustments. NCR contributes to the LLC in order to fund remediation activities and generally, by contract, funds three months’ worth of remediation activities in advance. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, approximately $3 million and $1 million, respectively, remained from this funding and was recorded in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. NCR’s reserve for the Fox River matter is reduced as the LLC makes payments to Tetra Tech and other vendors with respect to remediation activities.

Under a 1996 agreement, AT&T and Alcatel-Lucent are responsible severally (not jointly) for indemnifying NCR for certain portions of the amounts paid by NCR for the Fox River matter over a defined threshold and subject to certain offsets. (The agreement governs certain aspects of AT&T Corp.’s divestiture of NCR, then known as AT&T Global Information Solutions Company, and of what was formerly known as Lucent Technologies, and specifically relates to contingent gains and liabilities of the former constituent companies within AT&T.) NCR’s estimate of what AT&T and Alcatel-Lucent will pay under the indemnity is recorded as a long-term asset of approximately $84 million as of December 31, 2012 and $79 million as of December 31, 2011, and is deducted in determining the net reserve discussed above. The Company reached the indemnity threshold in the quarter ended December 31, 2012 and invoiced AT&T and Alcatel-Lucent. Payment was received in the quarter ended December 31, 2012. The Company expects to continue such invoicing on a regular basis as expenses are incurred.
 
In connection with the Fox River and other matters, through December 31, 2012, NCR has received a combined total of approximately $162 million in connection with settlements reached with its principal insurance carriers. Portions of most of these settlements are payable to a law firm that litigated the claims on the Company’s behalf. Some of the settlements cover not only the Fox River, but also other environmental sites. Of the total amount collected to date, $9 million is subject to competing claims by API, and NCR and API have agreed that these funds will be used for Fox River costs and will be shared on an agreed-upon basis (subject to reallocation at a later date). NCR’s agreed-upon share of the $9 million is estimated to be $4 million.

As of December 31, 2012, NCR had reached settlement with all but one of the insurance companies against which it had advanced claims with respect to the Fox River. The Company will pursue its claim against this remaining insurance company vigorously.

In November 2010, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued a "general notice letter" to NCR with respect to the Allied Paper, Inc./Portage Creek/Kalamazoo River Superfund Site (Kalamazoo River Site) in Michigan. Three other parties - International Paper, Mead Corporation, and Consumers Energy - also received general notice letters at or about the same time. The EPA asserts that the site is contaminated by various substances, primarily PCBs as a result of discharges by various paper mills located along the river. The EPA does not claim that the Company made direct discharges into the Kalamazoo River, but indicated that "NCR may be liable under Section 107 of CERCLA ... as an arranger, who by contract or agreement, arranged for the disposal, treatment and/or transportation of hazardous substances at the Site." The EPA stated that it "may issue special notice letters to [NCR] and other PRPs for future RI/FS [remedial investigation / feasibility studies] and RD/RA [remedial design / remedial action] negotiations." The Company disagrees that it may have liability at the Kalamazoo River Site, and will dispute such claims if formally asserted by the EPA. If the Company were to be found liable with respect to the Kalamazoo River, it would have claims against API and B.A.T Industries p.l.c. under the agreement, arbitration award and judgment discussed above in connection with the Fox River matter.
Also in connection with the Kalamazoo River Site, in December 2010 the Company was sued in federal court by three GP entities in a contribution and cost recovery action for alleged pollution at the site. The suit, pending in Michigan, asks that the Company pay a "fair portion" of the GP entities' costs, which are represented as $79 million to date; various removal and remedial actions remain to be performed at the Kalamazoo River Site. The suit alleges that the Company is liable as an "arranger" under CERCLA and under other theories. The Michigan federal court set the case to begin trial on February 19, 2013. The Company is contesting the allegations in the GP suit vigorously. As of December 31, 2012, there are a total of three defendants in the case; the other two defendants have asserted cross-claims against the Company.
The July 3, 2012 decision by the Wisconsin federal court in NCR's favor with respect to the Company's purported “arranger” liability at the Fox River may have a bearing on the claims and potential claims against the Company at the Kalamazoo River. The Kalamazoo River litigation claims include claims based on alleged “arranger” liability arising from alleged shipments of “broke” claimed to have come from Fox River locations. Certain aspects of “broke” transactions involving the Fox River locations were the primary focus of the February 2012 trial in the Fox River matter. On July 27, 2012 the Company moved for summary judgment in the Kalamazoo River case based, in part, on the July 3, 2012 ruling in the Fox River matter. See Note 16, "Subsequent Events," for additional information related to this matter.
It is difficult to estimate the future financial impact of environmental laws, including potential liabilities. NCR records environmental provisions when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount or range of the liability is reasonably estimable. Provisions for estimated losses from environmental restoration and remediation are, depending on the site, based primarily on internal and third-party environmental studies (except for the Fox River site, where the estimated costs and natural resource damages are estimated as described above), estimates as to the number and participation level of any other PRPs, the extent of the contamination, estimated amounts for attorney and other fees and the nature of required clean-up and restoration actions. Reserves are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Management expects that the amounts reserved from time to time will be paid out over the period of investigation, negotiation, remediation and restoration for the applicable sites. The amounts provided for environmental matters in NCR’s Consolidated Financial Statements are the estimated gross undiscounted amounts of such liabilities, without deductions for insurance, third-party indemnity claims or recoveries from the other PRPs, except as qualified in the following sentences. Except for the sharing agreement with API described above with respect to a particular insurance settlement, in those cases where insurance carriers or third-party indemnitors have agreed to pay any amounts and management believes that collectibility of such amounts is probable, the amounts are recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. For the Fox River site, as described above, assets relating to the AT&T and Alcatel-Lucent indemnity and to the API/BAT joint and several obligation, are recorded because payment is considered probable and is supported by contractual agreements and/or public filings.
Guarantees and Product Warranties Guarantees associated with NCR’s business activities are reviewed for appropriateness and impact to the Company’s financial statements. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, NCR had no material obligations related to such guarantees, and therefore its financial statements do not have any associated liability balance.
NCR provides its customers a standard manufacturer’s warranty and records, at the time of the sale, a corresponding estimated liability for potential warranty costs. Estimated future obligations due to warranty claims are based upon historical factors, such as labor rates, average repair time, travel time, number of service calls per machine and cost of replacement parts. When a sale is consummated, the total customer revenue is recognized, provided that all revenue recognition criteria are otherwise satisfied, and the associated warranty liability is recorded using pre-established warranty percentages for the respective product classes. From time to time, product design or quality corrections are accomplished through modification programs. When identified, associated costs of labor and parts for such programs are estimated and accrued as part of the warranty reserve.
The Company recorded the activity related to the warranty reserve for the years ended December 31 as follows:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Warranty reserve liability
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance as of January 1
$
23

 
$
24

 
$
25

Accruals for warranties issued
46

 
42

 
48

Settlements (in cash or in kind)
(43
)
 
(43
)
 
(49
)
Ending balance as of December 31
$
26

 
$
23

 
$
24

 
In addition, NCR provides its customers with certain indemnification rights. In general, NCR agrees to indemnify the customer if a third party asserts patent or other infringement on the part of its customers for its use of the Company’s products subject to certain conditions that are generally standard within the Company’s industries. On limited occasions the Company will undertake additional indemnification obligations for business reasons. From time to time, NCR also enters into agreements in connection with its acquisition and divestiture activities that include indemnification obligations by the Company. The fair value of these indemnification obligations is not readily determinable due to the conditional nature of the Company’s potential obligations and the specific facts and circumstances involved with each particular agreement. The Company has not recorded a liability in connection with these indemnifications, and no current indemnification instance is material to the Company’s financial position. Historically, payments made by the Company under these types of agreements have not had a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Purchase Commitments The Company has purchase commitments for materials, supplies, services, and property, plant and equipment as part of the normal course of business. This includes a long-term service agreement with Accenture under which many of NCR's key transaction processing activities and functions are performed.

Leases NCR conducts certain of its sales and manufacturing operations using leased facilities, and also operates certain equipment and vehicles under leases, the initial lease terms of which vary in length. Many of the leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses that are not material to the overall lease portfolio. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2012, for the following fiscal years were:

In millions
 
2013

 
2014

 
2015

 
2016

 
2017

Minimum lease obligations
 
$
98

 
$
67

 
$
46

 
$
29

 
$
12


Total rental expense for operating leases was $102 million in 2012, $100 million in 2011, and $87 million in 2010.

10. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING INSTRUMENTS
NCR is exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. NCR utilizes a variety of measures to monitor and manage these risks, including the use of derivative financial instruments. NCR has exposure to approximately 50 functional currencies. Since a substantial portion of our operations and revenues occur outside the United States (U.S.), and in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, our results can be significantly impacted, both positively and negatively, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk The accounting guidance for derivatives and hedging requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company designates foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges of forecasted inter-company inventory purchases when they are determined to be highly effective at inception.

Our risk management strategy includes hedging, on behalf of certain subsidiaries, a portion of our forecasted, non-functional currency denominated cash flows for a period of up to 15 months. As a result, some of the impact of currency fluctuations on non-functional currency denominated transactions (and hence on subsidiary operating income, as stated in the functional currency), is mitigated in the near term. The amount we hedge and the duration of hedge contracts may vary significantly. In the longer term (greater than 15 months), the subsidiaries are still subject to the effect of translating the functional currency results to U.S. Dollars. To manage our exposures and mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on the operations of our foreign subsidiaries, we hedge our main transactional exposures through the use of foreign exchange forward and option contracts. This is primarily done through the hedging of foreign currency denominated inter-company inventory purchases by NCR’s marketing units and the foreign currency denominated inputs to our manufacturing units. As these transactions are firmly committed and forecasted, the related foreign exchange contracts are designated as highly effective cash flow hedges. The gains or losses on these hedges are deferred in AOCI and reclassified to income when the underlying hedged transaction has been completed and is recorded in earnings. As of December 31, 2012, the balance in AOCI related to foreign exchange derivative transactions was zero. The gains or losses from derivative contracts related to inventory purchases are recorded in cost of products when the inventory is sold to an unrelated third party.

We also utilize foreign exchange contracts to hedge our exposure of assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies. We recognize the gains and losses on these types of hedges in earnings as exchange rates change. We do not enter into hedges for speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk The Company is party to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes the interest rate on a portion of the Company's LIBOR indexed floating rate borrowings under its Senior Secured Credit Facility through August 22, 2016.  The notional amount of the interest rate swap starts at $560 million and amortizes to $341 million over the term. The Company designates the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge of forecasted quarterly interest payments made on three-month LIBOR indexed borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The interest rate swap was determined to be highly effective at inception.

Our risk management strategy includes hedging a portion of our forecasted interest payments. These transactions are firmly committed and forecasted and the related interest rate swap agreement is designated as a highly effective cash flow hedge. The gains or losses on this hedge are deferred in AOCI and reclassified to income when the underlying hedged transaction has been completed and is recorded in earnings. As of December 31, 2012, the balance in AOCI related to the interest rate swap agreement was a loss of $10 million, net of tax, which relates to an interest rate swap instrument expiring in 2016. The gains or losses from this derivative contract related to interest payments are recorded in interest expense when the interest is accrued and affects earnings.
The following tables provide information on the location and amounts of derivative fair values in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2012
In millions
Balance Sheet
Location
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance Sheet
Location
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
Other current assets
 
$

 
$

 
Other current liabilities and other liabilities *
 
$
560

 
$
16

Foreign exchange contracts
Other current assets
 
28

 

 
Other current liabilities
 
72

 
1

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
$
17

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
Other current assets
 
$
169

 
$
1

 
Other current liabilities
 
$
245

 
$
3

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
$
3

Total derivatives
 
 
 
 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
$
20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2011
In millions
Balance Sheet
Location
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance Sheet
Location
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
Other current assets
 
$

 
$

 
Other current liabilities and other liabilities *
 
$
560

 
$
9

Foreign exchange contracts
Other current assets
 
166

 
6

 
Other current liabilities
 
58

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
$
6

 
 
 
 
 
$
9

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
Other current assets
 
$
114

 
$

 
Other current liabilities
 
$
148

 
$
3

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
$
3

Total derivatives
 
 
 
 
$
6

 
 
 
 
 
$
12


* As of December 31, 2012, approximately $5 million was recorded in other current liabilities and $11 million was recorded in other liabilities related to the interest rate swap. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $3 million was recorded in other current liabilities and $6 million was recorded in other liabilities related to the interest rate swap.
The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) on
Derivative
 (Effective Portion)
 
 
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from 
AOCI
into the Consolidated
Statement of Operations
(Effective Portion)
 
 
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
(Ineffective Portion and
Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)
Derivatives in 
Cash Flow
Hedging
Relationships
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010
 
Location of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
AOCI into the
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
(Effective Portion)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010
 
Location of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Operations
(Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate swap
$
(7
)
 
$
(9
)
 
$

 
Interest expense
 
$

 
$
(1
)
 
$

 
Interest expense
 
$

 
$

 
$

Foreign exchange contracts
$
(2
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
3

 
Cost of
Products
 
$
4

 
$
(3
)
 
$
(3
)
 
Other (expense)  income
 
$

 
$
1

 
$


 
In millions
 
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in the Consolidated
Statement of Operations
Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010
Foreign exchange contracts
Other (expense) income
 
$
(1
)
 
$
3

 
$

Foreign exchange contracts
Cost of Products
 
$
(7
)
 
$
3

 
$
(1
)

Refer to Note 11, “Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities” for further information on derivative assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Concentration of Credit Risk NCR is potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk on accounts receivable and financial instruments such as hedging instruments and cash and cash equivalents. Credit risk includes the risk of nonperformance by counterparties. The maximum potential loss may exceed the amount recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Exposure to credit risk is managed through credit approvals, credit limits, selecting major international financial institutions (as counterparties to hedging transactions) and monitoring procedures. NCR’s business often involves large transactions with customers, and if one or more of those customers were to default on its obligations under applicable contractual arrangements, the Company could be exposed to potentially significant losses. However, management believes that the reserves for potential losses are adequate. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, NCR did not have any major concentration of credit risk related to financial instruments.


11. FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are set forth as follows:
  
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
In millions
Fair Value as of December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits held in money market funds*
$
527

 
$
527

 
$

 
$

Available for sale securities**
11

 
11

 

 


Foreign exchange contracts ***
1

 

 
1

 

Total
$
539

 
$
538

 
$
1

 
$

Liabilities:


 


 


 


Interest rate swap ****
$
16

 
$

 
$
16

 
$

Foreign exchange contracts****
4

 

 
4

 

Total
$
20

 
$

 
$
20

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
In millions
Fair Value as of December 31, 2011
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits held in money market funds*
$
33

 
$
33

 
$

 
$

Available for sale securities**
10

 
10

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts ***
6

 

 
6

 

Total
$
49

 
$
43

 
$
6

 
$

Liabilities:


 


 


 


Interest rate swap ****
$
9

 
$

 
$
9

 
$

Foreign exchange contracts****
$
3

 
$

 
$
3

 
$

Total
$
12

 
$

 
$
12

 
$

_____________
*    Included in Cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
**    Included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
***    Included in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
****    Included in Other current liabilities and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
                                                 
Deposits Held in Money Market Funds - A portion of the Company’s excess cash is held in money market funds which generate interest income based on prevailing market rates. Money market fund holdings are measured at fair value using quoted market prices and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Available-For-Sale Securities - The Company has investments in mutual funds and equity securities that are valued using the market approach with quotations from the NASDAQ stock exchange and two stock exchanges in Japan. As a result, available-for-sale securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Interest rate swap - As a result of our Senior Secured Credit Facility, we are exposed to risk from changes in LIBOR, which may adversely affect our financial condition. To manage our exposure and mitigate the impact of changes in LIBOR on our financial results, we hedge a portion of our forecasted interest payments through the use of an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is valued using the income approach inclusive of nonperformance and counterparty risk considerations and is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Foreign Exchange Contracts - As a result of our global operating activities, we are exposed to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our financial condition. To manage our exposures and mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on our financial results, we hedge our primary transactional exposures through the use of foreign exchange forward and option contracts. The foreign exchange contracts are valued using the market approach based on observable market transactions of forward rates and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

Certain assets have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The following table presents the nonrecurring losses recognized for the years ended December 31, and the carrying value and asset classification of the related assets as of December 31:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Carrying Value
 
Total Losses
 
Carrying Value
 
Total Losses
Property, plant and equipment
 
$

 
$

 
$
144

 
$
(81
)
Goodwill
 

 

 
5

 
(5
)
Definite-lived intangible assets
 

 

 
4

 
(2
)
Investment
 

 
(7
)
 

 

Total
 
$

 
$
(7
)
 
$
153

 
$
(88
)

NCR measures certain assets, including intangible assets and cost and equity method investments, at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when initially valued and when deemed to be impaired.

NCR reviews the carrying values of investments when events and circumstances warrant and considers all available evidence in evaluating when declines in fair value are other-than-temporary declines. NCR carries equity investments in privately-held companies at cost or at fair value when NCR recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment charge. During 2012, we measured the fair value of an investment utilizing the income approach based on the use of discounted cash flows. The discounted cash flows are based on unobservable inputs, including assumptions of projected revenues, expenses, earnings, capital spending, as well as a discount rate determined by management's estimates of risk associated with the investment. As a result, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $7 million in Other (expense) income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations based on Level 3 valuations.

The property, plant and equipment, goodwill, and definite-lived intangible assets were valued in 2011 using a market approach based on an independent third-party market price. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, we recorded $88 million within income (loss) on discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 4, "Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets" for additional discussion.


12. SEGMENT INFORMATION AND CONCENTRATIONS

Operating Segment Information The Company manages and reports its businesses in the following four segments:

Financial Services - We offer solutions to enable customers in the financial services industry to reduce costs, generate new revenue streams and enhance customer loyalty. These solutions include a comprehensive line of ATM and payment processing hardware and software and cash management software, and related installation, maintenance and managed and professional services. We also offer a complete line of printer consumables.
Retail Solutions - We offer solutions to customers in the retail industry designed to improve selling productivity and checkout processes as well as increase service levels. These solutions primarily include retail-oriented technologies, such as point of sale terminals and related software, bar-code scanners, as well as innovative self-service kiosks, such as self-checkout. We also offer installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services and a complete line of printer consumables.
Hospitality - We offer technology solutions to customers in the hospitality industry, serving businesses that range from a single store or restaurant to global chains and sports and entertainment venues. Our solutions include point of sale hardware and software solutions, installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services and a complete line of printer consumables.
Emerging Industries - We offer maintenance as well as managed and professional services for third-party computer hardware provided to select manufacturers, primarily in the telecommunications industry, who value and leverage our global service capability. Also included in our Emerging Industries segment are solutions designed to enhance the customer experience for the travel and gaming industries, including self-service kiosks, as well as related installation, maintenance, and managed and professional services.

As of January 1, 2012, the specialty retail customer accounts that were formerly part of the Hospitality and Specialty Retail segment are now included in the Retail Solutions segment, and the hospitality customer accounts that were formerly part of the Retail Solutions segment are now included in the Hospitality segment. As a result, the former Hospitality and Specialty Retail segment has been renamed Hospitality. Prior period information has not been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation, as the change was not considered material.

These segments represent components of the Company for which separate financial information is available that is utilized on a regular basis by the chief operating decision maker in assessing segment performance and in allocating the Company's resources. Management evaluates the performance of the segments based on revenue and segment operating income. Assets are not allocated to segments, and thus are not included in the assessment of segment performance, and consequently, we do not disclose total assets by reportable segment.

The accounting policies used to determine the results of the operating segments are the same as those utilized for the consolidated financial statements as a whole. Intersegment sales and transfers are not material.

In recognition of the volatility of the effects of pension expense on our segment results, and to maintain operating focus on business performance, pension expense, as well as other significant, non-recurring items, are excluded from the segment operating results utilized by our chief operating decision maker in evaluating segment performance and are separately delineated to reconcile to income from operations.
 
The following table presents revenue and operating income by segment for the years ended December 31:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenue by segment
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Services
$
3,180

 
$
2,999

 
$
2,645

Retail Solutions
1,667

 
1,778

 
1,717

Hospitality(1)
522

 
141

 

Emerging Industries
361

 
373

 
349

Consolidated revenue
5,730

 
5,291

 
4,711

Operating income by segment
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Services
319

 
313

 
250

Retail Solutions
102

 
71

 
73

Hospitality(1)
85

 
22

 

Emerging Industries
83

 
77

 
60

Subtotal - segment operating income
589

 
483

 
383

Pension expense
292

 
222

 
208

Other adjustments(2)
65

 
49

 
26

Income from operations
$
232

 
$
212

 
$
149


(1) 
The acquisition of Radiant was completed on August 24, 2011. Because the transaction was completed during 2011, the revenue and operating income results reflected for the Hospitality segment are partial, and reflect only the period from August 25, 2011 through December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Other adjustments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 include $23 million of acquisition related costs, $38 million of acquisition related amortization of intangible assets and $4 million of legal costs incurred related to the OFAC and FCPA investigations. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, other adjustments include $37 million of acquisition related costs and $12 million of acquisition related amortization of intangible assets. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, other adjustments include an $8 million litigation charge and $18 million of incremental costs directly related to the relocation of the Company's worldwide headquarters.

The following table presents revenue from products and services for NCR for the years ended December 31:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Product revenue
$
2,854

 
$
2,592

 
$
2,301

Professional and installation services revenue
927

 
764

 
581

Total solution revenue
3,781

 
3,356

 
2,882

Support services revenue
1,949

 
1,935

 
1,829

Total revenue
$
5,730

 
$
5,291

 
$
4,711


Revenues are attributed to the geographic area/country to which the product is delivered or in which the service is provided. The following table presents revenue by geographic area for NCR for the years ended December 31:

In millions
 
2012
 
%
 
2011
 
%
 
2010
 
%
Revenue by Geographic Area
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
2,198

 
38
%
 
$
1,914

 
36
%
 
$
1,548

 
33
%
Americas (excluding United States)
 
625

 
11
%
 
534

 
10
%
 
466

 
10
%
Europe
 
1,459

 
26
%
 
1,421

 
27
%
 
1,378

 
29
%
Asia Middle East Africa
 
1,448

 
25
%
 
1,422

 
27
%
 
1,319

 
28
%
Consolidated revenue
 
$
5,730

 
100
%
 
$
5,291

 
100
%
 
$
4,711

 
100
%

The following table presents property, plant and equipment by geographic area as of December 31:

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
188

 
$
246

Americas (excluding United States)
 
23

 
21

Europe
 
26

 
21

Asia Middle East Africa
 
71

 
77

Consolidated property, plant and equipment, net
 
$
308

 
$
365


Concentrations No single customer accounts for more than 10% of NCR’s consolidated revenue. As of December 31, 2012, NCR is not aware of any significant concentration of business transacted with a particular customer that could, if suddenly eliminated, have a material adverse effect on NCR’s operations. NCR also lacks a concentration of available sources of labor, services, licenses or other rights that could, if suddenly eliminated, have a material adverse effect on its operations.

A number of NCR’s products, systems and solutions rely primarily on specific suppliers for microprocessors and other component products, manufactured assemblies, operating systems, commercial software and other central components. NCR also utilizes contract manufacturers in order to complete manufacturing activities. There can be no assurances that any sudden impact to the availability or cost of these technologies or services would not have a material adverse effect on NCR’s operations.
 

13. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (unaudited)

In millions, except per share amounts
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
 
$
1,244

 
$
1,409

 
$
1,435

 
$
1,642

Gross margin
 
298

 
357

 
358

 
332

Operating income (loss)
 
49

 
101

 
89

 
(7
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations (attributable to NCR)
 
38

 
67

 
58

 
(23
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(9
)
 
13

 
(1
)
 
3

Net income (loss) attributable to NCR
 
$
29

 
$
80

 
$
57

 
$
(20
)
Income (loss) per share attributable to NCR common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.24

 
$
0.42

 
$
0.36

 
$
(0.14
)
Diluted
 
$
0.23

 
$
0.41

 
$
0.35

 
$
(0.14
)
Net income (loss) per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.18

 
$
0.50

 
$
0.36

 
$
(0.12
)
Diluted
 
$
0.18

 
$
0.49

 
$
0.35

 
$
(0.12
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
 
$
1,058

 
$
1,272

 
$
1,360

 
$
1,601

Gross margin
 
219

 
279

 
299

 
385

Operating income (loss)
 
20

 
62

 
28

 
102

Income (loss) from continuing operations (attributable to NCR)
 
19

 
45

 
23

 
59

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(6
)
 
(12
)
 
(7
)
 
(68
)
Net income (loss) attributable to NCR
 
$
13

 
$
33

 
$
16

 
$
(9
)
Income (loss) per share attributable to NCR common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.12

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.15

 
$
0.37

Diluted
 
$
0.12

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.14

 
$
0.37

Net income (loss) per common share:
 

 

 

 

Basic
 
$
0.08

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.10

 
$
(0.06
)
Diluted
 
$
0.08

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.10

 
$
(0.06
)

The table above reflects adjustments to previously reported results related the presentation of the Entertainment business as a discontinued operation. Refer to Note 14, "Discontinued Operations" for additional information.

Net income per share in each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter while net income per share for the full year is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Thus, the sum of the four quarters’ net income per share will not necessarily equal the full-year net income per share.

14. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax includes activity related to environmental matters, the divestiture of our Entertainment business, the spin-off of Teradata Data Warehousing (Teradata), the closure of NCR's EFT payment processing business in Canada, and the divestiture of our healthcare solutions business.

The income (loss) from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 was:


2012
 
2011
 
2010

Pre - Tax
 
Net of Tax
 
Pre - Tax
 
Net of Tax
 
Pre - Tax
 
Net of Tax
Environmental matters
$
3

 
$
2

 
$
3

 
$
2

 
$
31

 
$
20

Divestiture of the Entertainment business
(6
)
 
(4
)
 
(147
)
 
(96
)
 
(43
)
 
(28
)
Spin-off of Teradata

 
8

 

 
6

 

 
3

Closure of the EFT Canadian business

 

 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 

 

Divestiture of the Healthcare business

 

 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
(7
)
 
(5
)
Total
$
(3
)
 
$
6

 
$
(151
)
 
$
(93
)
 
$
(19
)
 
$
(10
)

Environmental Matters For the year ended December 31, 2012, income from discontinued operations primarily includes previously agreed settlements with insurance carriers related to the Fox River matter. For the year ended December 31, 2011, (loss) income from discontinued operations included an accrual for an environmental matter in Japan, which relates to anticipated future disposal requirements of certain materials generated by a former NCR manufacturing facility in that country, and accruals for litigation fees related to the Kalamazoo River environmental matter. These accruals were offset by Fox River related activities which include scheduled payments from an insurer in connection with a settlement that had been agreed to in prior years coupled with the favorable impact of changes in estimates and assumptions of the total costs. For the year ended December 31, 2010, income from discontinued operations was primarily due to settlements with insurance carriers related to the Fox River matter. Refer to Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," for additional information regarding the Fox River environmental matter.

Divestiture of the Entertainment Business As described in Note 3, "Business Combinations, Investments and Divestitures" on June 22, 2012, we sold certain assets of our Entertainment business. Beginning in the first quarter of 2012, we accounted for the Entertainment business as a discontinued operation and as a result, for each period presented, the results of operations and cash flows of the Entertainment business have been presented as a discontinued operation. For the year ended December 31, 2012, income (loss) from discontinued operations included the results of operations of the Entertainment business, as well as a $33 million, or $21 million net of tax, gain from the divestiture of the business.

Spin-off of Teradata On September 30, 2007, NCR completed the spin-off of Teradata through the distribution of a tax-free stock dividend to its stockholders. The results of operations and cash flows of Teradata have been presented as a discontinued operation. There was no operating activity related to the spin-off of Teradata in 2012, 2011 and 2010. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, income from discontinued operations, net of tax, related to favorable changes in uncertain tax benefits attributable to Teradata.

Closure of the Canadian EFT Business In the second quarter of 2011, we closed our EFT payment processing business in Canada. For each of the years presented, we have included the results of operations of the EFT business under (loss) income from discontinued operations.

Divestiture of our Healthcare Solutions Business In December 2011, we sold our healthcare solutions business. For each of the years presented, we have included the results of operations of the healthcare solutions business under (loss) income from discontinued operations.

15. REAL ESTATE TRANSACTIONS

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized $10 million in gains from the sale of real estate in the Consolidated Statement of Operations which were recorded as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses, $4 million of which was previously deferred. The net proceeds of $8 million from these sales were recorded in investing activities and the net gains are recorded in operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $5 million in gains from the sale of real estate in the Consolidated Statement of Operations which were recorded as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses, which includes $4 million of gains previously deferred. The net proceeds of $2 million from these sales were recorded in investing activities and the net gains are recorded in operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized $10 million in gains from the sale of real estate in the Consolidated Statement of Operations which were recorded as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses, which includes $3 million of gains previously deferred. The net proceeds of $39 million from these sales were recorded in investing activities and the net gains are recorded in operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.


16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition of Retalix, Ltd. On February 6, 2013, the Company, through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Moon S.P.V. (Subsidiary) Ltd., a private company formed under the laws of the State of Israel (Merger Sub), completed the acquisition of Retalix Ltd., pursuant to the previously announced Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 28, 2012, by and among the Company, Merger Sub, and Retalix. In the acquisition, the Company paid $30.00 per Retalix share, representing an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $800 million or approximately $650 million, net of cash acquired. The purchase price is being paid from the net proceeds from the 4.625% Notes and borrowings under the senior secured credit facility. As a result of the acquisition, Retalix became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of NCR. The transaction will be accounted for as a business combination.
NCR incurred acquisition-related transaction costs of approximately $8 million which consist primarily of investment banking , legal and accounting fees. Approximately $3 million were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012 and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
These disclosures are based on our preliminary estimates of the fair values of the consideration paid. As NCR's acquisition of Retalix closed on February 6, 2013, management is still determining the purchase price allocation. However, the substantial majority of the purchase price is expected to be allocated to goodwill and intangible assets. Additionally, management is still determining the pro forma impact of the Retalix acquisition on the 2012 results.

Amendment of Senior Secured Credit Facility On February 5, 2013, the Company entered into a third amendment to its senior secured credit facility. Among other things, the third amendment modified:

the incremental facility feature of the senior secured credit facility to permit the Company to request incremental term loans and/or revolving credit facilities with commitments in an aggregate amount not to exceed:

prior to the date that the Company obtains an investment grade rating, the greater of (i) the remaining existing incremental facility capacity (currently $200 million), and (ii) an aggregate amount that would not cause the secured leverage ratio under the senior secured credit facility, calculated on a pro forma basis including the incremental facility and assuming that it and the revolver are fully drawn, to exceed 2.75 to 1.00; and

after the date that the Company obtains an investment grade rating, an aggregate amount that would not cause the leverage ratio under the senior secured credit facility, calculated on a pro forma basis including the incremental facility and assuming that it and the revolver are fully drawn, to exceed a level that is 0.50 less than the then-applicable leverage ratio covenant; and

the covenant on restricted payments to permit share repurchases, dividends and other restricted payments in an amount not to exceed $50 million in any fiscal year, with the ability to carry forward unused amounts for share repurchases, dividends and other restricted payments in future fiscal years.

Commitments and Contingencies With regard to the first matter described in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," in early 2013 the Company and the Special Committee of the Company's Board of Directors each completed their respective internal investigations regarding the anonymous allegations received from a purported whistleblower in 2012 regarding certain aspects of the Company's business practices in China, the Middle East and Africa. The principal allegations related to the Company's compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and federal regulations that prohibit U.S. persons from engaging in certain activities in Syria.
With respect to Syria, in January 2013, the Company received a wind down license from OFAC that permits the Company to take measures required to wind down its past operations in Syria. The Company also submitted a detailed report to OFAC regarding this matter, including a description of the Company's comprehensive export control program and related remedial measures.
The Company's investigations of the whistleblower's FCPA allegations identified a few opportunities to strengthen the Company's comprehensive FCPA compliance program, and remediation measures were proposed and are being implemented.
In addition, on January 23, 2013, upon the recommendation of the Special Committee following its review, the Board of Directors adopted a resolution rejecting the shareholder demand that the Company received by letter on August 31, 2012 related to the whistleblower's OFAC and FCPA allegations. As part of its resolution, the Board determined, among other things, that the officers and directors named in the demand had not breached their fiduciary duties and that the Company will not commence litigation against the named officers and directors. The Board further resolved to review measures proposed and implemented by management to strengthen the Company's compliance with trade embargos, export control laws and anti-bribery laws.
In the ATL litigation described in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," ATL's petition for review by the United States Supreme Court of the decision in favor of the Company's indemnitees was denied in January 2013.
In the Kalamazoo River litigation described in Note 9, "Commitments and Contingencies," the Company's summary judgment motion was denied in its entirety in January 2013, and trial in the case commenced on February 19, 2013.
Pension and postemployment plans During the first quarter of 2013, NCR amended the U.S. separation plan to eliminate the accumulation and vesting of postemployment benefits. This amendment is expected to result in a reduction of the postemployment liability by approximately $50 million and a curtailment benefit of approximately $14 million.
On February 25, 2013, the Compensation and Human Resource Committee approved the termination of the U.S. non-qualified pension plans.



Item 9.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.


Item 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

NCR has established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by NCR in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by NCR in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to NCR’s management, including its Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report, conducted under their supervision and with the participation of management, the Company’s Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers have concluded that NCR’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to meet such objective and that NCR’s disclosure controls and procedures adequately alert them on a timely basis to material information relating to the Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in NCR’s Exchange Act filings.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations due to, for example, the potential for human error or circumvention of controls, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we determined that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 as stated in their report which appears in Item 8 of this Report.


Item 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

Beginning in 2010, in connection with its overall strategic goals and to improve the capital structure of the Company, the Board of Directors determined that it was in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to undertake a multi-phase process of funding and de-risking certain of the Company's pension liabilities, which included making certain cash contributions in fiscal year 2012 that resulted in an improvement by approximately $880 million in the Company's year-end pension under-funded position (the “Pension Contribution”), as further described in the Company's current report filed on Form 8-K and dated as of February 7, 2013. Despite the substantial positive effect the Company's multi-phase pension strategy in general, and the Pension Contribution in particular, had on the Company's overall financial position, the Pension Contribution resulted in a decrease in the cash flow metric used under the Company's 2011 Economic Profit Plan, as amended from time to time (the “EPP”). The cash flow metric under the EPP is one of the factors under the EPP that determines the timing of certain EPP bonus payments. The Compensation and Human Resource Committee determined on February 25, 2013 to exclude the Pension Contribution for the purpose of calculating the cash flow metric under the EPP. No amount earned under the EPP was affected by this determination.

On February 25, 2013 the Compensation and Human Resource Committee approved the termination of the NCR Nonqualified Excess Plan (the “Excess Plan”) and the Retirement Plan for Officers of NCR (the “Officer Plan”) in which Peter Dorsman, our Executive Vice President, Chief Quality Officer, participates.  In connection with the termination of the Excess Plan and the Officer Plan, Mr. Dorsman will be eligible to receive a lump sum payment of $142,492 which will be paid at the same time payments are made to other participants

19

Table of Contents


PART III

Item 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERANCE

Except as set forth in the following paragraphs of this Item 10, the information required by this Item 10 will be set forth under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and “Committees of the Board” in the Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal 2012 year, and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by this Item 10 regarding our executive officers is set forth under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

We have not materially changed the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors.

We have a Code of Conduct that sets the standard for ethics and compliance for all of our directors and employees, including our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our chief accounting officer. Our Code of Conduct is available on the Corporate Governance page at our website at http://www.ncr.com/about-ncr/corporate-governance under the heading “Code of Conduct.” We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of the Code of Conduct with respect to any director as well as our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer, on the Corporate Governance page of our website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Item 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 will be set forth under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation and Human Resource Committee,” and “Board Compensation and Human Resource Committee Report on Executive Compensation” in the Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal 2012 year, and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIPS OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 will be set forth under the headings “Stock Ownership” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal 2012 year, and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 will be set forth under the headings “Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal 2012 year, is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 14.        PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 will be set forth under the heading “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal 2012 year, and is incorporated herein by reference.


20

Table of Contents



PART IV
Item 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

(a)(1) Financial Statements: The following is an index of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm filed as part of this Form 10-K:

 
Page of Form 10-K


(2) Financial Statement Schedule: Financial Statement Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is included in this Form 10-K. All other schedules are not required under the related instructions or are not applicable.

(3) Exhibits: See Index of Exhibits below for a listing of all exhibits to this Form 10-K. The management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K are identified in the Index of Exhibits by an asterisk (*).

(b) The following is an index of all exhibits to this Form 10-K. Exhibits identified in parentheses in the index below, on file with the SEC, are incorporated herein by reference as exhibits hereto.



2.1

 
Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2007 between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation (Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 10 of Teradata Corporation (the “Teradata Form 10”)).

 
 
 
2.2

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among NCR Corporation, Ranger Acquisition Corporation and Radiant Systems, Inc., dated as of July 11, 2011 (Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated July 12, 2011).
 
 
 
2.3

 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2012, by and between Redbox Automated Retail, LLC and NCR Corporation.
 
 
 
2.4

 
First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and between Redbox Automated Retail, LLC and NCR Corporation (Exhibit 2.3 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).
 
 
 
2.5

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 28, 2012, by and among NCR Corporation, Moon S.P.V. (Subsidiary) Ltd., and Retalix, Ltd. (Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated February 6, 2013).
 
 
 
3.1

  
Articles of Amendment and Restatement of NCR Corporation as amended May 14, 1999 (Exhibit 3.1 to the NCR Corporation Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999).
 
 
3.2

  
Bylaws of NCR Corporation, as amended and restated on January 26, 2011 (Exhibit 3(ii) to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated January 31, 2011).
 
 
4.1

  
Common Stock Certificate of NCR Corporation (Exhibit 4.1 to the NCR Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).
 
 
4.2

 
Indenture, dated September 17, 2012, among NCR Corporation, as issuer, NCR International Inc. and Radiant Systems Inc. as subsidiary guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (Exhibit 4.01 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated September 18, 2012 (the “September 18, 2012 Form 8-K”)).
 
 
 
4.3

 
Indenture, dated December 18, 2012, among NCR Corporation, as issuer, NCR International Inc. and Radiant Systems Inc. as subsidiary guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (Exhibit 4.01 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated December 18, 2012 (the “December 18, 2012 Form 8-K”)).
 
 
 
10.1

  
Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996 and amended and restated as of March 29, 1996 (Exhibit 10.1 to the Lucent Technologies Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-00703) (the “Lucent Registration Statement”)).
 
 
 
10.2

 
Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1996, by and between AT&T Corp. and NCR Corporation (Exhibit 10.2 to the NCR Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the “1996 Annual Report”).

 
 
 
10.3

 
Patent License Agreement, effective as of March 29, 1996, by and among AT&T Corp., NCR Corporation, and Lucent Technologies Inc. (Exhibit 10.7 to the Lucent Registration Statement).

 
 
 
10.4

 
Amended and Restated Technology License Agreement, effective as of March 29, 1996, by and among AT&T Corp., NCR Corporation, and Lucent Technologies Inc. (Exhibit 10.8 to the Lucent Registration Statement).

 
 
 
10.5

 
Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996, and amended and restated as of March 29, 1996, by and among AT&T Corp., NCR Corporation, and Lucent Technologies Inc. (Exhibit 10.6 to the Lucent Registration Statement).

 
 
 
10.6

 
Purchase and Manufacturing Services Agreement effective as of January 19, 2007, between NCR Corporation and Solectron Corporation (now Flextronics International Ltd.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed June 4, 2008). Certain portions of this exhibit were granted confidential treatment by the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2008.

 
 
 
10.7

 
Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated September 21, 2007 (the “September 21, 2007 Form 8-K”)).

 
 
 
10.8

 
Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation (Exhibit 10.2 to the September 21, 2007 Form 8‑K).

 
 
 
10.9

 
Form of Exclusive Patent License Agreement between NCR Corporation and Teradata US, Inc. (Exhibit 10.4 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.10

 
Form of Patent License Agreement between NCR Corporation and Teradata US, Inc. (Exhibit 10.5 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.11

 
Form of Technology Agreement between NCR Corporation and Teradata US, Inc. (Exhibit 10.6 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.12

 
Form of Master Agreement between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation for Enterprise Data Warehousing Sales and Support (Exhibit 10.16 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.13

 
Form of Network Support Agreement between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation (Exhibit 10.17 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.14

 
Form of Service Provider Agreement between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation (Exhibit 10.18 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.15

 
Form of Master Reseller Agreement for Middle East and Africa between NCR Corporation and Teradata Corporation (Exhibit 10.19 to the Teradata Form 10).

 
 
 
10.16

 
NCR Management Stock Plan (Exhibit 10.8 to the 1996 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.16.1

 
First Amendment to the NCR Management Stock Plan dated April 30, 2003 (Exhibit 10.4 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003). *

 
 
 
10.16.2

 
Amendment to NCR Management Stock Plan effective as of December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.17.2 to the NCR Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Annual Report”)). *

 
 
 
10.16.3

 
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the NCR Management Stock Plan (Exhibit 10.6.3 to the NCR Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “2005 Annual Report”)). *

 
 
 
10.16.4

 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the NCR Management Stock Plan (Exhibit 10.6.4 to the 2005 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.17

 
NCR Corporation 2011 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (formerly the NCR 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of December 31, 2008) (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated April 27, 2011). *

 
 
 
10.17.1

 
Form of 2009 Stock Option Agreement under the NCR Corporation 2011 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”) (Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated December 12, 2008). *

 
 
 
10.17.2

 
Form of 2009 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated December 12, 2008).

 
 
 
10.17.3

 
Form of 2010 Stock Option Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (the “First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report”)). *

 
 
 
10.17.4

 
Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.5

 
Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.4 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.6

 
Form of 2010 Performance Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.5 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.7

 
Form of 2010 Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.6 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.8

 
Form of 2011 Stock Option Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (the “First Quarter 2011 Quarterly Report”)). *

 
 
 
10.17.9

 
Form of 2011 Restricted Stock Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to the First Quarter 2011 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.10

 
Form of 2011 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to the First Quarter 2011 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.11

 
Form of 2011 Performance Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.4 to the First Quarter 2011 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.12

 
Form of 2011 Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.5 to the First Quarter 2011 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.17.13

 
Amendment to the 2011 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for William Nuti dated April 19, 2012 (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation filed April 19, 2012). *
 
 
 
10.17.14

 
Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Executive Employees under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 (the “First Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report").)*
 
 
 
10.17.15

 
Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executives under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to the First Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report). *
 
 
 
10.17.16

 
Form of 2012 Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Executive Employees under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.4 to the First Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report). *
 
 
 
10.17.17

 
Form of 2012 Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executives under the Stock Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.5 to the First Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report). *
 
 
 
10.18

 
NCR Management Incentive Program for Executive Officers (Exhibit 10.19 to the 1996 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.19

 
Amended and Restated NCR Management Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated April 27, 2011). *

 
 
 
10.20

 
NCR Director Compensation Program effective April 21, 2009 (Exhibit 10.7 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 (the “First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q”)). *
 
 
 
10.20.1

 
2009 Director Option Grant Statement under the NCR Director Compensation Program (Exhibit 10.8 to the First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q). *

 
 
 
10.20.2

 
2009 Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Statement under the NCR Director Compensation Program (Exhibit 10.9 to the First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q). *

 
 
 
10.21

 
Amended and Restated NCR Change in Control Severance Plan effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.24.2 to the 2008 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.21.1

 
First Amendment to the Amended and Restated NCR Change in Control Severance Plan (Exhibit 10.6 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011). *

 
 
 
10.22

 
Amended and Restated NCR Nonqualified Excess Plan, effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.26.6 to the 2008 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.22.1


 
First Amendment to the NCR Nonqualified Excess Plan dated October 24, 2012. *

 
 
 
10.23

 
Employment Agreement with William Nuti, dated July 29, 2005 (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation filed August 2, 2005). *

 
 
 
10.23.1

 
Letter agreement dated July 26, 2006 with William Nuti (Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation filed July 27, 2006). *

 
 
 
10.23.2

 
Second Amendment effective as of December 12, 2008 to Letter Agreement with William Nuti dated July 29, 2005, as amended July 26, 2006 (Exhibit 10.30.2 to the 2008 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.24

 
NCR Director Compensation Program Effective April 27, 2010 (Exhibit 10.1 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 (the “Second Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report”)). *

 
 
 
10.24.1

 
Form of 2010 Director Option Grant Statement (Exhibit 10.2 to the Second Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.24.2

 
Form of 2010 Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Statement (Exhibit 10.3 to the Second Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.25

 
Letter Agreement with Robert Fishman dated March 17, 2010 (Exhibit 10.7 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.26

 
Letter Agreement with John Bruno dated October 27, 2008 (Exhibit 10.8 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.27

 
Letter Agreement with Peter Leav dated December 28, 2008 (Exhibit 10.9 to the First Quarter 2010 Quarterly Report). *

 
 
 
10.28

 
Letter Agreement with Peter Dorsman dated April 4, 2006 (Exhibit 10.1 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010). *

 
 
 
10.29

 
NCR Corporation 2011 Economic Profit Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated April 27, 2011). *

 
 
 
10.29.1

 
First Amendment to NCR Corporation 2011 Economic Profit Plan (Exhibit 10.29.1 to the NCR Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011). *

 
 
 
10.29.2

 
Second Amendment to NCR Corporation 2011 Economic Profit Plan, dated January 25, 2012 (Exhibit 10.1 to the First Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report).
 
 
 
10.30

 
Tender and Voting Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, by and among NCR Corporation, Ranger Acquisition Corporation and certain shareholders of Radiant Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated July 12, 2011).
 
 
 
10.31

 
First Amendment to Tender and Voting Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, by and among NCR Corporation, Ranger Acquisition Corporation and certain shareholders of Radiant Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of NCR Corporation dated July 21, 2011).

 
 
 
10.32

 
Equity Subscription Agreement, dated July 26, 2011, among NCR Corporation, Scopus Industrial S.A., Scopus Tecnologia Ltda. and NCR Brasil - Indústria de Equipamentos Para Automação Ltda., including Schedule I - The form of Shareholders' Agreement (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated August 1, 2011).

 
 
10.33

 
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among NCR Corporation, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated August 26, 2011).
 
 
 
10.34

 
Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among NCR Corporation, the subsidiaries of NCR Corporation identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated August 26, 2011).
 
 
 
10.35

 
The Retirement Plan for Officers of NCR (Amended and Restated effective December 31, 2008) (Exhibit 10.22.5 to the 2008 Annual Report). *

 
 
 
10.35.1

 
First Amendment to the Retirement Plan for Officers of NCR dated October 23, 2012. *

 
 
 
10.36

 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 17, 2012, among NCR Corporation, as issuer, NCR International Inc. and Radiant Systems Inc. as subsidiary guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC) as representative of the initial purchasers (Exhibit 10.01 to the September 18, 2012 Form 8-K).

 
 
 
10.37

 
Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among NCR Corporation, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.1 to the NCR Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (the “Third Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report”)).

 
 
 
10.38

 
Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among NCR Corporation, the subsidiaries of NCR Corporation identified therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.2 to the Third Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report).
 
 
 
10.39

 
Second Amendment, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among NCR Corporation, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 and amended as of December 21, 2011, by and among NCR Corporation, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.3 to the Third Quarter 2012 Quarterly Report).
 
 
 
10.40

 
Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2012, by and among NCR Corporation, Moon S.P.V. (Subsidiary) Ltd. and each of Boaz Dotan, Eli Gelman, Nehemia Lemelbaum, Avinoam Naor and Mario Segal (Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated November 28, 2012).
 
 
 
10.41

 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, among NCR Corporation, as issuer, NCR International Inc. and Radiant Systems Inc. as subsidiary guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC) as representative of the initial purchasers (Exhibit 10.01 to the December 18, 2012 Form 8-K).
 
 
 
21

 
Subsidiaries of NCR Corporation.

 
 
 
23.1

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 
 
 
31.1

  
Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
31.2

  
Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
32   

  
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
99.1

 
Tax Opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz in connection with the Spin off of Teradata, dated August 27, 2007 (Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of NCR Corporation dated September 30, 2007).

 
 
 
101   

  
Financials in XBRL Format.
* Management contracts or compensatory plans/arrangements

21

Table of Contents


NCR Corporation

SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)

Column A
 
Column B
 
Column C
 
Column D
 
Column E
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
 
 
 
Description
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
 
Charged to Costs & Expenses
 
Charged to Other Accounts
 
Deductions
 
Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
16

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
16

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
 
$
412

 
$
17

 
$

 
$
30

 
$
399

Inventory excess and obsolete reserves
 
$
83

 
$
134

 
$

 
$
130

 
$
87

Reserves related to business restructuring
 
$
2

 
$

 
$

 
$
2

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
13

 
$
3

 
$

 
$

 
$
16

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
 
$
410

 
$
2

 
$

 
$

 
$
412

Inventory excess and obsolete reserves
 
$
71

 
$
105

 
$

 
$
93

 
$
83

Reserves related to business restructuring
 
$
3

 
$

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
24

 
$

 
$

 
$
11

 
$
13

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
 
$
528

 
$

 
$

 
$
118

 
$
410

Inventory excess and obsolete reserves
 
$
100

 
$
80

 
$

 
$
109

 
$
71

Reserves related to business restructuring
 
$
4

 
$

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
3



22

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
NCR CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 1, 2013
By:
 
/s/    Robert P. Fishman        
 
 
 
 
Robert P. Fishman
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 
Signature
Title
 
 
 
 
/s/    William R. Nuti
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
 
William R. Nuti
Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert P. Fishman
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Robert P. Fishman
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
/s/ Linda Fayne Levinson
Director
 
Linda Fayne Levinson
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Edward P. Boykin
Director
 
Edward P. Boykin
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Richard L. Clemmer
Director
 
Richard L. Clemmer
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Gary Daichendt
Director
 
Gary Daichendt
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert P. DeRodes
Director
 
Robert P. DeRodes
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Kurt P. Kuehn
Director
 
Kurt P. Kuehn
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Deanna W. Oppenheimer
Director
 
Deanna W. Oppenheimer
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 1, 2013
 


23
EX2.3 AssetPurchaseAgreementwithRedbox

EXHIBIT 2.3

EXECUTION COPY






ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
by and among
REDBOX AUTOMATED RETAIL, LLC
and
NCR CORPORATION


dated as of
February 3, 2012









ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS......................................................................................1
1.1
Defined Terms..............................................................................................1
1.2
Additional Defined Terms............................................................................8
1.3
References and Titles...................................................................................9
ARTICLE 2
SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS.......................................................9
2.1
Agreement to Sell and Buy..........................................................................9
2.2
Excluded Assets.........................................................................................10
2.3
Purchase Price and Manufacturing and Services.......................................11
2.4
Purchase Price Adjustment........................................................................12
2.5
Excluded Liabilities...................................................................................12
2.6
Assumed Liabilities...................................................................................12
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...........................................13
3.1
Representations and Warranties of Seller...................................................13
3.2
Representations and Warranties of Buyer..................................................22
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS...........................................................................................23
4.1
Conduct of Business..................................................................................23
4.2
Inspection of Acquired Assets and Business..............................................25
4.3
Compliance With Laws..............................................................................25
4.4
Notification of Certain Matters..................................................................26
4.5
Further Actions – Consents, Contracts, HSR Filings, etc..........................26
4.6
Risk of Loss...............................................................................................27
4.7
Tax Covenants............................................................................................27
4.8
Bulk Transfer Laws....................................................................................28
4.9
Financial Statements..................................................................................28
4.10
Payments Received after Closing..............................................................29
4.11
COBRA......................................................................................................29
4.12
Trade Secrets..............................................................................................29
4.13
Removal of Branding and Inventory..........................................................29
4.14
Assignment and Delegation of Assumed Contracts...................................29
ARTICLE 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...................................................................30
5.1
Conditions to Each Party's Obligation.......................................................30
5.2
Conditions to Obligation of Buyer.............................................................30
5.3
Conditions to Obligations of Seller............................................................31
ARTICLE 6
CLOSING..................................................................................................32
6.1
Closing.......................................................................................................32
6.2
Actions to Occur at Closing.......................................................................32
ARTICLE 7
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER...................................34



7.1
Termination................................................................................................34
7.2
Effect of Termination.................................................................................35
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION................................................................................36
8.1
Indemnification of Buyer...........................................................................36
8.2
Indemnification of Seller............................................................................36
8.3
Procedure for Indemnification...................................................................36
8.4
Third Party Action......................................................................................36
8.5
[Intentionally Omitted]..............................................................................38
8.6
Minimum Loss Requirement.....................................................................38
8.7
Indemnification Limits...............................................................................38
8.8
Recourse.....................................................................................................39
8.9
Cooperation................................................................................................39
8.10
Reduction by Insurance Proceeds..............................................................39
ARTICLE 9
GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................39
9.1
Survival of Representations, Warranties, and Covenants..........................39
9.2
Amendment and Modification...................................................................40
9.3
Waiver of Compliance...............................................................................40
9.4
Specific Performance.................................................................................40
9.5
Severability................................................................................................40
9.6
Expenses and Obligations..........................................................................41
9.7
Parties in Interest........................................................................................41
9.8
Notices.......................................................................................................41
9.9
Counterparts...............................................................................................42
9.10
Entire Agreement.......................................................................................42
9.11
Public Announcements...............................................................................42
9.12
Assignment................................................................................................43
9.13
No Waiver Relating to Claims for Fraud...................................................43
9.14
Governing Law...........................................................................................43
9.15
Jurisdiction.................................................................................................43

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A
—    Form of Assumption and Assignment Agreement
Exhibit B
—    Form of Bill of Sale
Exhibit C
—    Form of Patent License Agreement
Exhibit D
—    Form of Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement
Exhibit E
—    Form of Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit F
—    Form of Reseller Agreement
Exhibit G
—    Form of Grant Back Software License Agreement




ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of February 3, 2012, by and among NCR Corporation, a Maryland corporation ("Seller") and Redbox Automated Retail, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Buyer").
R E C I T A L S
A.    Seller's operations include Seller's entertainment business, which offers solutions that are dedicated to providing consumers the ability to rent or buy movies, video games and other entertainment media in DVD, Blu-ray, or other disc format at their convenience through the use of Seller owned and operated self-service kiosks (the "Business").
B.    Seller desires to sell and Buyer desires to buy certain of the assets used or held for use in the operation of the Business, both tangible and intangible, excluding the Excluded Assets (as hereinafter defined), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
A G R E E M E N T S
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective representations, warranties, agreements, and conditions hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1

DEFINED TERMS
1.1    Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Agreement:
"Acquired Assets" means the tangible and intangible assets specifically listed on Schedule 2.1, but specifically excluding therefrom the Excluded Assets.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition and this Agreement, the term "control" (and correlative terms) means the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person.
"Applicable Laws" means all laws, statutes, constitutions, rules, regulations, principals of common law, resolutions, codes, ordinances, requirements, judgments, orders, decrees, injunctions, and writs of any Governmental Entity which has, or which is reasonably likely to have, jurisdiction over the Acquired Assets or the Business, as they may be in effect on or prior to the Closing.
"Assumed Contracts" means (a) all Retailer Agreements and (b) the Contracts listed on Schedule 1.1(i), which Schedule shall only be updated upon mutual agreement of Buyer and Seller prior to Closing to add any additional Contracts entered into after the date hereof and prior

- 1 -


to the Effective Time; provided, however, if any Assumed Contract terminates or expires prior to the Effective Time, such Contract shall no longer be deemed an Assumed Contract for purposes of this Agreement following such termination or expiration unless agreed to in a separate writing by Buyer and Seller prior to the Effective Time.
"Assumption Agreement" means the Assumption and Assignment Agreement between Buyer and Seller substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
"Benefit Plan" means any retirement, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, stock bonus, savings, bonus, incentive, health and welfare, sick pay, holiday, vacation, severance, change of control, equity, fringe benefit or other employee benefit plan, program, or policy (including any "employee benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) or any employment or similar agreement (a) sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate on behalf of any current or former officer or employee of the Business, or (b) with respect to which Seller has (or could reasonably be expected to have) a material liability.
"Bill of Sale" means the Bill of Sale by Seller to Buyer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
"Blockbuster License" means that certain Trademark Usage License between the BB 2009 Trust and Seller dated on or about March 2, 2009.
"business day" means any other day than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which commercial banks in the State of Delaware are authorized or required to be closed.
"Buyer Indemnified Costs" means (a) any and all Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs; and (b) any and all Buyer Indemnified Taxes and any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of any Buyer Indemnified Taxes; and (c) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of Seller's ownership, operation or use of any of the Acquired Assets or the Business at or prior to the Effective Time, but excluding from the Damages under this subsection (c) any and all Assumed Liabilities; and (d) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of any breach or default by Seller of any of the covenants, obligations or agreements under this Agreement; and (e) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of the noncompliance by Seller with any bulk transfer laws applicable to the sale of the Acquired Assets to Buyer; and (f) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of any Excluded Liabilities or any Excluded Contract or Seller's obligations with respect to the Excluded Assets; and (g) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of the Benefit Plans; and (h) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of claims made by an employee or former employee of Seller under any applicable employment laws or employment agreements with Seller, including any relating to the termination by Seller of the employment of any employee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (i) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties arising out of the matters set forth on Schedule 1.1(ii).



- 2 -


"Buyer Indemnified Parties" means Buyer and each officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, and Affiliate of Buyer.
"Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs" means any and all Damages that any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties incurs and that arise out of any breach or default by Seller of any of the representations or warranties under this Agreement.
"Buyer Indemnified Taxes" means any and all Taxes (a) imposed on Seller or for which Seller may otherwise be liable (except for Taxes for which Buyer is responsible pursuant to Section 4.7(c) or Section 4.7(d) and Taxes arising out of the ownership, operation or use of any of the Acquired Assets or the Business after the Effective Time), (b) arising out of the ownership, operation or use of any of the Acquired Assets or the Business at or prior to the Effective Time, (c) specified in Section 2.5(i), and (d) for which Seller is responsible pursuant to Section 4.7(c) or Section 4.7(d).
"Buyer Material Adverse Effect" means any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with any such other results, occurrences, facts, changes, events or effects, is or would reasonably be expected to be (whether or not such result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect has, during the period or at any time in question, manifested itself in Buyer's historical financial statements) materially adverse to the ability of Buyer to timely consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except to the extent that any such result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect results or arises from one or more of the following: (i) the announcement of this Agreement or the pendency of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the loss of any employees, suppliers or retailers), the taking of any actions required hereby or the failure to take any action prohibited hereby; (ii) changes in general economic or business conditions, or conditions generally affecting the industry in which the Business is operated; (iii) changes in any financial, banking or securities markets (including disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index); (iv) acts of terrorism, war or other military conflict, earthquake, fire, storm, flood or other acts of God; and (v) changes in Applicable Laws or GAAP.
"Closing" means the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE 6.
"Code" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references to the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations or other governmental pronouncements shall be deemed to include references to any applicable successor regulations or amending pronouncement.
"Consents" means all consents, approvals, orders, waivers, authorizations or similar requirements of, or registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings with, any Governmental Entity, and all consents, waivers, approvals and similar requirements of third Persons.
"Contracts" means any and all written, oral or other agreements, contracts, subcontracts, settlement agreements, leases, binding understandings, instruments, notes, options, warranties, purchase orders, licenses, sublicenses, insurance policies, Benefit Plans or other binding


- 3 -


commitments or arrangements of any nature (including any amendments and other modifications thereto), to which Seller or an Affiliate of Seller is a party or is otherwise bound.
"Customer Data" means all lists, data, records and reports relating to a customer or end user's interaction with the Business, whether through a kiosk, a website, or other social media, including, without limitation, email addresses, customer accounts and account numbers, identification or passwords (if any), customer use history, SMS information, Facebook friends account information and history (to the extent transferable), customer surveys, customer research and market tests and studies, including all such Customer Data with respect to customers of the Business in the United States and Canada. Upon Seller's request, Buyer shall promptly provide (to the extent reasonable under the circumstances and following appropriate agreement regarding confidentiality) Seller with Customer Data to the extent it is reasonably necessary for Seller to (a) perform its obligations under the Transition Services Agreement or Manufacturing and Services Agreement; (b) respond to any claims, demands or litigation relating to any Excluded Liabilities; or (c) respond to any claims, demands or litigation relating to any Indemnification Claim.
"Customer Terms" means any terms and conditions, policies or conditions, including any privacy policies of the Seller, that apply to the collection, transfer or use of any Customer Data.
"Damages" means any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, Taxes, charges, suits, penalties, costs, and expenses (including court costs, attorneys' fees and other expenses incurred in investigating and preparing for, or otherwise in connection with, any litigation or proceeding); provided, however, that Damages shall not include any special, exemplary or punitive damages, nor the actual or imputed value of the services or time of Buyer's or Seller's employees, officers or directors.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
"ERISA Affiliate" means any Person that, together with Seller, is or, at any time, was treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA.
"Excluded Contracts" means all Contracts that relate to the Acquired Assets or Business that are not Assumed Contracts, including (a) all employment, change of control and severance agreements; (b) all Benefit Plans (and all Contracts related thereto); (c) all Contracts for Indebtedness; (d) any collective bargaining agreement; (e) all Studio Contracts; and (f) all Contracts that have terminated or expired prior to the Closing.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
"Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement" means the Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement between Buyer and Seller substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
"Grant Back Software License Agreement" means the Grant Back Software License Agreement between Buyer and Seller substantially in the form of Exhibit G.



- 4 -


"HSR Act" means the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, as amended.
"Indebtedness" means: (a) all indebtedness (including the principal amount thereof or, if applicable, the accreted amount thereof and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest thereon) of Seller, whether or not represented by bonds, debentures, notes or other securities, for the repayment of money borrowed, (b) all deferred indebtedness of Seller for the payment of the purchase price of Acquired Assets, (c) all obligations of Seller to pay rent, licensing fees or revenue shares or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property or licensing or other arrangement which is required to be classified as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP in accordance with historic past practice, (d) any outstanding reimbursement obligation of Seller with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of Seller, (e) any payment obligation of Seller under any interest rate swap agreement, forward rate agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of limiting or managing interest rate risks, (f) all indebtedness for borrowed money secured by any Lien existing on property owned by Seller, whether or not indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed, (g) all guaranties, endorsements, assumptions and other contingent obligations of Seller in respect of, or to purchase or to otherwise acquire, indebtedness for borrowed money of others, and (h) all premiums, penalties and change of control payments required to be paid or offered in respect of any of the foregoing as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Document regardless if any of such are actually paid.
"Indemnified Parties" means the Buyer Indemnified Parties or the Seller Indemnified Parties, as the case may be.
"Kiosk(s)" means (a) all of the kiosks associated with the Business, including those that are currently deployed, have been deployed, or have never been deployed (except for kiosks acquired by Seller from DVDPlay, Inc. on December 8, 2009, as identified on Schedule 1.1(iii)) and (b) with regard to the Kiosks, all associated graphics, labels, stickers, signs, rebranding-related materials, internal operating components, work in progress, spares, parts, external monitors, card readers, and RFID readers, except for (x) logos, trademarks, service marks, or other markings or Intellectual Property licensed by Seller pursuant to the Blockbuster License or (y) as set forth on Schedule 1.1(iv).
"Knowledge," "known" or the like means the actual knowledge of each of John Bruno, Justin Hotard, Steve Latham, Pooja Lal, Craig Zwissler, Richard McKenzie, Duane Schroeder, John Schweikert, Jennifer Daniels, Ellen Samuels, and Elise Kirban concerning the subject matter in question following a reasonable inquiry, to the extent such subject matter is in such individual's area of responsibility in connection with such individual's employment with Seller, such inquiry having been completed by each named individual.
"Licensed Intellectual Property" means all Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule 1.1(v).
"Liens" means all liens, pledges, claims, security interests, restrictions, mortgages, deeds of trust, tenancies, possessory interests, conditional sale or other title retention agreements,



- 5 -


assessments, easements, covenants, rights of first refusal, burdens, options or encumbrances of any kind other than (a) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, (b) liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen that have arisen in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due and payable, and (c) the IP Encumbrances.
"Manufacturing and Services Agreement" means an agreement for custom manufacturing and other services between Seller and Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer in form and substance mutually agreeable to Buyer and Seller pursuant to which Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer shall procure from Seller certain hardware, software, and related services relating to, among other things, custom manufacturing and design services.
"Material Adverse Effect" means any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with any such other results, occurrences, facts, changes, events or effects, is or would reasonably be expected to be (whether or not such result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect has, during the period or at any time in question, manifested itself in Seller's historical financial statements) materially adverse to (a) the Acquired Assets taken as a whole or (b) the ability of Seller to timely consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except to the extent that any such result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect results or arises from one or more of the following: (i) the announcement of this Agreement or the pendency of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the loss of any employees, suppliers, or retailers), the taking of any actions required hereby or the failure to take any action prohibited hereby; (ii) changes in general economic or business conditions, or conditions generally affecting the industry in which the Business is operated; (iii) changes in any financial, banking or securities markets (including disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index); (iv) acts of terrorism, war or other military conflict, earthquake, fire, storm, flood or other acts of God; and (v) changes in Applicable Laws or GAAP.
"Patent License Agreement" means the Patent License Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.
"Personal Property" means the tangible and intangible personal property owned by Seller and used or held for use primarily in connection with the Business, specifically including, among other things: (a) the Kiosks; (b) all DVD inventory (inclusive of Blu-Ray but excluding all video game discs), including cases and RFID tags; and (c) the other assets listed on Schedule 1.1(vi), except the property listed on Schedule 1.1(vii).
"Purchased Intellectual Property" means all Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule 1.1(viii).
"Reseller Agreement" means the Reseller Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.
"Retailer Agreements" means all of the contracts with retailers listed on Schedule 1.1(ix).


- 6 -


"Schedules" means the Schedules attached hereto.
"Seller Indemnified Costs" means (a) any and all Seller Indemnified Representation Costs; and (b) any and all Seller Indemnified Taxes and any and all Damages incurred by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of any Seller Indemnified Taxes; and (c) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of Buyer's ownership, operation or use of any of the Acquired Assets or the Business after the Effective Time, but excluding from the Damages under this subsection (c) any and all Excluded Liabilities; and (d) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of any breach or default by Buyer of any of the covenants, obligations or agreements under this Agreement; and (e) any and all Damages incurred by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of any Assumed Contract following assumption thereof by Buyer (including following assignment thereof as provided in Section 4.14) or failure of Buyer to pay or perform the Assumed Liabilities, but excluding from the Damages under this subsection (e) any and all Excluded Liabilities.
"Seller Indemnified Parties" means Seller and each officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, and Affiliate of Seller.
"Seller Indemnified Representation Costs" means any and all Damages that any of the Seller Indemnified Parties incurs and that arise out of any breach or default by Buyer of any of the representations or warranties under this Agreement.
"Seller Indemnified Taxes" means any and all Taxes (a) imposed on Buyer or for which Buyer may otherwise be liable (except Taxes for which Seller is responsible pursuant to Section 4.7(c) or Section 4.7(d)), (b) for which Buyer is responsible pursuant to Section 4.7(c) or Section 4.7(d); or (c) arising out of the ownership, operation or use of any of the Acquired Assets or the Business after the Closing.
"Studio Contracts" means all Contracts between the Seller and any movie studio pursuant to which DVD inventory is licensed by the Seller.
"Tax" or "Taxes" means any taxes, assessments, fees, unclaimed property, property subject to escheat and other governmental charges imposed by any Governmental Entity, including income, profits, gross receipts, net proceeds, alternative or add on minimum, ad valorem, value added, turnover, sales, use, property, personal property (tangible and intangible), environmental, stamp, leasing, lease, user, excise, duty, franchise, capital stock, transfer, registration, license, business license, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, payroll, employment, fuel, excess profits, occupational, premium, windfall profit, severance, estimated, or other charge of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
"Tax Returns" means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.
"Transaction Documents" means this Agreement, each of the Exhibits, and all other documents to be executed by any of the parties to this Agreement in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

- 7 -



"Transition Services Agreement" means the Transition Services Agreement between Buyer and Seller substantially in the form of Exhibit E.
1.2    Additional Defined Terms. The following terms are defined in the section indicated:

Term
Section
Agreement
Introduction
Assigning Retailer Agreement
2.4
Assumed Liabilities
2.6
Break Fee
7.2
Business
Recital A
Buyer
Introduction
Buyer Deductible
8.6(b)
Buyer Exclusions
8.6(b)
Charter Documents
3.1(a)(ii)
Claim Notice
8.3(a)
Closing Date
6.1
Confidentiality Agreement
4.2
Consent to Assignment
2.4
Courts
9.15
Cure Period
7.1(b)(i)
Drop Dead Date
7.1(b)(iii)
Effective Time
6.1
Environmental Law
3.1(r)(v)(A)
Excluded Assets
2.2
Excluded Liabilities
2.5
Exclusions Cap
8.7(b)
Financial Statements
3.1(d)
Governmental Entity
3.1(c)(iii)
Hazardous Material
3.1(r)(v)(B)
Indemnification Claim
8.3(a)
Indemnifying Party
8.3(a)
Intellectual Property
3.1(j)(i)
IP Encumbrances
3.1(j)(iii)
Material
3.1(h)
Material Retailer
3.1(w)
Material Supplier
3.1(w)
Open Transactions
4.1
Owned Seller Software
3.1(j)(ii)
Patents
3.1(j)(i)

- 8 -


Term
Section
Permits
3.1(m)(ii)
Permitted Liens
3.1(e)
Purchase Price
2.3(a)
Purchased Software
3.1(j)(ii)
Regular Cap
8.7(a)
Right Acquirer
3.1(j)(iii)
Seller
Introduction
Seller Deductible
8.6(a)
Seller Exclusions
8.6(a)
third party action
8.3(a)
Third Party Licensed Software
3.1(j)(ii)
Trade Secrets
3.1(j)(viii)
Transfer Taxes
4.7(c)

1.3    References and Titles. All references in this Agreement to Exhibits, Schedules, Articles, Sections, sections, subsections, and other subdivisions refer to the corresponding Exhibits, Schedules, Articles, Sections, sections, subsections, and other subdivisions of this Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise. Titles appearing at the beginning of any Articles, Sections, sections, subsections, or other subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience only, do not constitute any part of such Articles, Sections, sections, subsections or other subdivisions, and shall be disregarded in construing the language contained therein. The words "this Agreement," "herein," "hereby," "hereunder," and "hereof," and words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The words "this Section," "this section," "this subsection," and words of similar import, refer only to the Sections, section or subsections hereof in which such words occur. The word "or" is not exclusive, and the word "including" (in its various forms) means "including, without limitation." Pronouns in masculine, feminine, or neuter genders shall be construed to state and include any other gender and words, terms, and titles (including terms defined herein) in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise expressly requires. Unless the context otherwise expressly requires, all defined terms contained herein shall include the singular and plural and the conjunctive and disjunctive forms of such defined terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.
ARTICLE 2

SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS
2.1    Agreement to Sell and Buy. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller shall sell, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer at Closing, and Buyer shall purchase at the Closing, all of the Acquired Assets, free and clear of any Liens or liabilities (except for the Permitted Liens and the Assumed Liabilities). The Acquired Assets to be assigned, transferred and delivered by Seller hereunder shall consist of the following (as well as such other assets specifically set forth in Schedule 2.1):


- 9 -


(a)    All Personal Property;
(b)    Subject to Section 4.14, all Assumed Contracts;
(c)    All refunds of Taxes that accrue to Seller for which Buyer is liable under this Agreement;
(d)    All Customer Data;
(e)    All of Seller's right, title and interest (as applicable) in and to the Purchased Intellectual Property, subject to the IP Encumbrances;
(f)    All of Seller's right, title and interest (as applicable) in and to Purchased Software; and
(g)    All books, surveys, data, documentation, manuals, reports, files, customer and vendor lists, studies, specifications and similar records, including financial, relating to (i) the Acquired Assets, (ii) the operation of the Business to the extent the Acquired Assets were used in such operations, and (iii) financial information relating exclusively to the operation of the Business (excluding any of the above relating solely to the Excluded Assets described in Section 2.2), including (A) executed copies of the Assumed Contracts, (B) all records, including financial, required by any Governmental Entity to be kept by the Business relating to the Acquired Assets (excluding income Taxes), subject to the right of Seller to copy and have such books and records made reasonably available to Seller for Tax and other legitimate organization purposes until 11:59 p.m. Central time on the date that is 60 months after the Closing Date or, if later, the date a claim with respect to which such records are relevant, and for which Seller is an Indemnifying Party or a Seller Indemnified Party, is finally resolved, or, in the case of records related to Taxes, the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, (C) all domestic and international market and research reports and studies (including regarding pricing) relating to DVD rentals, any DVD rental kiosks or otherwise used or prepared in connection with the Business, including any reports relating to pilot studies conducted in Japan, and (D) all historical reports including data on Kiosk performance and forecasted performance with respect to Kiosks associated with the Business operated pursuant to the Retailer Agreements, but excluding privileged materials.
2.2    Excluded Assets. The "Excluded Assets" shall consist of (i) the following assets of Seller, and (ii) any other assets of Seller which are not specifically set forth in Schedule 2.1, all of which are specifically excluded from the definition of Acquired Assets:
(a)    Seller's books and records not included in Section 2.1(g) above, including Seller's corporate charter, taxpayer and other identification numbers, corporate seals, minute books (including materials distributed to directors), stock transfer books, blank stock certificates, tax records, personnel records, and all other books and records related to the Excluded Assets, Excluded Contracts, Excluded Liabilities or otherwise not related to the Business or the Acquired Assets; provided, however, copies of any such books and records shall be provided to Buyer for legitimate business purposes to the extent reasonably requested by Buyer to comply with the requirements of Governmental Entities or in connection with legal matters, provided appropriate

- 10 -


confidentiality protections and use restrictions, reasonably satisfactory to both parties, shall be agreed to with respect to such copies;
(b)    All claims, rights, interests and proceeds with respect to Tax refunds for Taxes that accrue to Seller (excluding refunds of Taxes for which Buyer is liable under this Agreement) or for which Seller is liable prior to the Closing under this Agreement, or heretofore paid by Seller;
(c)    All deferred tax assets or tax attributes of Seller;
(d)    All Excluded Contracts;
(e)    All logos, trademarks, service marks, or other markings or Intellectual Property licensed by Seller pursuant to the Blockbuster License;
(f)    All DVD inventory (inclusive of Blu-Ray and videogame discs), including cases and RFID tags, that is not included in Personal Property;
(g)    Any and all Intellectual Property which is not Purchased Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, all Licensed Intellectual Property;
(h)    All of Seller's right, title and interest (as applicable) in and to any and all software not included in the Purchased Software, including but not limited to the Owned Seller Software;
(i)    Seller's cash on hand and all other cash in any of Seller's bank or savings accounts, and any other cash equivalents of Seller, relating to the Business or otherwise;
(j)    All furniture and office equipment of Seller used in or relating to the Business or otherwise, including, but not limited to, personal computers, cell phones and any other portable electronic devices;
(k)    All intercompany accounts and notes receivable;
(l)    All interests in the securities of any of Seller's subsidiaries or other Affiliates; and
(m)    The assets specifically identified on Schedule 2.2(m).
2.3    Purchase Price and Manufacturing and Services.
(a)    Purchase Price. The aggregate purchase price payable at Closing by Buyer to Seller in consideration for the sale of the Acquired Assets will be an amount equal to One Hundred Million U.S. Dollars ($100,000,000), as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.4 (the "Purchase Price"). In addition to the Purchase Price, as consideration for the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, and delivery of the Acquired Assets, Buyer shall assume the Assumed Liabilities.


- 11 -


(b)    Manufacturing and Services. In connection with and as an integral part of the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer and Seller intend to enter into a mutually beneficial strategic arrangement, which could include the purchase of goods and services by Buyer or its Affiliates from Seller pursuant to the Manufacturing and Services Agreement. In order to induce Seller to enter into this Agreement, Buyer or its Affiliates shall pay to Seller during the five-year period immediately following the Closing Date at least twenty-five million U.S. Dollars ($25,000,000) in margin (as described on Schedule 2.3(b) hereto) over the five-year period for manufacturing and other services, including those amounts paid to the Seller pursuant to the Manufacturing and Services Agreement. To the extent manufacturing and other services equal to $25,000,000 in margin are not requested by Buyer or its Affiliates or not provided by Seller pursuant to the Manufacturing and Services Agreement or otherwise on mutually agreeable terms, Buyer will pay Seller at the end of the five-year period an amount of cash equal to the difference between $25,000,000 and the value in margin paid to the Seller over such five-year period.
2.4    Purchase Price Adjustment. If as of the Closing, Seller has not been able to obtain and deliver to Buyer a consent to assignment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer (a "Consent to Assignment") executed by each of the applicable counterparties to a Retailer Agreement listed on Schedule 2.4 (each, an "Assigning Retailer Agreement"), then the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward to reflect any Consents to Assignment not delivered as of the Closing as set forth on Schedule 2.4; provided, however, that Buyer may not require any modifications (other than with regard to allowing for assignment) to the Retailer Agreement as a condition to its approval of such Consent to Assignment.
2.5    Excluded Liabilities. Except as specifically set forth in Section 2.6, Buyer is not assuming any liability or obligation of Seller or otherwise arising in connection with the Acquired Assets or the Business, whether known, unknown, contingent or otherwise, including: (a) all liabilities and obligations for Indebtedness, (b) all liabilities and obligations arising under the Excluded Contracts, (c) all liabilities and obligations for Buyer Indemnified Taxes, (d) all liabilities and obligations related to bulk sale or transfer laws, (e) all liabilities, debts and obligations arising under any Contract for failure to obtain Consent with regard to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, (f) all liabilities and obligations under or with respect to any Benefit Plan and any Contracts related thereto, (g) all employee-related liabilities in connection with the current or former executives, employees or consultants of Seller who provide or provided services to the Business, (h) Seller's transaction costs and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except any Taxes to be paid by the Buyer pursuant to Section 4.7(c) and (d) hereof, (i) all liabilities and obligations associated with payroll taxes, including FICA, and other federal or local employment Taxes, or other similar withholding or obligations imposed in connection with the operation of the Business, (j) all accounts payable relating to the Acquired Assets or the Business as of the Closing Date, (k) all intercompany liabilities and obligations relating to the Acquired Assets or the Business as of the Closing Date, (l) all accrued expenses relating to the Acquired Assets or the Business, and (m) all liabilities and obligations described on Schedule 2.5(m) (the "Excluded Liabilities").
2.6    Assumed Liabilities. As the sole exception to the provisions set forth in Section 2.5, effective as of the Effective Time (except as provided in and consistent with




- 12 -


Section 4.14 hereof), Buyer hereby agrees to assume and become responsible for the following obligations and liabilities of Seller: (a) the liabilities and obligations arising after the Effective Time under the Assumed Contracts; provided, however, that Buyer shall not assume any such liabilities or obligations to the extent such liabilities and obligations result from a breach by Seller at or prior to the Effective Time of, or a default by Seller at or prior to the Effective Time under, an Assumed Contract, or which relate to liabilities and obligations of the Seller under an Assumed Contract which have accrued at or prior to the Effective Time but which are to be satisfied after the Effective Time, (b) the Taxes to be paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 4.7(c) and (d) hereof, and (c) the liabilities and obligations described on Schedule 2.6 (collectively, the "Assumed Liabilities").
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3.1    Representations and Warranties of Seller. Except as set forth in the Schedules delivered to Buyer by the Seller in connection herewith, Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows (with the understanding that Buyer is relying on such representations and warranties in entering into and performing this Agreement). Such representations and warranties, unless specified otherwise herein, are made as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date.
(a)    Organizational Matters.
(i)    Organization, Standing and Power to Conduct Business. Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland; has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate the properties used in the Business and to carry on the Business as now being conducted; and is duly qualified and in good standing to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the Business or the ownership or leasing of the properties used in the Business makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified to do business or be in good standing (individually, or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ii)    Charter Documents. Seller has made available to Buyer true and complete copies of its articles of incorporation and bylaws, in each case as amended to date and currently in effect (such instruments and documents, the "Charter Documents"). Seller is not in violation of any of the provisions of its Charter Documents.
(iii)    Subsidiaries. Except for the portions of the Business conducted by NCR Canada, Ltd., Seller does not operate the Business or own any of the Acquired Assets, or any portion thereof, through any other entity, including any wholly or partially owned subsidiary.
(b)    Authority and Due Execution.
(i)    Authority. Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and

- 13 -


to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by Seller, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Seller or any of its Affiliates are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by Seller or any of its Affiliates or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(ii)    Due Execution. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party has been, or upon execution and delivery will be, duly executed and delivered by Seller and, assuming due execution and delivery by Buyer and other parties hereto and thereto, constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, the valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except that (A) such enforcement may be subject to and limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws or judicial decisions now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and the application of general principles of equity, and (B) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive relief may be subject to and limited by equitable defenses and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
(c)    Non Contravention and Consents.
(i)    Non Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by Seller does not, and the performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by Seller, including the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will not, (A) conflict with or violate the Charter Documents of Seller, (B) conflict with or violate any Applicable Laws (excluding the HSR Act) or (C) except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(c)(i), result in any material breach of or constitute a material default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a material default) under, or materially impair the rights of Seller or materially alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, modification, limitation, acceleration or cancellation of any Assumed Contract or other material arrangement relating to the Acquired Assets, or result in the creation of a Lien on any of the Acquired Assets.
(ii)    Contractual Consents. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(c)(ii), no Consent under any Assumed Contract is required to be obtained in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Seller or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including the assignment and assumption of the Assumed Contracts.
(iii)    Governmental Consents. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(c)(iii), no Consent of any national, state, municipal, local or foreign government, any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, or any quasi governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other



- 14 -


governmental or quasi governmental authority (a "Governmental Entity") is required to be obtained or made by Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by Seller or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(d)    Financial Statements. Seller has delivered to Buyer (i) Seller's financial statements (consisting of a balance sheet and statement of operations) for the Business for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, which financial statements have been prepared as if the Business were a reporting business segment of Seller under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and other applicable securities laws (the "Financial Statements"). The Financial Statements were prepared from the books and records of Seller and in accordance with GAAP (except as to the absence of statements of cash flows, footnotes and other disclosures specific to the Business as would be required under GAAP on a standalone basis, and, in the case of such interim financial statements, subject to normal year end adjustments) consistently applied for the periods presented and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, and results of operations of the Business as of the dates and for the periods indicated therein. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(d) or in the Financial Statements, there are no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, relating to the Acquired Assets, other than (x) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the date of Seller's most recent Financial Statements and (y) obligations under Assumed Contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in Seller's Financial Statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Acquired Assets. Schedule 3.1(d) provides a description of all financial arrangements (including applicable amounts allocated or apportioned) relating to the provision of goods and services by Seller to the Business as of the dates and for the periods indicated in the Financial Statements.
(e)    Liens. All of the Acquired Assets are free and clear of all Liens, except Liens set forth on Schedule 3.1(e)(i). At the Closing, all of the Acquired Assets will be free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens set forth on Schedule 3.1(e)(ii) ("Permitted Liens").
(f)    Insurance. Seller has been covered during the past three (3) years by insurance in scope and amount customary and reasonable for the operations of the Business during such period. Each of such insurance policies is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect and will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect or will be replaced with a policy on substantially similar terms through the Closing Date. Seller, or to the Knowledge of Seller, any other Person, is not in breach or default under any such insurance policy (including with respect to the payment of premiums or the giving of notices), and to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred that, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default, or permit termination, modification or acceleration, under any such insurance policy. To the Knowledge of Seller, no party to any such insurance policy has repudiated any provision thereof.
(g)    Absence of Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(g), (i) there is no material claim, action, suit, inquiry, judicial, or administrative proceeding, grievance, or arbitration pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened (in so far as it would have a



- 15 -


Material Adverse Effect) against Seller arising from the operation of the Business or any of the Acquired Assets by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity, nor (ii) to the Knowledge of Seller, are there any investigations (in so far as it would have a Material Adverse Effect) relating to Seller's operation of the Business or any of the Acquired Assets pending or threatened by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(g), there is no judgment, decree, injunction, order, determination, award, finding, or letter of deficiency of any Governmental Entity or arbitrator outstanding against Seller and relating to the operation of the Business or any of the Acquired Assets, which would result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no action, suit, inquiry or judicial or administrative proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Schedule 3.1(g) also lists all litigation that Seller has pending or threatened against other parties that arises out of or relates to any Assumed Contract, the Assumed Liabilities, the Business or the Acquired Assets.
(h)    Taxes. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.1(h): (i) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by Seller with respect to any of the Acquired Assets or the Business have been duly and timely filed with the appropriate Governmental Entity, (ii) all such Tax Returns were at the time they were filed true, correct and complete in all material respects and, to the Knowledge of Seller, such Tax Returns continue to be true, correct and complete in all material respects, (iii) all material Taxes owed by Seller with respect to any of the Acquired Assets or the Business that are or have become due have been timely paid in full, (iv) all material Tax collection, withholding and deposit requirements imposed with respect to any of the Acquired Assets or the Business have been satisfied in full in all material respects, (v) to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no Liens on any of the Acquired Assets or the Business that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax, (vi) there is no claim pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened by any Governmental Entity in connection with any such Tax, (vii) to the Knowledge of Seller, none of such Tax Returns are now under audit or examination by any Governmental Entity, and (viii) there are no agreements, waivers or other arrangements providing for an extension of time with respect to the filing of any such Tax Return or the assessment or collection of any such Tax. For purposes of this Section 3.1(h) only, "material" means Tax liabilities in excess of Fifty Thousand U.S. dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate arising out of local, municipal, township or city Taxes or Tax returns.
(i)    Title to Assets; Condition of Assets.
(i)    Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(i)(i), Seller has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold or license interest in, all of the Personal Property and none of such Personal Property is subject to any Lien, except Permitted Liens. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 3.1(i)(i), each of the tangible assets included in the Personal Property, including the Kiosks, (A) is in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and (B) is suitable for the purposes for which it is presently being used in connection with the Business.
(ii)    The Acquired Assets do not include any real property.




- 16 -


(iii)    With regard to the Business and its operations, Seller has exclusive ownership, free and clear of any Liens, or the valid right to use, all Customer Data, subject to the Customer Terms, if applicable, and Applicable Laws.
(j)    Intellectual Property.
(i)    Seller holds legally transferable rights in all Purchased Intellectual Property and licensable rights in all Licensed Intellectual Property. Seller has not exclusively licensed any Purchased Intellectual Property or any Licensed Intellectual Property to any third party. As used in this Agreement, "Intellectual Property" means any or all of the following: (A) all patents and applications therefor, including all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, substitutions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, and all equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, together with industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor, (collectively, "Patents"), (B) all Trade Secrets, (C) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, including copyrights in source code and object code for software, (D) all trade names, logos, domain names, trademarks and service marks (including common law trademarks and service marks), and all registrations and applications for registration corresponding thereto throughout the world, and (E) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world.
(ii)    Schedule 3.1(j)(ii)-1 sets forth a true, correct and complete list of each of the following: (A) all computer programs owned by Seller that are used exclusively by the Business (the "Purchased Software"), (B) all computer programs licensed to Seller by any third party that are used exclusively by the Business and its operations to the extent such licenses are transferable to Buyer (the "Third Party Licensed Software"), and (C) all computer programs owned by Seller that are used by Seller in both the Business and Seller's other operations ("Owned Seller Software"). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(j)(ii)-2, Seller has good and marketable title to, and is in possession of the source code and object code for each computer program included in the Purchased Software. Seller has possession of the object code for each computer program included in the Third Party Licensed Software and the Owned Seller Software.
(iii)    Schedule 3.1(j)(iii) discloses all licenses, sublicenses and other similar agreements to which Seller is a party and which provide any Person ("Right Acquirer") a license, covenant not to assert or sue, and/or release with respect to, or other authorization to use, (A) any of the Patents or trademarks included in the Purchased Intellectual Property, or (B) any of the Purchased Software (collectively, "IP Encumbrances"). Except as would not otherwise have a material adverse effect on Buyer's rights with respect to the Purchased Intellectual Property or the Purchased Software, the IP Encumbrances are nontransferable (except, respectively, as applicable, to a Person who acquires all or substantially all of the equity or assets of the Right Acquirer or an Affiliate of the Right Acquirer, provided the scope of the Intellectual Property or software rights transferred are no broader than the scope of the Intellectual



- 17 -


Property or software rights of the Right Acquirer at the time of transfer) and nonsublicensable (except, respectively, as applicable, to any of the Affiliates of the Right Acquirer or other third parties, in the case of such other third parties, solely for such other third parties to engage in activities on behalf of or for the Right Acquirer). To the Knowledge of Seller, no IP Encumbrance has been breached.
(iv)    Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1(j)(iv)-1, to the Knowledge of Seller, there is no infringement or misappropriation, nor any written allegation by Seller of infringement or misappropriation, of any Purchased Intellectual Property by any third party, including any employee or former employee of Seller. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1(j)(iv)-2, to the Knowledge of Seller, there is no infringement or misappropriation, nor any written allegation of infringement or misappropriation, of Intellectual Property of any third party by Seller, including by any employee of Seller, directed to the Business as it is currently conducted.
(v)    Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1(j)(v), Seller is not, and as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by Seller or the consummation of any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby will not be, in breach of any license, sublicense or other similar agreement that would prohibit Seller's right to transfer the Purchased Intellectual Property to Buyer.
(vi)    To the knowledge of Seller, the Purchased Intellectual Property is valid and subsisting. All maintenance fees and annuities due and payable on or before the date hereof for any Purchased Intellectual Property that is subject to a registration or application for registration in any jurisdiction have been timely paid.
(vii)    Seller has valid written assignments to the Purchased Intellectual Property, except with respect to the Purchased Intellectual Property that Seller obtained ownership of by operation of law. Seller has the right to assign the Purchased Intellectual Property to Buyer and the right to license the Licensed Intellectual Property to Buyer.
(viii)    Seller has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all Trade Secrets included in the Purchased Intellectual Property that are not otherwise protected by Patents or copyrights. For purposes of this Agreement, "Trade Secrets" means all forms and types of non-public financial, marketing, business, scientific, technical, economic, engineering or other information, including technology, know-how, inventions, algorithms, models and methodologies, patterns, plans, compilations, program devices, formulas, designs, prototypes, methods, techniques, processes, procedures, programs, or codes, whether tangible or intangible, and whether or how stored, compiled, or memorialized physically, electronically, graphically, photographically, or in writing if the information derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable through proper means by, the public, and rights to sue for misappropriation thereof.



- 18 -


(k)    Customer Terms. Schedule 3.1(k) lists all Customer Terms. The Customer Terms comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, and there are no other terms that apply to the receipt, retention or use of any Customer Data that are not listed on Schedule 3.1(k). Seller is not in conflict with or in default under or in violation of any Customer Terms in any material respect.
(l)    [Intentionally Omitted]
(m)    Compliance; Permits.
(i)    Compliance. (a) Seller is not in conflict with, or in default or in violation of, any Applicable Laws and (b) there is no agreement with, commitment to, judgment from, injunction by, or order or decree from, in each case, a Government Entity that is binding upon Seller and which, in either (a) or (b) above relates to any of the Acquired Assets or the Business and its operations and which could materially affect any of the Acquired Assets.
(ii)    Permits. Seller holds, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, all material franchises, permits, registrations, licenses, authorizations, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals from Governmental Entities ("Permits") with respect to the Business and its operations as currently conducted and the ownership of each of the Acquired Assets. Schedule 3.1(m)(ii) is a complete list of Permits held by Seller that relate to the Acquired Assets or the Business and its operations and Seller has not received notice that any suspension or cancellation of any such Permit is pending or threatened and is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such Permits.
(n)    Brokers' and Finders' Fees. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(n), Seller has not incurred, nor will it incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.
(o)    Restrictions on Business Activities. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(o), Seller has not entered into any agreement under which Seller is or Buyer or any of its subsidiaries after the Closing will be restricted from, operating the Acquired Assets in a manner consistent with Seller's past practice for the 12 months prior to the date of this Agreement or owning the Acquired Assets, in any geographic area, during any period of time or in any segment of any market.
(p)    Employees. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(p), as of the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of Seller, no executive, key employee or consultant or group of employees employed or retained by Seller who devote a substantial amount of their time in providing services to the Business has notified Seller of any plan or intention to terminate employment with or service to Seller.
(q)    Benefit Plans. Under no circumstances could Buyer incur any obligation or liability with respect to any Benefit Plan.



- 19 -


(r)    Environmental Matters.
(i)    With respect to the Acquired Assets and the operation of the Business, Seller is and has at all times been in compliance with all Environmental Laws (as defined in clause (v) of this Section), and no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice has been made, given, filed or commenced (or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened) by any Person against Seller alleging any failure to operate the Acquired Assets in compliance with any Environmental Law or seeking contribution towards, or participation in, any remediation of any contamination of any property or thing with Hazardous Materials (as defined in clause (v) of this Section). With respect to the Acquired Assets and the operation of the Business, Seller has obtained, and is and has at all times been in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of, all permits, licenses and other authorizations that are required under any Environmental Law in connection with the operation of the Business and has at all times operated the Business in compliance with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables that are contained in any applicable Environmental Law.
(ii)    To the Knowledge of Seller, no physical condition exists on or under any property leased or used in connection with the Acquired Assets that could give rise to any investigative, remedial or other obligation under any Environmental Law or that could result in any kind of liability to any third party claiming damage to Person or property as a result of such physical condition.
(iii)    No Hazardous Materials have been used in the Business in violation of any Environmental Law.
(iv)    Seller has provided to Buyer true and complete copies of all internal and external environmental audits and studies in its possession or control relating to the Acquired Assets or the operation of the Business and all correspondence on substantial environmental matters relating to the Acquired Assets or the operation of the Business.
(v)    For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms will have the respective meanings indicated:
(A)    "Environmental Law" means any federal, state and local law, regulation, ordinance, code, rule, permit, decision, order or decree relating or pertaining to the public health and safety or the environment or otherwise governing the generation, use, handling, collection, treatment, storage, transportation, recovery, recycling, removal, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials, including (1) the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., as amended, (2) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., as amended, (3) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq., as amended, (4) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., as amended, (5) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., as amended, (6) the Emergency Planning and Community Right To Know Act,


- 20 -


15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., as amended, and (7) the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq., as amended.
(B)    "Hazardous Material" means (1) any hazardous waste, hazardous substance, toxic pollutant, hazardous air pollutant or hazardous chemical (as any of such terms may be defined under, or for the purpose of, any Environmental Law), (2) asbestos, (3) polychlorinated biphenyls, (4) petroleum or petroleum products, (5) underground storage tanks, whether empty, filled or partially filled with any substance, (6) any substance the presence of which on the property in question is prohibited under any Environmental Law or (7) any other substance that under any Environmental Law requires special handling or notification of or reporting to any federal, state or local governmental entity in its generation, use, handling, collection, treatment, storage, recycling, treatment, transportation, recovery, removal, discharge or disposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any substance or chemical found in products used by Seller for office and janitorial purposes will not be deemed a Hazardous Material.
(s)    Assumed Contracts. All Assumed Contracts are in full force and effect. All Assumed Contracts are valid and enforceable, subject to exceptions set forth on Schedule 3.1(s), and not in material default, with no material payments or other obligations past due, and no circumstance exists that, with notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a material default under any Assumed Contract by Seller or, to the Knowledge of Seller, by any other party thereto. Seller has not received any notice of a default, alleged failure to perform or any offset or counterclaim with respect to any Assumed Contract that has not been fully remedied and withdrawn. Seller has provided Buyer with true and complete copies of all of the Assumed Contracts, except as listed on Schedule 3.1(s).
(t)    Assets. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(t), the Acquired Assets constitute all of the material assets, tangible and intangible, which to the Knowledge of the Seller are necessary to operate the Business in the manner operated by Seller in the ordinary course consistent with past practice for the 12-month period prior to the date of this Agreement. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(t), Seller has good and marketable title to all of the Acquired Assets with full power and authority to sell or assign its rights in and to the Acquired Assets to Buyer. At Closing, Seller will transfer to Buyer good and marketable title to all of Seller's rights, title and interest in and to the Acquired Assets, free and clear of any Liens at the time of transfer, other than Permitted Liens, and without any modification thereof.
(u)    Absence of Changes. Since June 30, 2011, there has not occurred, and Seller does not have Knowledge of, any Material Adverse Effect.
(v)    Product Warranties; Services. Except as set forth in the Assumed Contracts or on Schedule 3.1(v), (i) there are no warranties express or implied, written or oral, with respect to the products or services of the Business, and (ii) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened material claims with respect to any such warranty, and Seller has no material liability with respect to any such warranty, whether known or unknown, absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due.



- 21 -


(w)    Retailers and Suppliers. To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no indication that any Material Retailer or Material Supplier intends to terminate or modify its relationship with Seller. As of the date hereof, Seller has not received written notice that any Material Retailer or Material Supplier intends to terminate or modify its relationship with Seller. No Material Retailer or Material Supplier has during the 12 months preceding the date hereof decreased or limited materially, or threatened to decrease or limit materially its relationship with Seller. A "Material Retailer" is a retailer that has entered into a Retailer Agreement. A "Material Supplier" is a supplier of Seller who accounted for Two Percent (2%) or more of the expenses of the Business (as such expenses are accounted for in the Financial Statements) during the 12-month period ended on the date of this Agreement, except for those listed on Schedule 3.1(w) hereto.
(x)    No Other Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.1 (including the related portions of the Schedules), neither Seller nor any other Person has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of Seller, including any representation and warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Business furnished or made available to Buyer and its representatives and any information, documents or material made available to Buyer as to the future revenue, profitability or success of the Business, or any representation or warranty arising from statute or otherwise in law.
3.2    Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Except as set forth in the Schedules delivered to Seller by the Buyer in connection herewith, Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as follows (with the understanding that Seller is relying on such representations and warranties in entering into and performing this Agreement). Such representations and warranties, unless specified otherwise herein, are made as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date.
(a)    Organization, Standing and Power. Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
(b)    Authority. Buyer has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of Buyer and no other limited liability company or other proceedings on the part of Buyer or any of its Affiliates are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by Buyer or any of its Affiliates or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party have been, or upon execution and delivery will be, duly executed and delivered and constitute, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms.
(c)    Non Contravention and Consents.



- 22 -


(i)    Non Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by Buyer does not, and the performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by Buyer will not, (A) conflict with or violate Buyer's certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement, as amended, or (B) conflict with or violate any Applicable Laws (excluding the HSR Act) or (C) result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair the rights of Buyer under, any obligation to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer may be bound.
(ii)    Contractual Consents. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(c)(ii), no Consent under any agreement to which Buyer is a party is required to be obtained in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by Buyer or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(iii)    Governmental Consents. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(c)(iii), no Consent of any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by Buyer or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(d)    Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, inquiry, judicial or administrative proceeding, grievance, or arbitration pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened against Buyer relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which Buyer is a party.
(e)    Brokers' and Finders' Fees. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(e), Buyer has not incurred, nor will it incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which Buyer is a party or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.
(f)    Sufficiency of Funds. Buyer has, and will have available to it upon the Closing, sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Purchase Price and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
4.1    Conduct of Business. Except as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement (including as set forth in Schedule 4.1), from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Seller shall not, without Buyer's consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):




- 23 -


(a)    fail to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to preserve in such condition as used in the ordinary course of business for the 12-month period prior to the date hereof, the Acquired Assets, including the Business to the extent conducted under the Assumed Contracts;
(b)    fail to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to maintain the tangible Acquired Assets in at least the same condition and state of repair as such tangible Acquired Assets are in on the date hereof, except for ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty governed by Section 4.6, or fail to repair, maintain, or replace any of the tangible Acquired Assets consisting of equipment in accordance with the normal standards of maintenance applicable in the industry;
(c)    (i) materially amend (other than extending or renewing (including allowing for auto-renewals) for a term not more than one year, without otherwise materially amending terms or conditions) or terminate (other than as a result of a material breach by the counterparty) any Assumed Contract (provided, that Seller shall be permitted to remove non-performing Kiosks as provided in and pursuant to any Contract), or (ii) default in any material respect (or take or omit to take any action that, with or without the giving of notice or passage of time, would constitute a material default) under any Assumed Contract;
(d)    merge or consolidate with or into any other legal entity, dissolve, or liquidate, if such action would in any way materially and adversely affect the Acquired Assets or the Business or its operations or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby;
(e)    acquire (including by merger, consolidation, or the acquisition of any equity interest or assets) or sell (whether by merger, consolidation, or the sale of an equity interest or assets), lease, or dispose of any Acquired Assets except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or, even if in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, whether in one or more transactions, in no event involving an Acquired Asset or Acquired Assets having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Seller from performing its contractual obligations under the Master Agreement between Zulia Pty Ltd. and NCR Australia Pty Ltd. dated July 28, 2011, and the agreements and purchase orders incorporated therein;
(f)    mortgage, pledge, or subject to any material Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, any of the Acquired Assets;
(g)    except as required by GAAP, Applicable Laws, or circumstances which did not exist as of December 31, 2011, change any of the material accounting principles or practices used by it with respect to the Business;
(h)    fail to meet the contractual obligations relating to the Acquired Assets in all material respects and perform and pay its obligations with respect to the Acquired Assets as they mature in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects;




- 24 -


(i)    fail to (i) pay any maintenance fees or annuities due and payable at or prior to the Effective Time for the Purchased Intellectual Property that is subject to a registration or application for registration in any jurisdiction, (ii) make any required governmental filings required at or prior to the Effective Time to continue the Purchased Intellectual Property that is subject to a registration, and (iii) continue, until the Effective Time, to prosecute (including in conjunction with any patent application appeals, as applicable) and maintain, in both cases, consistent with Seller's ordinary course of business and industry standard practices, all material pending patent, copyright and trademark applications included in the Purchased Intellectual Property in all jurisdictions in which such applications are pending;
(j)    fail to promptly advise Buyer in writing of any material adverse change in the Acquired Assets or the Business to the extent conducted under the Assumed Contracts; or
(k)    agree to or make any commitment, orally or in writing, to take any actions listed in (a)-(j) above or otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
4.2    Inspection of Acquired Assets and Business. Seller agrees that from and after the date hereof, Buyer and its agents will be afforded reasonable opportunity in light of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, following reasonable written notice to Seller and during normal business hours, to inspect the Acquired Assets, as well as the books and records and other items and personnel that relate to the Acquired Assets and the operations of the Business with respect to the Acquired Assets, as permitted by Applicable Laws, but excluding all privileged materials and information. Seller agrees to promptly deliver or otherwise promptly provide to Buyer all documents and information reasonably requested by Buyer for the confirmation and verification by Buyer of the financial and other information made available to Buyer, and for the review of other financial and other information relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the purchase of the Acquired Assets, and the operations of the Business with respect to the Acquired Assets by Seller. Prior to the Closing, without the prior written consent of Seller, Buyer shall not contact any suppliers to, or employees or customers of the Business with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Requests by Buyer for access and information pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be submitted or directed exclusively to John Schweikert, Director, Business Development, or such individuals as Seller may designate from time to time, any such individual to provide prompt access and information to Buyer; provided, however, there shall at all times be at least one individual designated by Seller to provide such access and information. Prior to the Closing, the parties shall, and shall cause their respective agents to, abide by the terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 7, 2011 (the "Confidentiality Agreement"), with respect to any access or information provided pursuant to this Section 4.2.
4.3    Compliance With Laws. Prior to the Closing, Seller shall cause the Acquired Assets to be operated in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws. If Seller (or its counsel) receives an administrative or other order or notification relating to any material violation or claimed material violation of the Applicable Laws relating to the Acquired Assets or the operation of the Business with respect to Acquired Assets, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer




- 25 -


in writing and use its reasonable best efforts to take such steps as may be necessary to cure such violation or contest such claimed violation in good faith.
4.4    Notification of Certain Matters. Each party hereto shall give prompt written notice to the other party of (a) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event of which it becomes aware that has caused or that would be likely to cause any representation or warranty of such party contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate at any time from the date hereof to the Closing Date; (b) the failure of such party, or any officer, director, employee, or agent of such party, to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition, or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; and (c) with respect to Seller, the occurrence of any threat made to Seller by any Material Retailer or Material Supplier to terminate or materially and adversely modify, as the case may be, its relationship with Seller. No such notification shall affect the representations or warranties of the parties or the conditions to their respective obligations hereunder.
4.5    Further Actions – Consents, Contracts, HSR Filings, etc.
(a)    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the related documents, each of the parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary under Applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated hereby, including using commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain all waivers, licenses, permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of any Governmental Entity and parties to Contracts in connection with the Acquired Assets or the Business, including each Assumed Contract, as are necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. After the Closing, Seller, at the request of Buyer, but without any further cost or expense to Seller (unless otherwise required by this Agreement), shall execute and deliver such other certificates, agreements, conveyances, and other documents and take any further reasonable actions necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and will cooperate with Buyer, at Buyer's expense, as reasonably requested in connection therewith.
(b)    In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each of the parties agrees to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to file, and to cause each of its Affiliates to file in conjunction with such party, all applications, requests, notices and other filings with any applicable Governmental Entity whose approval is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including (as applicable) Notification and Report Forms under the HSR Act as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement and as agreed to by the parties, but in no event later than 30 days after the date hereof (unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto). Buyer and Seller agree, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates, as applicable, to cooperate and to use their respective commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain any governmental consent required for the Closing (including through compliance with the HSR Act, and all other Applicable Laws, to respond to any governmental requests for information). Each party shall furnish to the other party such necessary information and assistance as the other party may reasonably request, and which is permitted by Applicable Laws, in connection with the preparation of any necessary filings or submissions by it to any Governmental Entity in order to obtain the governmental authorizations



- 26 -


and consents referred to in this Section 4.5(b). As reasonably practicable, each party shall provide the other (or any advisors identified by such party), with a copy of the economist's "white paper" or any similar presentation relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (with such deletions as may be necessary to protect competitive-sensitive information) prior to submitting any such document to any Governmental Entity or other Person in relation to obtaining any consent, approval or action.
(c)    The parties agree to use commercially reasonable best efforts to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under the HSR Act or foreign competition laws to enable the transactions contemplated hereby to be consummated as expeditiously as possible, including pursuing substantial compliance with any second request made under the HSR Act.
(d)    For purposes of Section 4.5(a)-(c), "commercially reasonable best efforts" shall not require (i) (A) Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer to hold separate, sell, divest or dispose of any portion of its business, any product line or any portion of its assets or otherwise change or restrict the activities of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer, or (B) other than in connection with pursuing substantial compliance with any second request made under the HSR Act, expend any material funds or incur any other material burden or (ii) Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer or Seller or any Affiliate of Seller (x) to take action if this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are challenged by a Governmental Entity with regard to clearance under the HSR Act or foreign competition laws or (y) to take part in litigation in order to obtain clearance under the HSR Act or foreign competition laws.
4.6    Risk of Loss. The risk of any loss, damage, impairment, confiscation, or condemnation of any of the Acquired Assets from any cause whatsoever shall be borne by Seller at all times prior to the Closing. In the event of any such loss, damage, impairment, confiscation, or condemnation, whether or not covered by insurance, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of such loss, damage, impairment, confiscation, or condemnation, which notice shall provide an estimate of the costs to repair, restore or replace such Acquired Assets and shall state whether Seller intends to repair, restore or replace such assets.
4.7    Tax Covenants.
(a)    [Intentionally Omitted].
(b)    Purchase Price Allocation. Buyer shall allocate the Purchase Price and the Assumed Liabilities among the Acquired Assets in a manner consistent with Buyer's allocation for financial statement reporting purposes and consistent with the Code §1060 asset classes identified in Schedule 4.7(c). Buyer shall deliver such allocation to Seller within 90 days after the Closing Date. After the Closing, Buyer and Seller shall make consistent use of such allocation for all Tax purposes and in all Tax returns and reports that each of them may file with respect to their respective businesses, as well as in any other filings, declarations, and reports with Governmental Entities for tax reporting and collection in respect thereof. Neither Buyer nor Seller shall take or cause to be taken any position or other action inconsistent with the allocation determined pursuant to this Section 4.7(b) for any Tax reporting purpose, upon examination of any Tax Return, in any refund claim, or in any litigation, investigation or otherwise, unless



- 27 -


otherwise required by a "determination" (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or any similar provision of other Applicable Laws).
(c)    Payment of Transfer Taxes. Each of Buyer and Seller shall be responsible for and timely pay (without adjustment to the Purchase Price) one-half of any sales, use, goods and services, value added, gross receipts, or transfer, conveyance, excise Taxes, documentary charges, recording fees, stamps or other similar Taxes, charges, or fees (collectively, the "Transfer Taxes") arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that Seller's maximum liability for Transfer Taxes under this Section 4.7(c) shall be limited to Fifty Percent (50%) of the amount of Transfer Taxes imposed on the purchase and sale of the Kiosks assuming a sales price equal to the amount allocated to such Kiosks under Item 5 of Schedule 4.7(c) without regard to any change in Purchase Price under this Agreement. Each party agrees to execute any and all documents and to take such other action as may be necessary to structure the transaction of this Agreement as exempts from Transfer Taxes and to obtain relevant tax exemption certificates and to provide copies of such certificates to the other party.
(d)    Ad Valorem Taxes. All ad valorem and property Taxes (other than Transfer Taxes, if any, arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) relating to the Acquired Assets shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days of the relevant tax year or period which have elapsed through the Closing Date, determined without reference to any change of ownership occasioned by the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller shall be responsible for and shall timely pay that portion of such amounts relating to the period prior to and through the Closing Date and Buyer shall be responsible for and shall timely pay that portion of such amounts relating to the period after the Closing Date.
(e)    Tax Refunds. Any Tax refund (including any interest paid with respect thereto) that is an Excluded Asset, if received by Buyer, shall be paid over promptly to Seller. Any Tax refund (including any interest paid with respect thereto) that is an Acquired Asset, if received by Seller, shall be paid over promptly to Buyer.
(f)    Cooperation on Tax Matters. Buyer and Seller shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of any Tax Return and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Buyer and Seller further agree, upon request, to use commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Entity or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed on Buyer or Seller (including with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).
4.8    Bulk Transfer Laws. Buyer hereby waives compliance by Seller with any applicable bulk sale or bulk transfer laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale of the Acquired Assets to Buyer.
4.9    Financial Statements. Seller will provide reasonable access, support, information and assistance to Buyer prior to and for a period of 24 months after Closing in connection with Buyer's preparation of consolidated financial statements and other financial



- 28 -


information as reasonably requested by Buyer, including for purposes of complying with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and applicable law.
4.10    Payments Received after Closing. With respect to all Kiosks operated by Seller, to the extent any inventory has been rented but not returned on or prior to the Closing Date ("Open Transactions"), the cash collected from and the liabilities relating to any such Open Transaction shall be that of the Seller. With respect to Kiosks operated pursuant to a Retailer Agreement which has been assigned to Buyer, the Seller shall deliver a letter of direction to its payment processor which shall direct payment to be made to Buyer for all transactions occurring on such Kiosks after the Closing Date.
4.11    COBRA. Seller will be solely responsible for providing continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) to those individuals who are M&A qualified beneficiaries (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 54.4980B-9, Q&A‑4(a)) with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.12    Trade Secrets. Seller acknowledges and agrees that the Trade Secrets included in the Purchased Intellectual Property will be the property of Buyer from and after the Closing. Accordingly, Seller agrees that, for a period of two (2) years following the Closing Date, it will not (a) disclose to any Person, either directly or indirectly, any such Trade Secrets; or (b) use for its own account or use, cause, facilitate or allow any third party to use such Trade Secrets in any way; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall (i) prohibit the disclosure or use of such Trade Secrets by Seller pursuant to and in accordance with the Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement, Grant Back Software License Agreement, the Reseller Agreement, the provision of services under the Transition Services Agreement, or as otherwise necessary to address any issues, matters or items associated with activities of the Business which occurred prior to the Closing, as long as any disclosure of any such Trade Secrets to any third party requires such third party to keep such Trade Secrets confidential or as necessary in connection with any claim under Article 8; or (ii) at any time permit the disclosure of any source code for the Purchased Software except to an Affiliate or third party contractor who has a need to know such source code and under continuing terms of confidentiality.
4.13    Removal of Branding and Inventory. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall (a) replace or remove the current “Blockbuster Express” branding on any of the Acquired Assets pursuant to the terms and specifications set forth on Schedule 4.13 and shall be responsible for all costs related thereto and (b) remove all DVD inventory in the Kiosks that is not included in Personal Property.
4.14    Assignment and Delegation of Assumed Contracts.
(a)    During the period from the date hereof to the Closing Date, Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all third party consents necessary to assign the Assumed Contracts to Buyer; provided, however, Seller shall not materially modify or amend the terms or conditions thereof in obtaining such assignment.
(b)    With respect to all Assumed Contracts, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any such


- 29 -


Contract or any claim or right or any obligation or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom if an attempted assignment or transfer thereof, without the consent of a counterparty thereto, would constitute a breach or default thereof or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation thereunder. If a required consent is not obtained for any Assumed Contract prior to Closing, Seller and Buyer will use their commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent such Assumed Contract permits, for a period of six months after the Closing Date (or until consent is obtained, if earlier), to effect the assignment to Buyer of such Assumed Contract; provided, however, Buyer shall not be required to assume any such contract if such contract has been materially modified or amended in obtaining assignment and Buyer shall not be required to make any material payment or agree to any material obligation in effecting such assignment other than those specifically provided in such contract (assuming no material amendment or modification thereto). During such six-month period with regard to any such Assumed Contract for which consent is required and has not been obtained, the rights, benefits and obligations relating to such Assumed Contracts shall remain with Seller and performance thereunder shall be subcontracted pursuant to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement. Following such six-month period, any such Assumed Contract that has not been properly assigned to Buyer in accordance with its terms and conditions shall (i) no longer be an Assumed Contract under this Agreement and (ii) be the sole responsibility of Seller, and Buyer shall have no obligations relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in the Transition Services Agreement.
ARTICLE 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1    Conditions to Each Party's Obligation. The respective obligations of Buyer and Seller to effect the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:
(a)    Consents and Approvals. All authorizations, consents, orders, or approvals of, or declarations or filings with, or expirations of waiting periods imposed by, any Governmental Entity necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including under the HSR Act, shall have been filed, occurred, been terminated, or been obtained.
(b)    No Injunctions or Restraints. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in effect.
(c)    No Action. No action shall have been taken nor any statute, rule, or regulation shall have been enacted by any Governmental Entity that makes the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal.
5.2    Conditions to Obligation of Buyer. The obligation of Buyer to effect the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions unless waived, in whole or in part, by Buyer:



- 30 -


(a)    Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement (i) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by their terms by a reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties as so qualified shall be true and correct in all respects), and (ii) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of any of the representations or warranties (individually or in the aggregate) to be true and correct as of the Closing Date would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Covenants, Agreements, Conditions and Obligations. Seller shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements, conditions, and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it on or before the Closing Date.
(c)    Material Adverse Effect. No events or conditions shall have occurred since the date hereof which, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a Material Adverse Effect.
(d)    Closing Deliveries. All documents, instruments, certificates or other items required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to Section 6.2(b) shall have been delivered.
5.3    Conditions to Obligations of Seller. The obligation of Seller to effect the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions unless waived, in whole or in part, by Seller.
(a)    Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement (i) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by their terms by a reference to materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties as so qualified shall be true and correct in all respects), and (ii) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of any of the representations or warranties (individually or in the aggregate) to be true and correct as of the Closing Date would not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Covenants, Agreements, Conditions and Obligations. Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements, conditions, and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it on or before the Closing Date.
(c)    Closing Deliveries. All documents and instruments required to be delivered by Buyer pursuant to Section 6.2(a) shall have been delivered.






- 31 -


ARTICLE 6
CLOSING
6.1    Closing. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 5, the Closing will take place at the offices of Perkins Coie LLP in Seattle, Washington, at 10:00 a.m., Pacific time, within three (3) business days after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall have occurred (other than with respect to actions to be taken at the Closing), or at such other place and time as Buyer and Seller may mutually agree (the "Closing Date", and the time at which such closing occurs is referred to herein as the "Effective Time").
6.2    Actions to Occur at Closing.
(a)    At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Seller the following:
(i)    Purchase Price Payment. The Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds;
(ii)    Assumption Agreement. A counterpart of the Assumption Agreement executed by Buyer;
(iii)    Transition Services Agreement. A counterpart of the Transition Services Agreement executed by Buyer;
(iv)    Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement. A counterpart of the Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement executed by Buyer;
(v)    Closing Certificate. A certificate in a form reasonably satisfactory to Seller signed by an authorized officer of Buyer certifying Buyer's compliance with the conditions set forth in Sections 5.3(a) and 5.3(b);
(vi)    Secretary's Certificate. A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by the secretary or an assistant secretary of Buyer certifying as to (a) the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Buyer, (b) the incumbency of the officers executing this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and (c) the resolutions of the board of directors of Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents;
(vii)    Patent License Agreement. A counterpart of the Patent License Agreement executed by Buyer;
(viii)    Grant Back Software License Agreement. A counterpart of the Grant Back Software License Agreement executed by Buyer;


- 32 -


(ix)    Reseller Agreement. A counterpart of the Reseller Agreement executed by Buyer; and
(x)    Other Documents. Other documents reasonably requested by Seller to consummate the intent of this Agreement and the Transactions contemplated hereby.
(b)    At the Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer the following:
(i)    Certificates. A certificate in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer signed by an authorized officer of Seller certifying Seller's compliance with the conditions set forth in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b);
(ii)    Assumption Agreement. A counterpart of the Assumption Agreement executed by Seller;
(iii)    Bill of Sale. The Bill of Sale executed by Seller, together with any other assignments and other transfer documents as requested by Buyer;
(iv)    Transition Services Agreement. A counterpart of the Transition Services Agreement executed by Seller;
(v)    Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement. A counterpart of the Grant Back Intellectual Property License Agreement executed by Seller;
(vi)    Instruments of Sale. Such other bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of sale as shall be required to vest in Buyer good title to the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens;
(vii)    Contracts, Business Records, etc. All copies and, to the extent they are in the possession of Seller, all originals, of the Assumed Contracts, Customer Data, and all other records and documents described in Section 2.1(g);
(viii)    Secretary's Certificate. A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by the secretary or an assistant secretary of Seller certifying as to (A) the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Seller, (B) the incumbency of the officers executing this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and (C) the resolutions of the board of directors of Seller authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents;
(ix)    Patent License Agreement. A counterpart of the Patent License Agreement executed by Seller;
(x)    Intellectual Property Files. (A) All certificates of registration for the Purchased Intellectual Property, and (B) all primary prosecution history files and any other files directed to prosecution (including prosecution of patent) application appeals)


- 33 -


for any Patents and trademarks included in Purchased Intellectual Property, in both cases, as they exist as of the Closing Date and are in Seller's possession or under Seller's control, but excluding any privileged materials;
(xi)    Grant Back Software License Agreement. A counterpart of the Grant Back Software License Agreement executed by Seller;
(xii)    Reseller Agreement. A counterpart of the Reseller Agreement executed by Seller; and
(xiii)    Other Documents. Other documents reasonably requested by Buyer to consummate the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the letter of direction to Seller's payment processor as contemplated by Section 4.10 hereof.
ARTICLE 7
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
7.1    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing:
(a)    by mutual consent of Buyer and Seller;
(b)    by Seller, on the one hand, or Buyer, on the other hand:
(i)    in the event of a breach by the other party of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement that (A) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in ARTICLE 5, as applicable, and (B) cannot be or has not been cured within twenty (20) days (the "Cure Period") following receipt by the breaching party of written notice of such breach;
(ii)    if (A) senior agency staff of the Federal Trade Commission or the Department of Justice have informed the Buyer and Seller of such agency's decision to oppose the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with regard to clearance under the HSR Act (provided, however, with regard to the Federal Trade Commission, such decision shall not require a vote of the Federal Trade Commission on such clearance), or (B) a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree, or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining, or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; or
(iii)    if the Closing shall not have occurred by August 31, 2012 (the "Drop Dead Date"); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this clause (iii) shall not be available to any party whose breach of this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date.


- 34 -


(c)    by Seller in the event of a breach by Buyer of Section 4.5(b) or (c) that (A) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in ARTICLE 5, as applicable, and (B) cannot be or has not been cured during the Cure Period.
The right of any party hereto to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any party hereto, any Person controlling any such party or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, accountants, consultants, legal counsel, agents, or other representatives whether prior to or after the execution of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, no party that is in material breach of this Agreement shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement under (b)(i) or (ii) above except with the consent of the other party.
7.2    Effect of Termination. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by either Seller or Buyer as provided above, there shall be no liability on the part of either Buyer or Seller, except for liability arising out of a breach of this Agreement. ARTICLES 1, 8, and 9, Section 4.6 and this ARTICLE 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. In the event of a termination of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall be responsible for its own expenses and those of its advisors, and no party hereto, nor any of their Affiliates, shall be responsible to the other parties, or any of their Affiliates, for any expenses relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document as the transaction contemplated thereby. If (A) Seller or Buyer terminates this Agreement under Section 7.1(b)(ii) (and Seller is not in material breach of this Agreement immediately prior to such termination), (B) Seller or Buyer terminates this Agreement under Section 7.1(b)(iii) and any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1(a), (b) or (c) have not been satisfied by the Drop Dead Date solely because the waiting period (and any extensions thereof) applicable to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby under the HSR Act and foreign competition laws shall not have expired or been earlier terminated (and Seller is not in material breach of this Agreement immediately prior to such termination) or (C) Seller terminates this Agreement under Section 7.1(c) (and Seller is not in material breach of this Agreement immediately prior to such termination), Buyer shall pay Seller $10,000,000 (the "Break Fee") within five (5) days of such termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Break Fee shall, if paid to Seller, be the sole and exclusive remedy of Seller against Buyer and its former, current or future stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents for any Damages suffered as a result of a breach or termination of or otherwise under this Agreement, and upon payment of the Break Fee, neither Buyer nor its former, current or future stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents shall have any further liability or obligation to Seller or any of their respective stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents arising under this Agreement; provided, however, receipt of the Break Fee by Seller shall not diminish any rights or obligations of any party under any other agreement between the parties including the Confidentiality Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Manufacturing and Services Agreement. If Buyer shall fail to timely pay the Break Fee pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof, and, in order to obtain such payment, Seller makes a claim that results in a judgment against Buyer, Buyer shall promptly reimburse Seller for its reasonable costs and expenses (including its reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred in connection




- 35 -


with such suit, together with interest on the Break Fee at the prime rate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in effect on the date such payment was required to be made.
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1    Indemnification of Buyer. Subject to the provisions of this ARTICLE 8, Seller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Buyer Indemnified Costs.
8.2    Indemnification of Seller. Subject to the provisions of this ARTICLE 8, Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Seller Indemnified Costs.
8.3    Procedure for Indemnification.
(a)    An Indemnified Party shall give written notice (a "Claim Notice") to any entity or Person who is obligated to provide indemnification (an "Indemnifying Party") for any claim under this ARTICLE 8 (an "Indemnification Claim"), reasonably promptly, but in any event (A) prior to expiration of any applicable survival period set forth in Section 9.1, and (B) if such Indemnification Claim relates to the assertion against an Indemnified Party of any claim by a third party (a "third party action"), within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of written notice of a legal process relating to such third party action; provided, however, that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party within such time period shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any obligation or liability to the Indemnified Party, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party demonstrates that its ability to resolve such Indemnification Claim is materially and adversely affected thereby. An Indemnified Party shall not submit a Claim Notice unless it certifies in writing that it believes in good faith that it is entitled to be indemnified with respect to the Damages specified in such Claim Notice.
(b)    Unless the Indemnifying Party contests the Indemnification Claim in a writing given to the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after receipt of a Claim Notice and describing in reasonable detail the basis for contesting the Indemnification Claim, the Indemnified Party shall, subject to the other terms of this ARTICLE 8, be paid the amount of Damages related to such Indemnification Claim or the uncontested portion thereof. An Indemnifying Party shall not contest any Indemnification Claim (or any portion thereof) unless it certifies in writing that it believes in good faith that the Indemnified Party is not entitled to be indemnified with respect to the Damages specified in such claim. Any disputed Indemnification Claim shall be resolved either (i) in a written agreement signed by Buyer and Seller or (ii) by the final decision of a court or other trier of fact.
8.4    Third Party Action. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume control of the defense of, settle, or otherwise dispose of such third party action on such terms as it deems appropriate; provided, however, that:


- 36 -


(a)    The Indemnified Party shall be entitled, at its own expense, to participate in the defense of such third party action (provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall pay the attorneys' fees of the Indemnified Party if (i) the employment of separate counsel shall have been authorized in a writing making express reference to this subsection and signed by such Indemnifying Party in connection with the defense of such third party action, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to have charge of such third party action, (iii) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there are defenses available to such Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party, or (iv) the Indemnified Party's counsel shall in good faith have advised the Indemnified Party in writing, with a copy delivered to the Indemnifying Party, that there is a conflict of interest that would make it reasonable to determine that it is inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct to have common counsel);
(b)    The Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written approval of the Indemnified Party before entering into or making any settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgment of the validity of such third party action or any liability in respect thereof if, pursuant to or as a result of such settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgment, injunctive or other equitable relief would be imposed against the Indemnified Party or if, in the opinion of the Indemnified Party, such settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgment would have an adverse effect on its business;
(c)    No Indemnifying Party shall consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such third-party action;
(d)    The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to control (but shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of), and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to have sole control over, the defense or settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgment of any third party action: (i) as to which the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense within a reasonable length of time, (ii) to the extent the third party action seeks an injunction, or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party, or (iii) if the Indemnifying Party does not irrevocably agree in writing that no damages arising out of or related to such claim or demand are obligations of the Indemnified Party pursuant hereto and that any damages arising out of or related to such claim or demand are within the scope of and may be subject to indemnification hereunder, subject to the indemnification limitations set forth in Section 8.6 or 8.7; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall make no settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgment that would give rise to liability on the part of any Indemnifying Party without the prior written consent of such Indemnifying Party; and
(e)    The parties hereto shall extend reasonable cooperation in connection with the defense of any third party action pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 and, in connection therewith, shall furnish such records, information, and testimony and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials, and appeals as may be reasonably requested, subject in all instances




- 37 -


to appropriate agreements respecting confidentiality and use, such as, but not limited to, protective orders, as is reasonable under the circumstances.
8.5    [Intentionally Omitted].
8.6    Minimum Loss Requirement.
(a)    Seller will not be obligated to indemnify a Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 for Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs, unless and until the Buyer Indemnified Parties' aggregate Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs exceed $500,000 (the "Seller Deductible"), in which event Seller will be obligated to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties as and to the extent provided in this ARTICLE 8 for all Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs in excess of the Seller Deductible; provided, however, that the Seller Deductible shall not apply to Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs arising in respect of a breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.1(a) (relating to organizational matters of Seller), Section 3.1(b) (relating to authority of and due execution by Seller), Section 3.1(h) (relating to taxes of Seller), Section 3.1(n) (relating to brokers' and finders' fees of Seller), Section 3.1(q) (relating to employee benefit matters of Seller), and Section 3.1(t) (relating to the Acquired Assets) (collectively, the "Seller Exclusions"), and with respect to the Seller Exclusions, Seller will be obligated to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties as and to the extent provided in this ARTICLE 8 for all Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs arising in respect of the Seller Exclusions.
(b)    Anything in this ARTICLE 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, Buyer will not be obligated to indemnify a Seller Indemnified Party pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 for Seller Indemnified Representation Costs, unless and until the Seller Indemnified Parties' aggregate Seller Indemnified Representation Costs exceed $500,000 (the "Buyer Deductible"), in which event Buyer will be obligated to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties as and to the extent provided in this ARTICLE 8 for all Seller Indemnified Representation Costs in excess of the Buyer Deductible; provided, however, that the Buyer Deductible shall not apply to Seller Indemnified Representation Costs arising in respect of a breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.2(a) (relating to organizational matters of Buyer), Section 3.2(b) (relating to authority of and due execution by Buyer), Section 3.2(e) (relating to brokers' and finders' fees of Buyer), and Section 3.2(f) (relating to sufficiency of funds of Buyer) (collectively, the "Buyer Exclusions"), and with respect to the Buyer Exclusions, Buyer will be obligated to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties as and to the extent provided in this ARTICLE 8 for all Seller Indemnified Representation Costs arising in respect of the Buyer Exclusions.
8.7    Indemnification Limits.
(a)    With respect to Buyer Indemnified Representation Costs arising out of a breach of representations and warranties of Seller other than the Seller Exclusions, Seller shall only be obligated to indemnify Buyer Indemnified Parties pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 for an amount in the aggregate of up to Fifteen Percent (15%) of the Purchase Price, as may be adjusted (the "Regular Cap").



- 38 -


(b)    With respect to Buyer Indemnified Costs, including those arising out of a breach of the representations and warranties of Seller identified as the Seller Exclusions, Seller shall only be obligated to indemnify Buyer Indemnified Parties pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 for an amount in the aggregate of up to the Purchase Price, as may be adjusted (the "Exclusions Cap").
(c)    With respect to Seller Indemnified Representation Costs arising out of a breach of representations and warranties of Buyer other than the Buyer Exclusions, Buyer shall only be obligated to indemnify Seller Indemnified Parties pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 for an amount in the aggregate of up to the Regular Cap.
(d)    With respect to Seller Indemnified Costs, including those arising out of a breach of the representations and warranties of Buyer identified as the Buyer Exclusions, Buyer shall only be obligated to indemnify Seller Indemnified Parties pursuant to ARTICLE 8 for an amount in the aggregate of up to the Exclusions Cap.
8.8    Recourse. Except as permitted by Section 9.4 or Section 9.13 and as provided under Section 7.2, liability of the parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited to claims made by the Buyer Indemnified Parties or Seller Indemnified Parties under this ARTICLE 8, which shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties for any Damages arising under this Agreement.
8.9    Cooperation. Seller and Buyer and any Indemnified Parties shall cooperate with each other, as applicable, with respect to resolving any claim or liability under this Agreement. Such cooperation shall include, but not be limited to, providing any additional information that may be reasonably requested by a party to allow such party to assess the validity of any potential or pending claim.
8.10    Reduction by Insurance Proceeds. The amount payable by an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnified Party with respect to any Damages arising under this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnified Party with respect to such Damages, and each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to collect insurance proceeds to which it is entitled in respect of any such Damages.
ARTICLE 9
GENERAL PROVISIONS
9.1    Survival of Representations, Warranties, and Covenants. Regardless of any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of any party hereto or of any information any party may be aware of in respect thereof, each of the representations and warranties made hereunder or pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the Closing and not be affected by any such investigation or awareness. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement will terminate at 11:59 p.m. Pacific time on the date that is 18 months after the Closing Date except that such 18-month time limitations shall not apply to: (a) any claims for fraud pursuant to Section 9.13, which will survive until the expiration of the applicable statue of limitations, (b) any of the following claims


- 39 -


or to Buyer's rights to recover on such claims, with any representations and warranties relating thereto surviving until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations: (i) claims for breaches of any representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(h) (relating to Taxes of Seller), and (ii) claims for breaches of any representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(q) (relating to employee benefit matters of Seller), (c) claims for breaches of any representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(r) (relating to environmental matters of Seller), shall survive until the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date, and (d) any of the following claims or to Buyer's or Seller's rights to recover on such claims, with any representations and warranties relating thereto surviving indefinitely: (i) claims for breaches of any representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(a) (relating to organizational matters of Seller) or Section 3.2(a) (relating to organizational matters of Buyer), (ii) claims for breaches of any representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(b) (relating to authority of and due execution by Seller) or Section 3.2(b) (relating to authority of and due execution by Buyer), and (iii) claims for breaches of any representations and warranties contained in the second sentence of Section 3.1(t) (relating to the Acquired Assets). Following the date of termination of a representation or warranty, no claim can be brought with respect to a breach of such representation or warranty, but such termination shall not affect any claim for a breach of a representation or warranty that was asserted pursuant to a Claim Notice before the date of termination. To the extent that such are performable after the Closing, each of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document shall survive the Closing until its performance is completed in accordance with its terms.
9.2    Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by Seller and Buyer.
9.3    Waiver of Compliance. Any failure of Buyer, on the one hand, or Seller, on the other hand, to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement, or condition contained herein may be waived only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other failure.
9.4    Specific Performance. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that it may be impossible to measure in money the damages that a party would incur if any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms and agree that each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to seek an injunction to require specific performance of, and prevent any violation of the terms of, this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy available hereunder.
9.5    Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Applicable Laws, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as



- 40 -


possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated herein are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
9.6    Expenses and Obligations. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto will pay its own transaction expenses (including legal and accounting fees).
9.7    Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and, except as provided below, inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their successors and assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, except as set forth below, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any other Person (other than the Indemnified Parties as provided in ARTICLE 8) any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
9.8    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, by overnight service (such a Federal Express) or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):
(a)    If to Buyer, to:
Redbox Automated Retail, LLC
c/o Coinstar, Inc.
1800 114th Ave. SE
Bellevue, WA 98004
Attn.: Chief Legal Officer
Fax: (425) 943-8090
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Redbox Automated Retail, LLC
One Tower Lane, Suite 900
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181-4623
Attn.: General Counsel
Fax: (630) 756-8888
and
Perkins Coie LLC
1201 Third Ave., Suite 4800
Seattle, WA 98101-3099
Attn.: Lynn Hvalsoe
Fax: (206) 359-7122
(b)    If to Seller, to:
NCR Corporation
3097 Satellite Boulevard
Duluth, Georgia 30096

- 41 -


Attn.: General Counsel/Notices, 2nd Floor
email: law.notices@ncr.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice LLP
271 17th Street, N.W., Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30363
Attn.: Sharon McBrayer Johnson

email: Sharon.johnson@wcsr.com
All notices, requests or instructions given in accordance herewith shall be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery, if hand delivered to the applicable address, (ii) three business days after the date of mailing, if mailed by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, and (iii) one business day after the date of sending, if sent by Federal Express overnight service or other recognized overnight courier.
9.9    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.
9.10    Entire Agreement. Except for (a) the other Transaction Documents and (b) the Confidentiality Agreement, this Agreement (which term will be deemed to include the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and the other certificates, documents and instruments delivered hereunder) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The Confidentiality Agreement will remain in full force and effect after the Closing Date and will not be affected in any respect by the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement. There are no representations or warranties, agreements, or covenants other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.
9.11    Public Announcements. With regard to any public statements made or press releases issued (a) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (b) pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange, or (c) as otherwise required by law, Seller and Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to consult with each other in a manner allowing for reasonable comment by the other party (any comments to be reasonably considered by the issuing party) before issuing any such press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Prior to the Closing, neither Seller nor Buyer will issue any other press release or otherwise make any public statements regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without prior written consent of the party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed). Seller and Buyer will consult with each other concerning the means by which Seller's employees, customers, suppliers and others having dealings with Seller will be informed of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



- 42 -


Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict or prohibit Seller's ability to respond to communications from Seller's shareholders, creditors and other investors, or Seller's employees, independent contractors, agents, and other representatives resulting from a public statement or press release issued in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.11; provided, however, that no additional, non-public material information or confidential information shall be given in any such response.
9.12    Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests, or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto, whether by operation of law or otherwise, except that Buyer may assign, in whole or in part, this Agreement to any subsidiary; provided, however, that in the event of any assignment, Buyer shall guarantee payment of the Purchase Price and its performance of the obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.
9.13    No Waiver Relating to Claims for Fraud. The liability of any party under ARTICLE 8 shall be in addition to, and not exclusive of any other liability that such party may have at law or equity based on such party's fraudulent acts or omissions. None of the provisions set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver by any party to this Agreement of any right or remedy which such party may have at law or equity based on any other party's fraudulent acts or omissions, nor shall any such provisions limit, or be deemed to limit, (a) the amounts of recovery sought or awarded in any such claim for fraud, (b) the time period during which a claim for fraud may be brought, or (c) the recourse which any such party may seek against another party with respect to a claim for fraud; provided, that with respect to such rights and remedies at law or equity, the parties further acknowledge and agree that none of the provisions of this Section 9.13, nor any reference to this Section 9.13 throughout this Agreement, shall be deemed a waiver of any defenses which may be available in respect of actions or claims for fraud, including, but not limited to, defenses of statutes of limitations or limitations of damages.
9.14    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY APPLICABLE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF).
9.15    Jurisdiction. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby may only be brought in the state and federal courts located in Delaware (the "Courts") and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such Courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

[Signature Page Follows]


- 43 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the date first written above.
 
SELLER:

 
NCR CORPORATION



By:  /s/ John G. Bruno    
Name:  John G. Bruno    
Title:  Executive Vice President    
 
BUYER:

 
REDBOX AUTOMATED RETAIL, LLC



By:  /s/ J. Scott DiValerio    
Name:  J. Scott DiValerio    
Title:  Interim President    


SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EX 10.22.1 First Amendment to Nonqualified Excess Plan

EXHIBIT 10.22.1
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE NCR NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN
(As Amended and Restated
Effective December 31, 2008)

AMENDMENT TO THE NCR NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN as restated and in effect December 31, 2008 (the "Plan"), by NCR Corporation ("NCR").

WHEREAS, NCR established the Plan effective January 1, 1995;

WHEREAS, the Plan was amended and restated effective December 31, 2008;

WHEREAS, NCR desires that all retirement plans of NCR be subject to uniform provisions and procedures for plan administration, benefit claims and appeals; and

WHEREAS, this amendment was approved by the NCR Board of Directors at its meeting on October 24, 2012, and the Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer was authorized to execute a conforming amendment to the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, NCR does hereby amend the Plan as follows, effective as of October 24, 2012:

1.
Section 1.9 is renumbered as Section 1.10 and a new Section 1.9 is added to read in its entirety as follows:

1.9    "Plan Administrator" means the Company, except that if the Company has delegated its authority as Plan Administrator of the NCR Pension Plan (the "Pension Plan") to any individual or entity pursuant to section 8.3 of the Pension Phm, then the Plan Administrator for the Plan shall be the individual or entity that is the "Plan Administrator" of the Pension Plan. The Plan Administrator is the Company with respect to those responsibilities expressly reserved to the Company by the Plan.

2.
Article VI of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE VI
Administration

6.1    The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator or its delegate. All determinations, interpretations and actions by the Plan Administrator under the Plan or with respect to any benefits thereunder shall be made subject to the sole discretionary authority of the Plan Administrator.

6.2    The Plan Administrator shall exercise such authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply with ERISA and governmental regulations issued thereunder (to the extent applicable to the Plan) relating to records of a Participant's service, accrued benefits and the percentage of such benefits which are nonforfeitable under the Plan.

6.3    The Plan Administrator shall have such duties and powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties hereunder, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

(a)    to construe and interpret the Plan, decide all questions of eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;

(b)    to prescribe procedures to be followed by Participants or beneficiaries filing applications for benefits;

(c)    to prepare and distribute, in such manner as the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate, information explaining the Plan;

(d)    to receive from the Company and from Participants such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

(e)    to furnish the Company, upon request, such annual reports with respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and appropriate;

(f)    to receive and review the periodic valuation of the Plan made by the actuary; and

(g)    to receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient or proper) reports of the financial condition, and of the receipts and disbursements of a trustee (if any).

6.4    The Plan Administrator shall have no power to add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility to receive a benefit under the Plan.

6.5    The Plan Administrator may adopt such rules and actuarial tables as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate. All rules and decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be uniformly and consistently applied to all Participants in similar circumstances. When making a determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished by a Participant, beneficiary, the Company, the legal counsel of the Company, or an actuary.

6.6    The Plan Administrator shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial of a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Participant or beneficiary shall be stated in writing and delivered or mailed to the Participant or beneficiary. Such notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial; the specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; specific references to any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure. The notice shall be written to the best of the ability of the person(s) making the determination on the claim, in a manner that may be understood without legal or actuarial counsel.

(a)    Any Participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied may request a review of the decision by the Plan Administrator. A request for a review must be in writing and must be made within 60 days after the claimant receives the written notice of denial.

(b)    At the time that he requests the review, the claimant may submit issues and comments relevant to the claim in writing and may request to review pertinent documents. The Plan Administrator shall render a written decision on its review of the denial promptly, but not later than 60 days after the receipt of the claimant's request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered not later than 120 days after the receipt of the request. The decision of the Plan Administrator shall set forth the reasons for the decision, stated in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall include specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. All interpretations, determinations, decisions, and other actions of the Plan Administrator in reviewing a denial decision, taken in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

6.7    Any claim or action filed in court or any other tribunal in connection with the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant or beneficiary shall only be brought or filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia.

3.
Article VII of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

The Board of Directors may delegate its authority to amend the Plan in whole or part.

4.
Section 8.1 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

8.1    The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with federal law and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Ohio.

5.
Section 8.5 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

8.5    Any payment to a Participant or spouse of a Participant or the legal representative of either, in accordance with the terms of this Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims such person may have against the Company hereunder, which may require such payee, as a condition to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. Any release of claims provided pursuant to this Section 8.5 must be executed and delivered to the Company, and must become effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms, prior to the payment commencement date determined under this Plan.

6.
Section 8.9 is amended to add "the Plan Administrator," following "the 409A Committee,".

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NCR has caused this amendment to the Plan to be executed this 24th day of October, 2012.

FOR NCR CORPORATION

By: /s/ Andrea Ledford    
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

EX 10.35.1 First Amendment to Retirement Plan for Officers of NCR

EXHIBIT 10.35.1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
RETIREMENT PLAN FOR OFFICERS OF NCR
(As Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008)

AMENDMENT TO THE RETIREMENT PLAN FOR OFFICERS OF NCR as restated and in effect December 31, 2008 (the "Plan"), by NCR Corporation ("NCR").

WHEREAS, NCR established the Plan effective May 17, 1989;

WHEREAS, the Plan was amended and restated effective December 31, 2008;

WHEREAS, NCR desires that all retirement plans of NCR be subject to uniform provisions and procedures for plan administration, benefit claims and appeals; and

WHEREAS, this amendment was approved by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the NCR Corporation Board of Directors at its meeting on October 23,2012, and the Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer was authorized to execute a conforming amendment to the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, NCR does hereby amend the Plan as follows, effective as of October 23, 2012:

1.
The defined term "Committee" in Article I is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Committee" means the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board of Directors, some of whom shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. If there is no Compensation and Human Resource Committee, then the Committee shall be the Board of Directors.

2.
A new defined term "Plan Administrator" is hereby added to Article I immediately following the defined term "Plan" to read in its entirety as follows:

"Plan Administrator" means the Committee, except that if the Company has delegated its authority as Plan Administrator of the NCR Pension Plan (the "Pension Plan") to any individual or entity pursuant to section 8.3 of the Pension Plan, then the Plan Administrator for the Plan shall be the individual or entity that is the "Plan Administrator" of the Pension Plan. The Plan Administrator is the Committee with respect to those responsibilities expressly reserved to the Committee by the Plan.

3.
Article III of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE III
Administration

1.The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator or its delegate. All determinations, interpretations and actions by the Plan Administrator under the Plan or with respect to any benefits thereunder shall be made subject to the sole discretionary authority of the Plan Administrator.

2.The Plan Administrator shall exercise such authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply with ERISA and governmental regulations issued thereunder (to the extent applicable to the Plan) relating to records of a Participant's service, accrued benefits and the percentage of such benefits which are nonforfeitable under the Plan.

3.The Plan Administrator shall have such duties and powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties hereunder, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

(a)to construe and interpret the Plan, decide all questions of eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits
hereunder;

(b)to prescribe procedures to be followed by Participants or beneficiaries filing applications for benefits;

(c)to prepare and distribute, in such manner as the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate, information explaining the Plan;

(d)to receive from the Company and from Participants such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

(e)to furnish the Company, upon request, such annual reports with respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and appropriate;

(f)to receive and review the periodic valuation of the Plan made by the actuary; and

(g)    to receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient or proper) reports of the financial condition, and of the receipts and disbursements of a trustee (if any).

4.The Plan Administrator shall have no power to add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility to receive a benefit under the Plan.

5.The Plan Administrator may adopt such rules and actuarial tables as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate. All rules and decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be uniformly and consistently applied to all Participants in similar circumstances. When making a determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished by a Participant, beneficiary, the Company, the legal counsel of the Company, or an actuary.

6.The Plan Administrator shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial of a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Participant or beneficiary shall be stated in writing and delivered or mailed to the Participant or beneficiary. Such notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial; the specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; specific references to any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure. The notice shall be written to the best of the ability of the person(s) making the determination on the claim, in a manner that may be understood without legal or actuarial counsel.

(a)    Any Participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied may request a review of the decision by the Plan Administrator. A request for a review must be in writing and must be made within 60 days after the claimant receives the written notice of denial.

(b)    At the time that he requests the review, the claimant may submit issues and comments relevant to the claim in writing and may request to review pertinent documents. The Plan Administrator shall render a written decision on its review of the denial promptly, but not later than 60 days after the receipt of the claimant's request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered not later than 120 days after the receipt of the request. The decision of the Plan Administrator shall set forth the reasons for the decision, stated in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall include specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. All interpretations, determinations, decisions, and other actions of the Plan Administrator in reviewing a denial decision, taken in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

7.Any claim or action filed in court or any other tribunal in connection with the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant or beneficiary shall only be brought or filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia.

8.The Plan Administrator shall determine whether legal fees and expenses reimbursed pursuant to Section 3 of Appendix A of the Plan are reasonably incurred. Legal fees and expenses shall be considered not to be reasonably incurred to the extent they are incurred for substantially duplicative services, are associated with burdensome demands, or are otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator not to be reasonable.

(c)    Factors showing that services are substantially duplicative include (but are not limited to) factors showing that claims, reasonably proximate in time, are brought by separate claimants represented by separate counsel, or by single counsel where claims are charged separately to separate claimants, and such claims:

(i)arise from the same or substantially similar Plan provisions, amendments or termination;

(ii)arise from the same or substantially similar interpretations, decisions or other discretionary acts by the Plan Administrator; or

(iii)arise under the same or substantially similar theories or facts. Theories do not fail to be substantially similar merely because of differences in mechanical factors. For example, claims brought under a theory based on the actuarial factors required to compute the benefit claimed under the Plan do not fail to be substantially similar merely because different claimants use different actuarial factors to compute such the benefit claimed.

(d)    Factors showing that demands are burdensome include (but are not limited to) factors showing that the demands:

(i)relate to claims arising under theories without substantial authority, or

(ii)are connected with discovery that is burdensome or insufficiently related to a claim brought under a theory with substantial authority.

4.
Article XII of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

The Committee may delegate its authority to amend the Plan in whole or part.

5.
Section 2 of Article XII of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

2.    The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with federal law and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Ohio.

6.
Section 3 of Appendix A of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

3.    Claims for Benefits. The Company shall pay to the Participant all legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the Participant in connection with Appendix A of the Plan (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by such Appendix A, regardless of the outcome unless, in the case of a legal action brought by or in the name of a Participant or a former Participant, a court of competent jurisdiction shall have finally determined by a final judgment, order or decree (which is not appealable or the time for appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected) that such action was not in good faith). In the case of a Covered Participant, any legal fees and expenses reimbursed pursuant to this Appendix A must be incurred during the lifetime of the Covered Participant, and (ii) any such reimbursements shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year next following the expenses, and (ii) a Covered Participant’s right to have the Company reimburse legal fees and expenses may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. The claims procedures under Article III shall be applicable to all claims for this section constitute taxable income to the Participant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) , which whether paid directly to Participant or to Participant’s counsel. The Company shall withhold all applicable taxes to the extent required by the Code and applicable state and local law.

7.
The new defined term "Plan Administrator" is hereby substituted for the defined term "Committee" in all of the following instances: Article I- the definition of "Disability"; Article VI; Article VI- Sections 6 & 7; Article XII- Section 3 (both instances). Additionally, in Section 3 of Article IX, the phrase "Board of Directors and the Committee" shall be replaced by "Board of Directors, the Committee and the Plan Administrator" at the end of said Section 3. Furthermore, in Section 4 of Article XII, the phrase "Board of Directors, the Committee" shall be replaced by "Board of Directors, the Committee, the Plan Administrator" in said Section 4.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NCR has caused this amendment to the Plan to be executed this 23rd day of October, 2012.

FOR NCR CORPORATION

By: /s/ Andrea Ledford    
Andrea Ledford
Senior Vice President and
Chief Human Resources Officer


EX 21 Subsidiary listing


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF NCR CORPORATION
as of February 28, 2013

 
Organized under the
Laws of
MTXEPS LLC
California
InfoAmerica/USA, Inc.
Colorado
NCR European and South American Holdings LLC
Delaware
NCR Self-Service LLC
Delaware
NCR Government Systems LLC
Delaware
NCR Indonesia LLC
Delaware
NCR Italia Holdings LLC
Delaware
NCR Latin American Holdings LLC
Delaware
NCR Middle East Holdings LLC
Delaware
NCR Poland LLC
Delaware
NCR Solutions (Middle East) LLC
Delaware
NCR EasyPointLLC
Delaware
Data Pathing Holdings LLC
Delaware
Quantor Holdings LLC
Delaware
NCR International, Inc.
Delaware
NCR International Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
NCR Merger Sub Parent, Inc.
Delaware
NCR United Kingdom Holdings Inc.
Delaware
Retalix Holdings
Delaware
North American Research Corporation
Delaware
Prime Nanotech LLC
Delaware
Retail Control Systems, Inc.
Delaware
StoreNext Retail Technologies LLC
Delaware
Radiant Systems, Inc.
Georgia
Radiant Systems Central Europe, Inc.
Georgia
Radiant Systems International, Inc.
Georgia
Estorelink.com, Inc.
Georgia
Retailenterprise, LLC
Georgia
Radiant Payment Services, LLC
Georgia
Radiant Charity Corporation
Georgia
The National Cash Register Company
Maryland
Cornell Mayo Associates, Inc.
North Carolina
The NCR Foundation
Ohio
NCR Scholarship Foundation
Ohio
Sparks, Inc.
Ohio
Retalix US, Inc.
Texas
TCR Business Systems, Inc.
Texas
Texas Digital Systems, Inc.
Texas
NCR Argentina S.R.L.
Argentina
NCR Australia Pty. Limited
Australia
Radiant Systems Asia-Pacific Pty Ltd.
Australia
RADS Australia Holdings Pty Ltd.
Australia
Quest Retail Technology Pty Ltd.
Australia





Radiant Holdings Pty Ltd.
Australia
Retalix Australia PTY Ltd.
Australia
NCR Oesterreich Ges.m.b.H.
Austria
Radiant Systems GmbH
Austria
Orderman GmbH
Austria
NCR (Bahrain) W.L.L.
Bahrain
NCR Belgium & Co. SNC
Belgium
Global Assurance Limited
Bermuda
NCR Services Limited
Bermuda
NCR Treasury Finance Limited
Bermuda
NCR Treasury Financing Limited
Bermuda
NCR (Bermuda) Holdings Limited
Bermuda
NCR Bermuda (2006) Limited
Bermuda
NCR Brasil Ltda.
Brazil
NCR Brasil - Industria de Equipamentos para Automacao S.A.
Brazil
POS Integrated Solutions De Brasil Comercio E Services de Informatica S.A.
Brazil
RDS South American Comercio E Servicos De Informatica S.A.
Brazil
Wyse Sistemas de Informatica Ltda.
Brazil
NCR Canada Ltd.
Canada
NCR Chile Industrial y Comercial Limitada
Chile
NCR (Shanghai) Technology Services Ltd.
China
NCR (Guangzhou) Technology Co., Ltd.
China
NCR (Beijing) Financial Equipment System Co., Ltd.
China
Radiant Systems (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
China
Retalix Technology (Beijing) Co. Ltd.
China
NCR Colombia Ltda.
Colombia
NCR (Cyprus) Limited
Cyprus
NCR (Middle East) Limited
Cyprus
NCR (North Africa) Limited
Cyprus
NCR (IRI) Ltd.
Cyprus
NCR Ceska republika, spol.s.r.o.
Czech Republic
Radiant Systems S.R.O.
Czech Republic
NCR Danmark A/S
Denmark
NCR Dominicana SRL
Dominican Republic
NCR Finland Oy
Finland
NCR France SNC
France
Retalix France SARL
France
NCR Antilles S.A.R.L.
French West Indies
4Front Technologies SA France
France
NCR GmbH
Germany
NCR Ghana Limited
Ghana
NCR (Hellas) S.A.
Greece
NCR (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
NCR (China) Limited
Hong Kong
NCR Magyarorszag Kft.
Hungary
NCR Global Services Center Kf.t.
Hungary
NCR Corporation India Private Ltd.
India
Radiant Systems Retail Solutions Private Limited
India
P. T. NCR Indonesia
Indonesia
NCR Global Holdings Limited
Ireland





NCR Global Solutions Limited
Ireland
NCR International Technology Ltd.
Ireland
NCR Airside Ireland Limited
Ireland
Moon Holdings S.P.V. Ltd.
Israel
Retalix Ltd.
Israel
Retalix Israel Ltd.
Israel
StoreAlliance.com Ltd.
Israel
TradaNet Electronic Commerce Services Ltd.
Israel
DemandX Ltd.
Israel
StoreNext Ltd.
Israel
Palm Point Ltd.
Israel
P.O.S. (Restaurant Solutions) Ltd.
Israel
Kohav Orion Advertising Information Ltd.
Israel
Retalix Italia S.p.A.
Italy
NCR Italia S.r.l.
Italy
NCR Japan, Ltd.
Japan
NCR Holdings Ltd.
Japan
Retalix Japan Ltd.
Japan
NCR (Kenya) Limited
Kenya
Afrique Investments Ltd.
Kenya
Data Processing Printing and Supplies Ltd.
Kenya
NCR Korea YH
Korea
Radiant Systems International S.e.n.c.
Luxembourg
RADS International, S.Á.R.L.
Luxembourg
Radiant Systems International 2 S.e.n.c.
Luxembourg
NCR International & Co Luxembourg SNC
Luxembourg
NCR International & Co Holdings Luxembourg SNC
Luxembourg
Orderman S.Á R.L.
Luxembourg
NCR (Macau) Limited
Macau
NCR (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
Tricubes NCR JV Sdn. Bhv.
Malaysia
Radiant Systems Retail Solutions Sdn. Bdh.
Malaysia
NCR de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
NCR Solutions de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
Mexico
NCR Nederland B.V.
Netherlands
NCR Dutch Holdings C.V.
Netherlands
NCR Dutch Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
NCR Aftermarket B.V.
Netherlands
NCR EMEA Service Logistics Center, B.V.
Netherlands
NCR Keynesplein Holdings C.V.
Netherlands
NCR (NZ) Corporation
New Zealand
NCR Wholesale Ltd.
New Zealand
NCR (Nigeria) PLC
Nigeria
NCR Norge AS
Norway
NCR Corporation de Centroamerica S.A.
Panama
NCR Corporation de Panama, S.A.
Panama
NCR del Peru S.A.
Peru
NCR Corporation (Philippines)
Philippines
NCR Cebu Development Center, Inc.
Philippines
NCR Polska Sp.z.o.o.
Poland





NCR Iberia Lda
Portugal
NCR A/O
Russia
NCR d.o.o. Beograd
Serbia
NCR Singapore Pte Ltd
Singapore
NCR Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.
Singapore
Radiant Systems Retail Solutions Pte Ltd.
Singapore
NCR International (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd.
South Africa
NCR Espana, S.L.
Spain
Radiant Systems Retail Solutions, S.L.
Spain
Orderman Iberica S.L.
Spain
NCR (Switzerland) GmbH
Switzerland
National Registrierkassen AG
Switzerland
NCR Systems Taiwan Ltd.
Taiwan
NCR (Thailand) Limited
Thailand
Radiant Systems Ltd.
Thailand
NCR Bilisim Sistemleri LS
Turkey
NCR Ukraine Limited
The Ukraine
NCR UK Partners LLP
United Kingdom
NCR UK Finance Ltd.
United Kingdom
NCR UK Group Limited
United Kingdom
NCR UK Holdings Limited
United Kingdom
Fluidtopco Ltd.
United Kingdom
NCR Limited
United Kingdom
NCR Properties Limited
United Kingdom
Express Boyd Limited
United Kingdom
Eurographic Industries Ltd.
United Kingdom
Mobiqa Limited
United Kingdom
Radiant Systems UK Limited
United Kingdom
Radiant Systems UK (II) Limited
United Kingdom
Radiant Systems Limited
United Kingdom
NCR Financial Solutions Group
United Kingdom
Retalix (UK) Limited
United Kingdom
NCR Zimbabwe (Private) Limited
Zimbabwe
N Timms & Co. (Private) Limited
Zimbabwe



EX 23 Consent Of Indpendent Registered Public Accounting Firm 2013

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 (Nos. 333-18797, 333-18803, 333-110327, 333-133556 and 333-139553) of NCR Corporation of our report dated March 1, 2013 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 1, 2013











EX 31.1 SECTION 302 CEO CERTIFICATION 2012


Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14
I, William Nuti, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NCR Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
March 1, 2013
 
/s/ William Nuti
 
 
 
William Nuti
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President


EX 31.2 SECTION 302 CFO CERTIFICATION 2012


Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14
I, Robert Fishman, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NCR Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
March 1, 2013
 
/s/ Robert Fishman
 
 
 
Robert Fishman
 
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer



EX 32 SECTION 906 CEO AND CFO CERTIFICATION 2012


Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of NCR Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company does hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 (section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), that:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
The foregoing certification (i) is given to such officers’ knowledge, based upon such officers’ investigation as such officers reasonably deem appropriate; and (ii) is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 (section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Date:
March 1, 2013
 
/s/ William Nuti
 
 
 
William Nuti
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

Date:
March 1, 2013
 
/s/ Robert Fishman
 
 
 
Robert Fishman
 
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to NCR Corporation and will be retained by NCR Corporation and furnished to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.